United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Policy, Planning, and  February 1996
Evaluation; Washington, DC   EPA230-B-96-001
20460
Biological Assessment
Methods,  Biocriteria, and
Biological Indicators

Bibliography of Selected
Technical, Policy, and Regulatory
Literature
                           Recycled/Recyclable
                           Printed with Soy/Canola Ink on paper that
                           contains at least 50% recycled fiber

-------
Acknowledgment

The principal compilers of this document are James B. Stribling, Elaine D. Snyder (both of Tetra
Tech) and Wayne S. Davis (U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Planning, Policy,
and Evaluation). They would like to thank the following for their input into the structure and
organization of this document: Chris Faulkner (U. S. EPA, Office of Water), Susan Jackson and
Candace Stoughton (U. S. EPA, Office of Science and Technology) and the following, all of
Tetra Tech, Inc., Sue Laufer, Nolan Rhem, Abby Markowitz, Christiana Gerardi, and Mary
Baechtel. This work was completed under U. S. EPA Contract No. 68-C3-0303  to Tetra Tech,
Inc.
    Appropriate citation:   Stribling, J. B., B. D. Snyder, and W. S. Davis.  1996.
    Biological Assessment Methods, Biocriteria, and Biological Indicators.
    Bibliography of Selected Technical, Policy, and Regulatory Literature. EPA 230-
    B-96-001. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Policy, Planning, and
    Evaluation-Washington, DC.

-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS




1.    Introduction	1



2.    Explanation and Key to Subject Categories	1



3.    Chronological Listing within Subject Categories  	3




4.    Author Index	  33



5.    Peer-reviewed Journals Included	  46



6.    Alphabetical Listing Cross-referenced to Subject Categories	  49

-------

-------
1.   INTRODUCTION

This bibliography is designed for both the novice and experienced individuals interested in learning more about the field
of biological assessment, criteria development, and biological indicators. The information contained within can provide
an excellent starting point for students, volunteers, professionals and others as well as illustrate the latest thoughts and
methods proposed and used in the discipline.  Documentation of the history and use of biological assessments and how
criteria have been developed and applied will further support the use of these important tools for protecting our water
resources.  An earlier effort produced a document entitled Biological Criteria: Guide to Technical Literature (U. S.
EPA. 1991. Office of Science and Technology. EPA-440-5-91 -004) and was the first attempt to compile this type of
information as a bibliography; that document provided annotated information on 210 citations.  The desire to update that
guide resulted in this bibliography containing 1962 peer-review articles,  books and book chapters, and pertinent grey
literature from Federal and State agencies.

Organization of Bibliography

The bibliography is organized in two ways: chronological and alphabetical by author. The chronological list (Section 3)
presents the citations segregated among 15 subject categories; the categories allow the user to prioritize needs by topic
area and to more quickly identify literature pertinent to those needs. The chronology within each category provides
ready access to the history of the subject and the most current work. There are two alphabetical listings: an author index
and a listing of complete citations alphabetized by author. The author index (Section 4) lists all authors, both senior and
secondary, to allow the user to rapidly locate a specific reference or to examine the list of papers by a specific author.
The listing of complete citations (Section 6) is alphabetized by senior author; each citation is cross-referenced to
relevant subject categories. A listing of all peer-review journals contained in the bibliography is provided in Section 5.

2.   EXPLANATION AND KEY TO SUBJECT CATEGORIES

Fifteen subject categories (identified by letter) were selected for use in organizing/cross-referencing the citations; they
can, in a sense, be considered key words or phrases that are in part descriptive of the papers. The categories and
descriptions are:

A.  General Program Information on Biological/Ecological Indicators
        References presenting broad-scale monitoring program structure, generalized approaches for developing
        environmental indicators, or the decisionmaking framework associated with those indicators.

B.  Ecoregions, Landscape Classification, and Watersheds
        Includes citations on the development, description, and application of ecological regions or subregions; or of
        any geographic organizing framework used for broad landscape descriptions that helps partition the natural
        variability of ecological/ environmental information. References are also included that discuss the use of the
        geographic/topographic unit of watershed for delineating areas of study.

C.  Methods: General and Programmatic
        References that discuss methods not included under assemblage-specific methods categories (plankton,
        periphyton, macrophyte, benthic macroinvertebrate, or fish), methods applicable to other biological
        assemblages; or broad, multidisciplinary program method documents.

D.  Plankton Assemblage: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for phytoplankton and zooplankton; also includes references that provide
        assessments of sites or waterbodies using phytoplankton or zooplankton data.
E.  Periphyton Assemblage: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for periphyton; also includes references that provide assessments of sites
        or waterbodies using periphyton data.

-------
F. Macrophyte Assemblage: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for macrophytes; also includes references that provide assessments of
        sites or waterbodies using macrophyte data.

G.  Benthic Macroinvertebrate Assemblage: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for benthic macroinvertebrates; also includes references that provide
        assessments of sites or waterbodies using benthic macroinvertebrate data.

H.  Fish Assemblage: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for fish; also includes references that provide assessments of sites or
        waterbodies using fish data.

I.  Habitat Quality: Methods and Assessments
        Sampling and analysis methods used for assessing the quality of physical and biological habitat characteristics,
        riparian and upland integrity, and the relationship of hydrologic conditions to the quality of habitat structure;
        also includes references that provide assessments of sites or waterbodies using habitat data.

J.  Monitoring Design, Data Analysis, and Interpretation
        References on the statistical design of monitoring networks, data analysis procedures, and the decisionmaking
        and interpretation framework.

K. -Ecological/Community Stressor-Response
        Includes citations on the field response of individual-, species-, or community/ assemblage-level measurement
        parameters to physical, chemical, and biological stressors.

L. Regulatory Application, Biocriteria, and State Classification
        Includes references that present and/or discuss the use of biological information for regulatory
        decisionmaking, the development and application of biological criteria, and the programmatic structure of State
        biological monitoring efforts.

M. Biological Diversity and Conservation (Single Species)
        References on the question of biological diversity, numbers and distribution of species, and on efforts toward
        the conservation of single species and natural resources.

N. Historical Perspectives and Critical Studies
        Includes citations that review the historical development of a conceptual framework, a method, or the use of a
        procedure. It also includes papers that are landmarks in the sense that they provided new tools, new directions
        in the study of ecosystems and ecosystem processes, or a waterbody assessment that has served as an historical
        baseline assessment.

O. Volunteer Monitoring
        Includes citations on any aspect of volunteer monitoring - use of volunteers in monitoring, the organization of
        volunteer monitoring groups, the use of volunteer monitoring data and results, and volunteer training.
3.  CHRONOLOGICAL LISTING WITHIN SUBJECT CATEGORIES

The literature references are categorized below by subject categories (A-O). The citations are presented in
chronological order within each category. The citation represented by the sequential number can be found in Section 6,
that follows with the complete citations.

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
Category A:
Year
Additional, Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
General Program Information on
Biological/Ecological Indicators

589
664
588
489
767
848
194
898
1919
899
924
1853
704
254
768
896
1547
1888
1917
256
1561
1431
921
1062
1427
1545
641
1940
959
972
1030
1527
1588
1931
207
372
557
865
1360
251
273
745
789
872
1219
306
357
725
788
1352
1724
24

1895
1926
1928
1957
1.957
1960
1965
1966
1968
1970
1971
1971
1972
1974
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1977
1977
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985

—
-.
N
H,J
N
K
K,G
N
..
C
—
..
—
—
C,I
C
G,B
N,C
—
N,J
—
K,I
—
J
J
G
I.K
K,G
J
..
J,B,L
—
..
C
G
K
I
C
D.K
..
F,L,K
J,M
M
I
F,J
G,J
—
J
—
I
N
M
53
201
' 719
998
1315
1401
1541
134
208
265
434
600
601
709
1278
1280
1395
115
595
620
708
964
1558
1779
114
116
212
287
897
1059
1069
1145
1447
1476
1555
1597
1900
6
221
276
519
691
715
985
1236
1266
1700
1710
8
206
360
437
573
879
982
Year
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional
Categories
..
K
K,I
—
K
—
—
H.G.J
G
—
N,G,B
K
K
C,N
—
~
—
K
D
M
J
J,L
M,K
L
K,L
~
—
—
E,D,J
M
B,L
—
K,M
F
—
C .
—
—
M,K
—
B
K
K,G,I
K
I
I
—
C
H
G,K
K
—
B
—
J,L

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
986
1150
1191
1192
1296
1308
1718
1760
1891
211
388
684
966
971
1746
1747
1756
1757
1815
1837
5
107
261
759
765
876
906
1036
1153
1201
1572
1691
228
262
717
804
834
868
880
968
969
1016
1083
1279
1622
1689
119
243
408
447
650
900
1010
1371
435
Year
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
K
J
K
K,C
K
—
C
L
~
—
I
—
L
J
L
—
-
~
B
G
—
L
K
—
M
~
-
J,K
C,K
—
J
B,C
—
~
L,I
B
B
C
B,L
K.L
J,L
L,M
L
—
J,c
K,L
K
B.C.I
C
M
—
N
C
C,H,J,L
N
439
970

Year
1995
1995

Category B: Ecoregions,
Classification,

1839
334
471
847
565
1678
222
835
1898
142
580
1043
1942
394
705
731
1044
1141
1107
1260
902
1547
63
628
1070
166
386
509
382
927 '
1370
1854
147
214
1134
1811
1812
65
873
874
1030
1742
1796
1941
756
757
1646
1794
758
Additional
Categories
C,L
L

Landscape
and Watersheds

1869
1916
1943
1945
1946
1957
1958
1959
1962
1963
1964
1964
1964
1967
1967
1970
1970
1972
1974
1974
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1977
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983

M
—
„
I
—
u
G,I

_-
C
__
__
—
__
_..
__
_-
__
I
C
—
A,G
I
I

J
G

—
J
E
L
._
— .
M,H
I,M
M,I

„
„
A,J,L

__
..
__
..
F

._

-------
Citation
^Sequential No.)
904
1338
561
626
1131
1384
1694
1947
95
433
623
864
886
938
989
1235
1437
138
352
434
618
764
766
809
827
870
1071
1111
1214
1337
1458
1515
1914
45
543
655
784
875
1334
1519
1662
1901
4
217
292
363
446
823
869
962
981
1058
1069
1184
1225
Year
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985a
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

—
H,L
K,G
I
I
I.M
G
G
G
D,G
K
I
I
—
I
C
I
~
N,G,A
I
-.
H,K
H
H
C,L
H
I
C
—
H
H
—
—
—
L
J
H
~
L
--
L
—
IK
J
G
D,N
L,C
—
—
—
—
A,L
H
H
1233
1273
1335
•1345
1435
1445
1472
1487
64
428
519
521
649
783
785
824
863
910
928
932
933
1135
1355
1408
1827
573
737
877
935
990
1727
1729
52
173
332
422
700
701
1130
1271
1336
1543
1566
1607
1684
1778
1815
80
449
455
672
682
843
871
1079
Year
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
Additional
Categories
M,I
M,I
--
K,I
M,I
M,I
K,H
M,I
—
C,J,M
A
I
G
L
L
C
L
H
I
G,J
G,J
H
I
N
G,J,K
A
—
~°
G,J
—
I
H
K,I
—
—
—
I
—
I
I
I
..
H
H
I
—
A
G,J
L
N
I
J,I
~
M
I

-------
Citation Year
(Sequential No.)
1263
1275
1312
1350
1421
1691
1752
1823
1890
120
488
702
703
804
834
880
961
1269
1518
1617
1789
1855
174
243
309
514
647
744
867
945
1031
1531
7
862
1333

Category C:

111
1113
219
1396
410
140
142
1000
105
905
947
1005
1945
303
899
1581
525
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995

Methods:

1954
1955
1956
1959
1962
1963
1963
1964
1965
1966
1966
1967
1967
1970
1970
1970
1971
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
G,H,L
M
H
H,I
L
A,C
L
K
J
I
HI
—
—
A
A
A,L
—
—
L
I
—
J
KJ
A.C.I
~
M.I
L
I
—
—
—
I
I
J,c
M

General and Programmatic

N,M
—
..
—
G
J
B
—
H
H,J
..
J
—
L
A
—
~
322
258
1509'
1743
1872
1260
348
507
768
896
1442
1888
1943
75
485
501
1405
1819
341
786
787
825
1924
32
1175
1484
234
' 267
537
1410
1764
1767
1874
255
1126
1460
1643
1931
252
431
781
798
865
1658
1818
1825
9
10
242
284
459
499
1028
1417
1780
Year
1972
1973
1973
1973
1973
1974
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
Additional
Categories
J
--
—
J,M
~
B
—
J
A,I
A
G
N,A
—
~
I,G
F
J
~
—
--
—
J
-
K,G
K
J,M
—
J
J
—
J
J
L
J
J
—
G
A
—
—
—
J
A
—
—
--
—
—
—
J
—
G
O
J,I
L,I

-------
Qiation
(Sequential No.)
1809
498
797
949
1439
1781
180
416
496
497
659
796
1147
1782
1820
1437
1
136
361
472
709
870
940
1214
1244
1473
1712
1726
1793
11
42
73
241
288
371'
680
1152
1634
1751
157
412
547
667
748
749
823
950
991
1038
1075
1151
1386
1454
1597
1816
Year
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985a
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
J
—
L
I
J
L
—
G
F
J,G
~
—
—
L
~
B
—
—
I
J
N,A
L,B
-
B
~
--
—
J
—
I
—
—
—
D,E,K
J
G,H
L,J
D
—
GJL
G
G
—
D
—
L,B
I,K
—
K
J
M
..
K
A
—
1850
603
275
317
428
440
506
560
666
776
111
805
824
1027
1033
1265
1320
1403
1710
1848
1851
84
366
384
615
753
837
885
1192
1202
1209
1307
1635
1718
39
233
294
518
1143
1215
1326
1354
1618
1745
1783
1788
1954
3
441
478
616
984
988
1153
1299
Year
1988
1988a
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
Additional
Categories

J
—
o
BJM
H,G
H
—
—
—
—
—
B
O
—
G
L
—
A
J
—
—
—
G
—
—
—
I
K,A
G,J
J,G,K
L
—
A
—
G
L
G
J,K
—
L
J
—
L
—
—
L
—
O,N
G,O
J
O
L
K,A
O,J

-------
Citation Year
(Sequential No.)
1323
1691
1761
28
71
178
328
359
399
400
512
535
735
775
868
993
1068
1173
1186
1622
1681
1688
1750
1754
1759
1766
1784
1790
1951
243
308
375
408
585
653
712
983
1010
1117
1371
1571
1748
1755
1758
81
439
862
1067
1074
1701
1762
1768

Category D:
Assessments
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995praft]

Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
IJL
A,B
~
—
—
u
--
—
G,J
G,J
L
0
M.L
L
A
—
~
M
—
A,J
~
—
—
—
~
L
—
~
J
A.BJ
E
N
A
L
L
J
..
A
—
A.H.JJL
J
..
..
—
L
L,A
J,B
L,J
0,G
—
—
L

Plankton Assemblage: Methods and


1017
1018
1022
1448
1899
210
895
1369
1440
199
1413
1892
1361
260
892
937
462
584
610
1318
1517
1105
1314
385
645
1086
1949
779
18
280
524 .
657
1056
1360
177
1629
151
445
452
999
1171
1498
1557
269
623
1053
310
476
740
830
1032
1121
1248
1806
288
Year
1903
1908
1908
1922
1958
1965
1967
1968
1968
1969
1970
1970
1971
1972
1972
1972
1973
1973
1976
1977
1977
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984-1986
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
Additional
Categories
N
N
N
N
-
--
~
K,G,H
E
G
J
«
K
K,E
K,G
K,G
-
—
G,J
H,J
G,K
—
H,K
—
K
G,K
K
—
K,G
-
—
J
K,E
K,A
K
K
K
—
~
E,K
K,J
—
—
—
G,B
K,G
—
--
--
J
K
J
K
J
C,E,K

-------
Citation Year
(Sequential No.)
289
595
733
829
1203
1228
1250
1634
1637
1660
76
446
748
778
897
1651
1657
1893
190
311
396
451
732
841
1015
1456
635
755
1423
1664
450
1319
486
1429
1188

Category E:
Assessments

1020
1449
734.
1366
1363
1367
1440
1357
44
260
1574
1364
1603
939
842
463
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1992
1993
1994

Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
' J
A
—
J
H
H
H
C
K
K
K,G
N,B
C
K
E,A,J
—
K
J
K
~
M
—
~
K
—
—
K,L
K,E
K
K
J
H
—
E,J
K

Periphyton Assemblage: Methods and


1927
1930
1933
1949
1950
1968
1968
1969
1972
1972
1976
1977
1977
1978
1978a
1979


-
N
—
—
—
—
D
K
K
K,D
~
~
—
—
—
-
1370
1446
58
549
1539
1878
1056
1804
1029
1685
98
727
999
1524
1665
1672
99
312
313
319
794
1002
1090
1262
1633
1659
1666
100
288
490
614
728
1051
1081
1247
1521
101
611
897
1330
1575
1879
482
483
706
1411
1709
27
349
619
755
1003
1391
1661
1923
Year
1979
1979
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982 •
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
-1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional
Categories
B
—
—
K,I
K
J,K
D,K
J
—
J
—
—
D,K
K
K
—
—
—
—
~
K
J
G
K
—
—
I,K
—
C,D,K
—
G
K
K
—
L
K,F,G
—
J
D,A,J
K,J
I
—
K
K,J
G,K
K
J
—
IX
K,I
K,D
J
K
—
L,G,K

-------
Citation
(Sequential No
296
1264
1535
1667
456
484
722
1194
1636
60
481
1429
308
402
1523

Category F:
Assessments

245
559
528
1569
661
527
1586
723
1483
1886
13
501
143
1397
1407
320
432
1847
1910
511
698
761
1646
86
89
273
474
1129
1196
1219
1344
510
773
790
1106
1359
Year
.)
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1995

Additional Citation Year
Categories (Sequential No.)

G,K
—
J
K.I
K
J
—
—
—
—
J,D
C
G
L

Macrophyte Assemblage: Methods and


1946
1957
1960
1965
1966
1969
1972
1974
1974
1975
1976
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1980
1980
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984


—
—
—
J
G
K,I
—
K
—
~
K
C
K
K,J
—
K
K
K,I
J
G
I,K
..
B
K
G
LAK
K
K
i
J,A
K
H,I
—
~
I
—
496
699
1013
1060
1512
1625
. 1915
290
504
883
1154
1294
1596
696
1406
1521
1548
272
421
597
688
850
916
1476
558
1149
1200
1351
893
302
85
1556
1738

Category G:
Assemblage:

1505
1507
1506
1504
202
203
878
444
1281
1800
1065
222
23
410
802
1211
194
291
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1991
1992
1992
1993

Additional
Categories
C
K,G
I,K
K
K
—
I
I,K
K,G
K
I,K
N
K
K
—
K,E,G
-
~
I,G
J
K
K
—
A
J'
K
K
N
—
I,K
K
—
—

Benthic Macro'tnvertebrate
Methods and Assessments

1921
1921
1925
1928
1955
1955
1955
1956
1956
1956
1957
1958
1959
1962
1962
1964
1965
1965

N
N
—
N
K
K
..
—
J
—
H,K,N
B,I
—
C
—
J
A,K
K
10

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
362
901
197
324
661
1920
200
1035
1369
199
259
726
1647
323
546
741
892
937
1144
414
640
1687
193
750
1389
1510
411
544
629
1085
1442
1497
1547
43
54
381
454
485
526
610
689
1283
1530
1733
1904
1927
55
110
536
816
852
1055
1148
1272
1452
Year
1965
1965
1966
1966
1966
1966.
1967
1.968
1968
1969
1971
1971
1971
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1973
1973
1973
1974
1974
1974
1974
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
„
—
—
—
F
K
—
K
K,D,H
D
K
K
K,I
J
—
K •
K,D
K,D
K,H
M
—
K
—
K
I
—
—
—
—
—
C
-
A3
—
K,I,H
M
—
i,c
—
D,J
J
K
K
—
K
K
—
~
J
—
J
—
—
—
K
1517
1913
1934
1937
386
571
581
596
747
854
860
918
1080
1376
1686
14
32
102
329
330
398
415
492
683
697
951
1054 '
1087
1256
1284
1486
1545
1866
1939
31
90
232
403
424
487
613
673
952
1086
1099
1174
1193
1245
1481
1546
1614
1615
1862
1909
1940
Year
1977
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
Additional
Categories
D,K
—
—
K
B
K
K
K
—
—
J,K
K.H.I
—
I,K
—
	
K,C
—
—
—
J
—
J
„
..
M,H
I,K
—
K
K
J
A
„
J
J
__
K,M,I
J
K
K
K
J
K
D,K
M,H
	
K,I
	
I
K
K
„
K
J
K,A
11

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
227
627
651
674
954
1190
1242
1438
1455
1479
1632
1643
1903
2
18
113
207
229
511
622
771
817
1226
1268
1304
1528
1844
1950
1960
50
89
198
270
300
368
499
540
711
832
1094
1120
1187
1221
1331
1349
1374
1387
1480
1488
1894
1905
19
92
123
127
Year
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
K
—
K
I
I,K
—
K
.K
K
—
..
C
J
K
K,D
K
A
—
F
K
K,I
—
—
K
K
..
—
K
K
J
F
K
I,K
J
I,K
C
K
K
—
J
K
K
K
—
K,I
J
..
I
K
K
—
J
—
..
I,K
191
247
306
344
392
418
420
495
582
606
626
660
713
806
958
1037
1050
1052
1064
1167
1199
1212
1213
1218
1232
1286
1290
1372
1380
1493
1494
1580
1645
1826
1832
1907
1908
1911
1916
1921
1947
95
196
373
416
433
461
497
623
663
699
836
903
907
956
Year
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
Additional
Categories
K
M
JA
—
J,K
K
K
--
I
H
B,K
K,H
I,K
K
J
K
K,I
—
K
J,K
—
—
—
—
I,K
I
I
J
~
J
K
—
K
—
-
K
K
K
K
K
B
B
~
M
C
B
K
J,c
D,B
K,I
K,F
--
-
K,I
N,K
12

-------
Citation
(Sequential No .)
1053
1076
1128
1146
1176
1237
1246
1249
1451
1495
1595
1676
1860
1865
125
134
169
208
238
390
404
434
442
458
469
494
504
634
742
754
795
957
1090
1114
1157
1158
1379
1482
1525
1723
1843
1856
1906
22
49
88
170
186
335
356
377
599
614
636
679
Year
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
K£>
—
K,J
K
J
—
—
J
K
•
J
—
K
K
—
A,H,J
K
A
K
N
K
N,BA
U
J
K
J
K,F
K,L
—
K
K
K
E .
J
—
—
—
H
—
K
K
K
—
K
J
M,J
—
K
I
K,I
J
K
E
~
H
680
720
799
813
853
866
941
1255
1261
1340
1342
1346
1404
1500
1521
1803
1829
1833
1834
1852
1857
1863
1869
1922
76
155
156
157
204
274
336
351
363
369
387
412
421
460
547
814
815
831
913
1092
1097
1164
1166
1217
1383
1425
1491
1552
1653
1671
1861
Year
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional
Categories
H,C
K
—
—
J
K
I,K
—
K
K,I,J
K,I,J
K
—
I
K,F,E
K,I
—
—
K
—
K
K
K
—
K,D
L
—
L,C
—
J
K
K
B
K
—
C
I,F
—
C
—
—
J
J
J,K
—
—
—
—
—
K
J,K
—
I
—
K
13

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1933
1946
604
103
145
175
244
337
350
364
429
440
548
556
566
570
649
662
706
715
736
738
845
914
932
933
1073
1091
1127
1163
1165
1198
1216
1224
1265
1392
1409
1412
1424
1443
1496
1511
1585
1654
1792
1801
1827
1835
1842
1858
1932
1936
133
206
230
Year
1988
1988
1988b
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

--
—
K
K
—
—
K
K
—
K
C,H
K
J,K
J
K
B
KJH
E,K
KAI
—
J
K
J
B,J
B,J
O
K
K
K,I
—
J
N
—
C
K
—
--
K,I
L
J
K
K
I
..
K
B.J.K
K
K
..
J
K
J
A,K
J
384
473
554
567
730
931
935
946
1011
1095
1159
1202
1206
1209
1381
1489
1802
1830
1877
1887
1923
48
213
225
233
295
397
438
467
518
538
833
975
1046
1063
1264
1444
1478
1677
1720
1836
1837
1859
80
91
161
338
339
405
417
478
568
598
955
995
Year
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
Additional
Categories
C
K
J,K
J
~
H,K
B,J
I,K
—
J
-
C,J
K
J,K,C
~
K
H,J
--
I
K,J
L,E,K
I,L
I
I
C
—
I,L
J
K
C
O
K,L
L
—
—
E,K
L
K,H,I
-
—
K
A
K
J;B
J
L
—
—
N
N
o,c
J
J
I,K
J
14

-------
Citation
(Sequential No
1009
1019
1180
1253
1263
1309
1388
1522
1593
1719
1868
158
264
399
400
934
1093
1096
1220
1302
1490
1526
1534
1538
1679
1680
1692
1831
1930
402
542
996
1098
1461
1503
465
569
1074
1485
1492

Category H:
Assessments

1457
591
1717
1598
855
643
625
489
1065
644
1066
Year
)
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995

Fish Assemblage:


1820
1908
1930
1932
1933
1953
1954
1957
1957
1959
1963
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

I,K
—
—
H,B,L
J
U
K
—
I,M
M,H,J
L
N,J
J,C
J,c
—
—
K
L,I
J
—
—
J
H,I
I
I
I,L
--
M
E
L
—
J
K
I,L
—
J
o,c
—
—

Methods and


—
N
—
—
K
—
—
A,J
G,K,N
—
K,I
856
105
905
1229
1369
793
108
1627
347
760
882
1144
1628
1734
79
152
1048
1542
1736
78
54
631
1047
1285
15
1318
522
681
826
918
146
51
1314
1880
1082
1099
1134
1414
1883
77
550
963
1040
1735
1873
149
171
179
393
925
1564
1567
1730
34
51
Year
1964
1965
1966
1966
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1973
1974
1974
1974
1974
1974
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
Additional
Categories

c
C,J
K
K,D,G
—
K
—
K
K
I,K
K,G
L
—
—
—
~
J
K,N
—
K,I,G
"
—
—
—
D,J
—
I
—
K,G,I
I
M,G
D,K
—
—
M,G
M,B
I
I
—
I
—
—
—
—
I
—
I
I
L,J
K,I
K
—
—
J
15

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
563
716
772
857
930
1045
1311
1499
1549
1696
38
510
515
561
586
606
660
695
710
948
1112
1254
1516
16
93
974
978
1078
1293
1565
36
134
236
321
677
766
809
827
973
1071
1072
1100
1182
1422
1430
1458
1482
1515
1583
1610
40
135
346
407
679
Year
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
u
J
..
—
J
—
—
—
u
I
K,I
I,F
I
B.L
I
G
K,G
N
—
—
K,I
—
I,K
I
I
K
--
K,I
—
K,I
J
A.G.J
—
—
K
B,K
B
B
J
B
—
J
—
K,I
—
B
G
B
K
—
—
K
—
..
G
680
875
979
1203
1228
1250
1553
1884
68
141
148
304
383
668
678
763
987
1049
1139
1184
1207
1225
1418
1472
1655
1807
440
506
642
662
801
858
910
1061
1135
1183.
1227
1377
1420
1436
1928
8
117
240
395
545
562
632
707
780
931
1025
1108
1138
1156
Year
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
19.90
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional
Categories
G,C
B
J
D
D
D
J
I
K,I,L
J
I,M
UK
I
—
I
K
—
I
L
B
K
B
J
K,B
—
K
C,G
C
L
K,G
N
K,I
B
L
B
—
M
—
K,I
—
M
A
K
I
—
—
K
K
—
K,I
GJK
J
K
U
J
16

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1181
1208
1259
1313
1434
1468
1551
1563
1609
1611
1728
1729
1802
1845
181
188
239
714
782
803
840
1115
1282
1319
1356
1459
1478
1513
1533
1566
1607
1656
1690
1881
139"
279
466
552
828
1012
1136
1137
1258
1263
1287
1312
1350
1375
1582
1608
1868
66
72
551
687
Year
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
Additional Citation Year
Categories (Sequential No.)

K,I
M
~
K,M
J
L
K
—
—
K,J
B
G,J
..
I
J
I
—
I
K,I
K,I
I
M
D
~
K,I
K,G,I
—
L,K
B
B
K
I,K
—
~
~
K
I,K
J
—
—
J
M
G,B,L
I
B
B,I
I
—
L
M,G,J
L
K
I
~
743
1197
1204
1538
1871
1876
57
926
1257
1371
1721
517
1612

Category I:
Assessments

847
1678
222
1066
1102
1252
527
539
1647
729
882
413
1107
1389
168
768
839
54
63
485
628
278
976
1644
681
918
977
1376
1431
1959
146
1007
1054
1316
1797
1897
232
641
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995 .

Habitat Quality:


1945
1957
1958
1963
1964
1968
1969
1971
1971
1972
1972
1974
1974
1974
1975
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
Additional
Categories
u.
K
--
G,I
J
~
~
—
M
C,A,J,L

K
J

Methods and


B
B,J
B,G
K,H
—
—
K,F
—
K,G
--
H,K
M
B
G
—
A,C
K
K,G,H
B
C,G
B
J
K
„
H
K,G,H
K
G,K
K,A
L
H
K
G,K
K
M
N
K,M,G
K,A
17

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.) -
1193
1414
1481
1811
1812
1847
1883
128
549
550
674
774
954
997
1415
1568
1889
47
74
149
179
393
557
698
771
1564
1602
1814
270
368
531
563
872
1196
1343
1349
1417
1480
1549
1696
1780
38
127
510
515
582
586
713
724
949
1050
1106
1112
1131
1232
Year
1980'
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
• K,G
H
G
B,M
M,B
K,F
H
—
K,E
H
G
—
G,K
J
J
—
—
—
—
H
H
H
A
F,K
K,G
K,H
L
—
G,K
G.K
K
H,J
A
F
—
K,G
J,c
G
H,J
H
C,L
K,H
G,K
H,F
H
G
H
G,K
—
C
K,G
F
K,H
B
G,K
1286
1290
1352
1384
1516
1694
1711
1841
16
56
67
93
124
224
419
464
663
719
791
886
907
938
1013
1078
1235
1251
1419
1565
1713
1822
1915
138
290
361
442
618
888
1111
1154
1329
1422
1450
1666
1875
11
335
356
453
470
475
941
1340
1342
1416
1500
Year
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
Additional
Categories
G
G
A
B
H,K
B,M
— '
J
H
~
-
H
~
—
K
M,K
K,G
K,A
—
B
K,G
B
F,K
K,H
B
~
M
K,H
K
—
F
B
F,K
C
G,J
B
—
B
F,K
—
K,H
M,L
E,K
—
C
G
K,G
K
K
M
G,K
G,K,J
G,K,J
M
G
18

-------
Citation
(Sequetvtial No.)
1606
1803
1884
35 .
68
70
126
148
217
304
383
421
505
678
950
1049
1233
1273
1332
1345
1378
1435
1445
1487
1575
1653
61
365
521
715
858
928
1163
1236
1266
1297
1355
1420
1424
1464
1604
1605
1631
1654
1732
1896
172
240
248
349
572
619
780
885
946
Year
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990'
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

K,G
H
—
KJiL

M
H,M
B,K
H,K
H
F,G
«
H
C,K
H
M,B
M,B
J
K,B
K
M,B
M,B
M,B
E
G
~
K
B
K,G,A
K.H
B
K,G
A
A
-
B
K,H
K,G
—
—
—
«
G
—
—
—
H
K
E,K
K
K,E
H,K
C
G,K
1138
1208
1652
1727
1769
1877
48
52
83
181
192
209
213
225
235
239
302
388
397
675
676
700
762
782
803
812
840
851
887
920
1115
1130
1243
1271
• 1289
1291
1336
1348
1432
1459
1465
1466
1478
1508
1590
1601
1684
1690
1739
1895
1902
96
277
448
456
Year
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
' 1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
'1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
Additional
Categories
H,J
K,H
..
B
J
G
L,G
K,B
—
H
..
..
G
G
M,K
H
F,K
A
GX
..
„
B
—
H
K,H
—
K,H
K
__
—
H
B
K
B
	
K
B
„
K
K,H
L
L
K,G,H

„
„
B
H,K
—
	
—
L
__
K,L
K,E
19

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
552
672
682
752
884
936
955
1019
1077
1079
1195
1287
1323
1350
1375
1388
1475
1514
1554
1693
1719
120
178
426
488
551
717
743
770
980
1205
1220
1234
1274
1538
1617
1679
1680
1692
1787
82
87
174
243
480
514
744
960
1024
1039
1239
1276
1433
1503
1531
Year
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
H,K
B
J,B
M,K
K
—
'G,K
G,K
—
B
—
H
C,L
H,B
H
G,J
—
M,K
M
M
G,M
B
C,J
—
B.M
H
L,A
H,L
—
—
~
L,G
—
M
G,H
B
G
G
G.L
0
—
M
B,K
A.B.C
K
M,B
B
.-
K.L.M
' M
O
—
—
G,L
B
1599
1695
7
502
1463

Year
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995

Category J: Monitoring Design,
Interpretation

909
665
849
576
342
1591
1592
1613
1926
670
1281
1600
489
1678
1170
671
1317
1697
1740
140
183
612
1041
1042
1211
1569
686
905
1057
685
1005
257
844
1961
1639
1413
59
182
889
1938
322
323
553
638
1918
106


1912
1922
1933
1943
1947
1948
1949
1949
1953
1954
1956
1956
1957
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1964
1964
1964
1964
1965
1966
1966
1966
1967
1967
1968
1968
1968
1969
1970
1971
1971
1971
1971
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1973
Additional
Categories
_
--
B
—
—

Data Analysis, and


--
—
—
•-
—
—
--
—
—
—
G
-
A,H
B,I
-
-
-
--
--
C
--
-

-
G
F
-
H,C
-
—
C
-
—
-
--
D
--
—
M
—
C
G
--
--
-
--
20

-------
Gration
(Sequential Mo.^
838
994
1743
391
1172
1426
1542
340
507
669
1398
97
610
689
1362
1405
41
166
205
256
278
331
345
536
852
1318
1400
1529
1630
1650
1741
513
520
692
694
825
860
943
1008
1267
1397
398
492
529
693
810
811
927
1062
1427
1484
1486
1536
1939
31
Year
1973
1973
1973
1974
1974
1974.
1974
1975
1975
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
'1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977
1977.
1977
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

—
M,C
—
—
—
H.
—
C
~
M
—
D,G
G
L,M
C
—
B
-
A,N
I
--
—
G
G
D,H
—
K
—
—
—
—
~
—
~
C
K,G
—
--
~
K,F
G
G
—
—
—
—
B
A
A
CM
G
—
G
G
267
315
353
403
423
427
537
673
1124
1347
1698
1764
1767
1909
154
255
500
959
997
1030
1126
1415
1640
1799
1878
1903
1910
33
637
657
798
822
925
1540
1737
1804
50
51
284
293
300
530
563
716
.745
930
1084
1094
1125
1219
1374
1417
1549
1649
1685
Year
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
Additional
Categories
C
__
. _-
G
—
__
C
G
—
M
__
C
C
G
__
C
__
A
I
A,B,L
C
I
—
__.
E,K
G
F
—
—
D
C
—
H,L
_..
	
E
G
H
C
__
G
	
H,I
H
M,A
H
	
G
L
F,A
G
i,c
H,I
—
E
21

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1725
1809
1925
19
29
301
306
314
392
725
890
958
1167
1171
1241
1277
1372
1399
1439
1493
1594
1805
1838
1841
1864
21
497
564
746
1034
1128
1176
1223
1249
1595
1621
36
134
263
442
458
472
494
607
609
769
792
830
919
973
1002
10S9
1 100
1114
1121
Year
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)

c
"
G
—
—
G,A
.—
K,G
A
—
G
G,K
K,D
—
—
G
—
C
G
—
—
--
I
M
—
G,C
—
—
—
K,G
G
—
G
G
—
H
A,H,G
—
G,I
G
C
G
—
—
—
—
D
..
H
E
—
H
G
D
1160
1222
1303
1579
1670
1704
1707
1726
1806
1810
1849
1912
49
88
109
118
289
371
377
477
555
624
648
658
708
784
829
853
929
942
964
979
1004
1152
1230
1340
1342
1553
1702
1703
1706
25
141
274
283
292
597
611
818
819
820
821
831
861
897
Year
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional
Categories
..
—
-
~
—
—
—
C
D
—
~
--
G
M,G
—
--
D
C
G
--
—
--
--
~
A
B
D
G
—
~
A,L
H
—
L,C
--
G,K,I
G,K,I
H
-
-
-
--
H
G
~
B
F
E
--
-
—
—
G
—
E,D,A
22

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
913
1075
1092
1103
1133
1288
1330
1332
1418
1491
1619
1624
1708
1821
1846
1882
1893
603
285
428
443
483
493
556
558
566
738
914
923
932
933
1123
1198
1496
1502
1648
1709
1827
1848
1932
94
133
185
230
554
567
579
911
922
935
953
982
1003
1025
1095
Year
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988a
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
G
C
G,K
~
—
—
E,K
I
H
G,K
—
—
—
—
M
—
D
C
—
C,B,M
—
E,K
—
G,K
F
G
G
G
—
G,B
G,B
—
G
G
—
—
E
B,G,K
C
G
—
G
—
G
K,G
G
K
—
—
G,B
—
A,L
E
H
G
1109
1118
1119
1138
1150
1156
1202
1209
1385
1468
1520
1728
1769
1798
1802
1867
1887
62
137
188
297
438
450
605
908
971
1122
1143
1354
1667
80
91
150
165
370
568
598
616
682
722
828
995
1036
1104
1137
1168
1299
1305
1309
1373
1388
1467
1572
1668
1699
Year
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
Additional
Categories

—
—
I,H
A
H
C,G
G,K,C
—
H
—
H,K
I
—
G,H
~
G,K
N
L
H
—
G
D
—
—
A
—
C,K
C
E
G,B
G
—
L
L
G
G
C
13
E
H
G
A,K
—
H
—
o,c
o
G
—
G,I
—
A
—
L
23

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
186S
1890
178
223
264
333
399
400
491
594
969
1189
1302
1358
1429
1474
1534
1622
1705
1813
1855
1871
1951
167
266
354
712
967
1098
1110
1339
1371
1571
1573
1669
569
646
862
1067
1300
1612

Year
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995

Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
M.G.H
B
I,C
—
G,N
—
G,C
G,C
—
L
A,L
~
G
—
E,D
—
G
A,C

—
B
H
C
—
~
~
C
L
G
--
—
C,A,H,L
C
—
—
G
~
B,C
L,C
—
H

Category K: Ecological/Community Stressor-
Response

855
739
202
203
1065
639
848
1066
194
195


1933
1952
1955
1955
1957
1958
1960
1963
1965
1965


H
—
G
G
G,H,N
—
A
H,I
A,G
—
291
1229
1920
1035
1238
1369
527
1357
1683
108
69
253
259
726
1361
1647
44
260
347'
534
741
760
882
892
937
1144
1687
26
479
723
750
1560
1736
839
891
13
54
184
1283
1530
1638
1904
1927
143
976
1452
1517
1529
1937
571
581
596
860
918
977
Year
1965
1966
1966
1968
1968
1968
1969
1969
1969
1970
1971
1971
1971
1971
1971
1971
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1972
1973
1974
1974
1974
1974
1974
1974
1975
1975
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1976
1977
1977
1977
•1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
Additional
Categories
G
H
G
G
--
D.GJH
F,I
E
—
H
-
--
G
G
D
I,G
E
D,E
H
—
G
H
H,I
D,G
G,D
G,H
G
—
—
F
G
—
H,N
I
—
F
I.G.H
--
G
G ,
—
G
G
F
I
G
D,G
J
G
G
G
G
J,G
G,H,I
I
24

-------
Citation
(.Sequential No.')
1376
1397
1431
32
602.
1007
1054
1175
1256
1284
1314
1316
232
307
320
424
432
487
613
641
645
721
952
1086
1193
1394
1546
1614
1847
1862
1940
1949
227
523
549
651
954
1242
1438
1455
1539
1878
2
18
113
372
622
698
771
1056
1268
1304
1360
1564
1567
Year
1978
1978
1978
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
G,I
F,J
I,A
G,C
—
I
G,I
C
G
G
D,H
I
M,G,I
~
F
G
F
G
G
I,A
D
~
G
G,D
G,I
—
G
G
F,I
G
G,A
D
G .
--
E,I
G
G,I
G
G
G
E
E,J
G
G,D
G
A
G
F,I
G,I
D,E
G
G
D,A
I,H
H
1722
1950
1960
86
177
198
270
273
368
474
531
540
633
711
1120
1129
1187
1221
1344
1349
1488
1576
1629
1894
38
121
127
151
191
237
316
392
418
420
533
541
626
660
713
806
807
999
1037
1050
1064
1112
1167
1171
1232
1453
1494
1516
1524
1645
1665
Year
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983 .
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
Additional
Categories

G
G
F
D
G
I,G
F,L,A
G,I
F
I
G
—
G
G
F
G
G
F
I,G
G
M
D
G
H,I

G,I
D
G
M
—
J,G
G
G
„
__
B,G
G,H
G,I
G
M
D,E
G
G,I
G
H,I
J,G
D,J
G,I
__
G
I,H
E
G
E
25

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1907
1908
1911
1916
1921
129
176
189
201
271
286
389
419
461
464
663
699
719
808
864
907
956
974
1013
1053
1060
1078
1128
1146
1315
1451
1512
1565
1713
1860
1865
169
187
238
290
325
326
327
404
469
504
578
600
601
634
677
754
766
794
795
Year
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
G
G
G
G
G
--
—
—
A
—
—
M
I
G
M.I
G,I
F.G
I,A
—
B
G,I
N,G
H
F,I
D,G
F
I,H
G,J
G
A
G
F
I,H
I
G
G
G
—
G
If
—
M
M
G
G
G,F
—
A
A
G,L
H
G
H,B
E
G
883
957
1032
1154
1248
1262
1301
1422
1583
1596
1666
1723
1843
1856
22
115
135
186
220
288
356
453
470
508
599
696
720
728
866
941
1051
1261
1340
1341
1342
1346
1521
1558
1637
1660
1803
1834
1857
1863
1869
68
76
114
217
282
304
336
351
369
656
Year
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional
Categories
F
G
D
F,I
D
E
--
H,I
H
F
E,I
G
G
G
G
A
H
G
--
C,D,E
I,G
I
I
-
G
F
G
E
G
G,I
E
G
G.I.J
—
G,I,J
G
F,E,G
A,M
D
D
I,G
G
G
G
G
H,I,L
G,D
A,L
B,I
—
H,I
G
G
G
—
26

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.^
688
763
778
850
950
1038
1092
1207
1330
1345
1378
1390
1425
1447
1454
1472
1491
1559
1657
1807
1861
103
145
190
221
337
350
365
429
482
483
548
556
570
593-
662
691
706
715
841
845
858
985
1091
1127
1149
1163
1200
1392
1411
1420
1424
1511
1562
1585
Year
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
F
H
D
F
C,I
C
G,J
H
E,J
B,I
I
—
G
A,M
C
B,H
G,J
—
D
H
G
G
G
D
M,A
G
G
I
G
E
E,J
G
G,J
G
—
G,H
A
E,G
G,A,I
D
G
H,I
A
G
G
F
I,G
F
G
E
I,H
I,G
G
—
G
1674
1801
1827
1835
1840
1842
1870
1936
117
206
248
349
360
457
473
516
554
562
572
579
619
632
635
718
755
780
931
946
986
1108
1185
1191
1192
1206
1208
1209
1295
1296
1391
1423
1434
1477
1489
1563
1584
1663
1664
1728
1887
1923
1944
52
235
302
467
Year
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989.
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
Additional
Categories

G
B,G,J
G
—
G
—
G
H
G,A
I
I,E
A

G
—
J,G
H
I
J
E,I
H
D,L
—
E,D
H,I
G,H
G,I
A
H
..
A
A,C
G
H,I
J,G,C
__
A
E
D
H,M
	
G
H
„
	
D
H,J
G,J
L,E,G
M
B,I
I,M
F,I
G
27

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
803
833
840
851
1143
1243
1264
1291
1432
1459
1478
1533
1616
1656
1690
1824
1836
1859
85
261
448
456
466
484
552
752
884
955
1019
1036
1153
1310
1514
1522
1823
72
968
1096
1197
1689
119
174
480
1024
1188
1461
376
517
1155
1958

Year
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
'1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995

Additional Citation
Categories ' (Sequential No.)
H.I
G,L
H,I
I
C,J
I
E.G
I
I
I,H
G.H.I
L,H
—
H
I,H
..
G
G
F
A
I,L
I,E
H
E
H,I
M,I
I
G,I
G,I
J,A
C,A
M
M,I .
G
B
H
A,L
G
H
A,L
A
B,I
I
L,M,I
D
G
L
H
..
L

Category L: Regulatory Application, Biocriteria, and
State Classification

303

1970

C
1626
1628
1362
30
131
944
1306
1959
1532
1854
1770
1874
132
298
1030
425
925
1602
273
1125
1780
561
690
797
1001
1781
1749
1782
164
305
634
870
1450
1716
1777
144
655
964
1152
1247
1321
1519
1779
1901
46
68
114
155
157
163
378
577
823
859
1014
Year
1971
1972
1976
1977
1977
1977
1978
1978
1979
1979
1980
1980
1981
1981
1981
1982
1982
1982
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
Additional
Categories
M
H
M,J
~
--
—
~
I
—
B
—
C
—
--
A.J.B
—
H,J
I
F,A,K
J
C,I
B,H
—
C
—
C
—
C
—
—
G,K
C,B
M,I
—
—
—
B
A,J
C,J
E
—
B
A
B
-
K,H,I
A,K
G
G,C
—
~
—
B,C
—
--
28

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1069
1139
1169
1327
1589
1775
1795
1817
379
642
783
785
863
1061
1320
1443
1791
1953
159
160
635
652
965
982
1307
1328
1551
1714
1760
1923
48
104
137
294
397
409
503
833
966
975
1231
1322
1326
1353
1393
1444
1465
1466
1533
1744
1745
1746
1765
1774
1952
Year
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
B,A
H
--
~
-
—
—
—
—
H
B
B
B
H
C
G
—
~
~
«
D,K
~
«
A,J
C
—
H
—
A
E,G,K
1,0
..
J
C
G,I
M
~
K,G
A
G
~
~
C
—
—
G
I
I
K,H
..
C
A
—
—
—
1954
96
107
153
161
165
226
250
370
448
449
654
881
915
988
992
1263
1292
1323
1324
1368
1421
1469
1537
1570
1577
1578
1608
1699
1731
1752
1772
1808
1885
66
158
430
512
594
717
735
743
775
880
968
969
1016
1083
1220
1270
1325
1518
1544
1689
1692
Year
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
-1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
Additional
Categories
C
I
A
M
G
J
M
O
J
I,K
B
—
M
—
C
—
G.H.B
—
C,I
—
—
B
—
—
—
M
—
H
J
—
B
—
__
	
H
G
—
C
J
A,I
M,C
H,I
c'
A3
A,K
A,J
M,A
A
G,I
__
	
B
	
A,K
GI
29

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1766
37
542
585
647
653
751
917
967
1024
1116
1371
1503
1956
12
17
81
162
376
439
846
970
1067
1382
1471
1523
1642
1955
1957
1958
1768

Year
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995 Praft]

Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No.)
' c
M
G
C
B
C
~
—
J
K,M,I
—
C,A,H,J
G,I
—
—
—
C
—
K
C,A
—
A
C,J
0
—
E
—
—
—
K
C

Category M: Biological Diversity and Conservation
(Single Species)

1839
1441
111
1142
889
1626
414
1743
413
630
1398
381
1362
1428
951
1484
1797
232
380
1099


1869
1948
1954
1967
1971
1971
1973
1973
1974
1975
1975
1976
1976
1977
1979
1979
1979
1980
1980
1980


B
—
N,C
—
J
L
G
J,c
I
—
J
G
L,J
„
G,H
C,J
I
K.GJ
—
G,H
1134
1347
1811
1812
1962
218
745
789
1576
237
247
358
367
807
1694
1864
24
373
389
464
1419
216
326
327
1450
88
475
620
1416
1558
126
148
215
587
1059
1151
1233
1273
1365
1435
1445
1447
1487
1846
221
396
428
621
1227
1928
122
1179
1259
1434
1715
Year
1980
1980
1980
1980
1980
1981
1983
1983
1983
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1985
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1987
1987
1987
1987
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1988
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
Additional
Categories
H,B
J
I,B
I,B
~
—
J,A
A
K
K
G
—
--
K
B,I
J
A
G
K
K,I
I
—
K
K
I,L
G,J
I
A
I
A,K
I
H,I
--
—
A
C
B,I
B,I
~
I,B
I,B
K,A
13
J
A,K
D
C,B,J
—
H
H
—
—.
H
H,K
~
30

-------
Citation
(Sequential No.)
1944
235
409
532
1161
1177
1178
1282
1641
1828
153
226
268
343
752
765
871
881
1258
1275
1310
1402
1470
1514
1554
1577
1675
1693
1719
1868
1929
1935
20
374
488
617
735
1016
1162
1173
1274
1930
37
87
281
401
447
468
514
583
912
1024
1039
1257
1550
Year
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
Additional Citation
Categories (Sequential No
K
I,K
L
--
—
—
~
H
~
-
L
L
--
~
I,K
A
B
L
H
B
K
--
~
IK
I
L
-
I
G,I
G,H,J
—
—
—
—
B,I
-
L,C
L,A
—
C
I
G
L
I
—
—
A
—
' B,I
—
—
K,L,I
I
H
--
1623
1333

Category N:
Studies

299
590
1017
1088
591
1018
1022
1023
592
406
1462
1505
1507 '
1448
588
1504
1449
1948 •
1101
1021
111
112
767
1006
1065
130
894
1620
898
1682
1736
608
1888
256
1897
231
695
1724
1753
956
1240
390
434
709
1294
355
446
801
1216
Year
)
1994
1995

Additional

B

Historical Perspectives and Critical


1842
1887
1903
1907
1908
1908
1908
1909
1913
1916
1921
1921
1921
1922
1928
1928
1930
1930
1949
1950
1954
1955
1957
1957
1957
1958
1965
1965
1966
1971
1974
1975
1975
1977
1979
1980
1984
1984
1984
1985
1985
1986
1986
1986
1986
1987
1988
1989
1989


„
	
D
__
H
D
D
—
__,
—
„
G
G
D
A
G
E

__
„
M,C

A

G,H,K
„
..
„
A

K,H

A,C
A,J
I

H
A

G,K

G
G,B,A
C,A
F

D,B
H
G
31

-------
Citation
(Sequential No
1351
1408
436
62
405
417
441
455
264
375
900
435
575
Category 0:
1210
1028
1501
246
317
1027
1073
1771
1785
538
1140
1786
249
250
318
441
478
574
800
984
1026
1132
1298
1299
1305
1587
1673
1776
535
1763
1787
1239
1773
575
1074
1382
Year
)
1989
1989
1990
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1994
1994
1995
1995
Additional Citation Year Additional
Categories (Sequential No.) Categories
F
B
—
J
G
G
o,c
B
G,J
C
A
A
O
Volunteer Monitoring
1974
1983
1986
1989
1989
1989
1989
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
„
C
—
—
C
C
G
—
•r
G
—
—
—
L
•••r
N.C
G,C
«
—
C
..
.-
..
C,J
J
..
..
..
C
—
I
I
-.
N
C,G
L


















































32

-------
4.   AUTHOR INDEX
The author index lists all author names, including secondary or junior authors, alphabetically; sequential numbers of the
papers for each author follows the name.
Aaby  1
Aagaard, K.   2
Abate, C.  3
Abbruzzese, B.  4
Abele, L. E.   158,159,160,161,164
Abel, P. D.   6
Abe,J.   5
Abrahams. R. G.   1584
Abt, S.  R.  7
Adams. M.S.   558,1149
Adams. S. M.   8
Adamus,P. R.   9,10,11
Addicott, J. F.    1912
Adelman, I. R.   1134
Adhikari, A.   605
Adkins,N. C.   1189
Adler, R. W.    12
Agami, M.   13
Ahlstedt, S. A.   995, 1551,1552
Aho, J.   958
Aiken, R. B.   14
Alabaster, J. S.   16
Alabaster, J. S. ed.    15
Albaugh, D. W.   257
Albert,  R. C.    17
Allan. J. D.   18,19,20,21,582
Allan, J.W.  '238
AIiard,M.   22,1411
Allen, A. B.   4
Allen, K. R.   23
Allen, P. M.   24
Alley, W. M.    25,821
Aimer, B.  26
Aloi, J.  E.  27
American Public Health Association   28
American Water Works Association   28
Andersen, M. M.  29
Andersen, T.   30
Anderson, B. G.   31
Anderson, B. W.  1329
Anderson, D. R.   234
Anderson, D. S.   313,433
Anderson, J. C.  185
Anderson, M. R.  496
Anderson, N. H.   32,771
Anderson, R. D.   717
Anderson, R. M.  33
Anderson, R. O.   34
Anderson, S. H.   1038
Andersson, K. G.   795
Andrus, C. W.    35
Angermeter, P. L.  36,37,38,39,40,
  562,973, 1225
Anonymous   41,42
Apfelbaum. S. I.  1915
Apperson, C. S.  43
Appleby,P. G.   101
Archibald, R, E. M.   44
Ariss, C. W.   1214
Arkansas Department of Pollution
.  Control and Ecology  45,46
Armentrout, N. B.   47
Armitage, P. D.  48,49, 50, 626,627,
   1255, 1946, 1947
Armour, C.   1416
Armour, C. L.   51,52
Armstrong, D. P.  53
Amer, D. H.   54
Arnold, D. E.   211
Aron, G.   997
Arzet, K.    1657
Ashkenas, L. A.   1660
Ashkenas, L. R.   1051
Ashworth, A. C.   55
Asmussen, L.   1131
Atkinson, S.   56
Austen, D. J.  57
Austin, A,  58,457
Austin, M. P.   59
Babbit, B.  1550
Bahls, L.   60
Bailey, J. F.   61
Bailey, R. G.  62, 63. 64, 65
Bailey, R. M.   1513
Bain, M. B.  66, 67,68
Baird, D.  J.  636
Bajc,A.F.   1224
Baker, J. A.   70
Baker, J. M.   69, 73
Baker, J. P.  72
Baker,J. R.  71,1214
Baker, S.  S., Jr. (editors)   805
Balcom, B. J.   1593
Ballard,P. E.   1126
Balling, S. S.   1527
Balloch, D.   75
Ball, J.   74
Ball.R. C.   1000
Balogh, K.  76
Balon, E.  1C   77, 78, 1430
Balvanera, P.   167
Banks, N.   505
Banner, J. L.  1269
Barbour, C. D.   79
Barbour, M.T.    80,81,82,83,84,
  1098, 1409, 1492, 1593
Barbour, R. W.   1045
Barker, R. J.   1110
Barko, J. W.   85, 86
Barling, R. D.   87
Barlowe, W. C.   723
Barmuta,  L.   359
Barmuta,  L. A.    88
Bamby, M. A.   1527
Barnes, L. E.  89
Barnes, Robert D. (editor)  90
Barrasso,  D. S.    187
Barton, D. R.   91,92,93
Bartsch, A. F.   905
Bascombe, A. D.  94
Batema, D. L.   95
Bates, J. M.  596, 1878
Batiuk, R.  96
Batoosingh, E.   199
Batschelet, E.   97
Battarbee, R. W.  98,99,100,101
Baumann. R. W.   102
Bayer, C. W.  846
Bayley, P. B.  57, 1350
Bayne, B. L.   103
Bazata, K.  104
Beak,T. W.   105
Beats, E. W.   106
Beardsley, D. P.   107
Bechtel, T. J.   108
Becker, CD.   519
Beckett, D. C.   113
Beck, M. B.   109
Beck, W. M., Jr.   110,111,112
Bedford, B. L.   114
Beebee, T. J. C.   115
Beechie,T.J.   1275
Beeson, D. P.   185
Beim,A.  616
Beiswenger, R. E.   116
Beitinger, T. L.   117
Belbin,L.   118,555
Belitz, K.   1339
Bella, D. A.   119
Bellrose, F. C.'  1229
Bencala, K. E.   120
Bence, J. R.   1668
Bender, E.  A.   121
Benfield, E. F.   227, 1875
Benke, A.   126
Benke, A, C.   122,123,124,125,127,
  128, 1841
Benner, R.   129
Bennett, C. C.   1519
Bennett, G. W.  130
Benson, B. J.   1150
Benveniste, G.   131,132
Berg, M. B.   133, 187
Berg, R. G.  533
Berkman, H. E.   134, 135
Bernard, D.   834,1681
Benier, L.   526
Bernstein, B. B.   136
Berthouex, P. M.   137
Bertrand, B. A.  824
Bertrand, W. A.   1350
Bert, M. B.   186
Beschta, R. L.   138, 803, 812
Best,E. P. H.   511
Best, G. R.   715
Best, L. B.   641
Betton,C. I.   1155
Bianchi, G.   139
Bickers, C. A.   141
Bickerton, M. J.   1593
Bickford, C. A.   142
Bick, H.   140
Bider.J. R.   232
Bieber, S.   96
Bienert,R_   313
Biette, R. M.  93
Bilby,R.  143
Bilyard, G. R.   144
Bilyj, B.   145
Bingham, C. R.   70
Binns, N. A.   146
Bird,J.   1550
Birks, H. H.   147
Birks, H. J. B.   481,1003,1109, 1837
Birtwell, I. K.   148
Bisson, P. A.   149,770
Bjomn,T. C.   1696
Blackburn, T. M.   150
Black, R.   1390
Blanck,H.   151
Blank, T. E.   1527
Blaxter, J. H. S.   152
Blinn, D. W.   1029
Blockstein, D. E.   153
                                                                                                                          33

-------
Bloom, S. A.  154
Bode. R. W.   155,156,157,158,159,
  160.161,162.163.164,1309. 1615
Bodini, A.  165
Boesch, D. F.   166
Bocs«I, M. W.  1940
Bojorquez-Tapia, L. A.   167
Boling,R.H.,Jr.   168
Bonacma,C.  169,170
Bond,C.E.  875,1513
Bone,Q.   171
Bonomi, G.  169,170
Booke, H. E,  67,68
Boots, P.   1341
Booth, D. B.  172,173,174
Booth, O.D.  1416
Bormann,F.H.   1107
Bonror, D. J.  175
Bonhwick, P. W.   325
BortoaD.   1231
Bosscrman. R. W.   176
Bcrthwell, M. L.   302
Boucherle. M. M.  177
Boulton,A.J.   178
BoumauiM.  1801
BOVK, K. D.   179
Bowcrman. J. E.   1651
Bowers, L.J.   180
Bowlby.J.N.   181
Bowles. M.  904
Bowman. K. O.   182
Boxall, A. B. A.   1155
Box,G.E.P.   183,184
Boyd,R.J.  361
BoyIcn,C.W.   1512
Boyle. T. P.   134,185.828
Bradley, B. P.  80
Bradshaw. H. D.   201
BradXP.T.   186.187
Brakke.D.F.   1058,1111
Brambktt, R. G.   188
Bran  192
Brazier. S.  628
Brcmian. K. M.   189
Brctschki. G.   1445
Brett, M.T.   190
BfCzonilcP.L.   1030
Brightman, R. S.   191
Brimhall   192
Brinkhursu R. O.  193,194,195.196,
   197, 198,199,200,230,306.1288
Brinson.M.M.   201,432
Brittain,J. E.   204
Britt,N.W.  202.203
Brock, D. A.  205
Brodin. Y.  207
Brodin.Y.W.   206,208
Brooker.J. R.   1513
Brookes, A.  209
Brooks-McAuliffe, M. B.    144
Brooks. J.L.   210
Brooks, R. P.   211,388
Brotherson. J. D.   549,1539
Browder.J.A.  212
Brown. A. M.   1552,1582
Brown. A. V.  213.224.225,1487
Brown. C. J. D.   661
Brown. C. L.   1422
Brown. D. D.  981
Brown, D. E.   214
Brown. H. W.   763,1807
Brown, J.F.  1130
Brown, J. H.   79
Brown. J. M. A.   501
Brown, L. C.   843
Brown. L.D.   1126
Brown, M.  215,216
Brown, M.T.   1554
Brown, M. W.  528
Brown, R.G.  217
Brown, S.   218,221
Brown, S. R.  219
Brown, S. S.  220
Brundin, L.   222
Branson, K. L.   1077
Brans, D. A.  1235
Brassock, P.  223
Brussock, P. P.   213,224,225
Brust, R. A.   1585
Brasven, M. A.  368, 1193, 1425
Bryant, M.   1416
Bryant, M. D.   770
Buechner,J.   1577
Buechner, M.   226
Bufford,J. L.   1416
Buikema, A. J., Jr.   228
Buikema, A. L.  227
Bulak, J. S.    1203
Bulow, F. J.   395
Burch, J. B.   229
Burd. B. J.  230
Burgess, R.  L.  231
Burgess, S. A.  232
Burkhead, N. M.  926
Bunnaster, D.  233
Bumham.K. P.   51,234
Bums. D.   235
Bums, J. W.  357
Burr, B.  M.   236.1356
Burton, T. A.   239,240
Burton, T. M.   237,238
Burt,A.J.  754,1863
Bury, R. B.  241,242,365,366
Busby, F. E.  243
Buskens, R. F. M.   244
Bussey, F.  257
Butcher, R. W.  245
Butkus. S. R.   246
Butler. M. G.   247
Butler, W. L.   1444
Butterfield, J. E. L,  373
Buttle, J. M.  248
Buzan, D.  249
Byrne, J.   250
B. Birks, H. J.   405
Cairns, J.   1410
Cairns, J., Jr.   251,252,253,254,255,
  256, 257, 258,259,260,261,262,
  263,264,265, 266, 267,336,337,
  391, 798, 1369,1437, 1645
Cairns, M. A.  268
Call. S. M.   1382
Calow,P.  1155
Camburn, K. E.   269,313,405,481
Gammon, P. T.   292
Campbell. J.'M.  270
Campbell. P. G. C.   271
Canfield. D. E.. Jr.  272.273
Caution. J.  E.   1317
Canton. S. P.   274,300,301
Carey, J. H.  1217
Carlough, L. A.  275
Carlson, C. A.  276
Carlson, R. E.   277, 278
Carmichael, J.  279
Carney, H. J.   280
Caro,T. M.  281
Carpenter, D. E.   879
Carpenter, S. E.  284
Carpenter, S. R.  283,285, 286,287,
   288.289,290, 1738
 Carpenter. S. R. (editor)   282
Carrick,T. R.   1687
Carr.J. F.   291
Carr.J. M.  801
Carter, J.L.  1089,1090,1091
Carter, V.   96,292,382
Casey. D.   293.
Casey, R. J.  339
Case,T.J.  121,1912
Cassidy, Richard A.   294
Cathey", H. J.  395
Caton, L. W.  295
Cattaneo, A.   296
Caulcun, R.  297
Chadderton, R. A.   298
Chadwick  192
Chadwick, E.  299
Chadwick, J. W.   274,300,301
Chambers, R. A.   302
Chandler, J. R.  303
Chancy, J. E.  284
Chaney, M. D.  257
Chapman, D.  616
Chapman, D. W.    304
Chapman, P. M.   198, 305,306, 307,
   1128
Chapman, S. B.   1244
Charles, D. F.   100,308, 309, 310, 311,
   312,313,405,481,484,916, 1891
Charles, D. F. (editors)  269
Chatfield,C.  314,315
Cherry. D. S.  316, 336, 337, 1645
Chesapeake Bay Program   317,318
Chessman, B. C.    319
Chiaudani, G.  1822
Childers, W. S.   1065
Choong, E. T.  180
Christensen, S. W.   72
Christie, S. J.  981,1068
Christy, E. J.  320
Chua, K. E.   199
Chubb, S.  1112
Chubb, S. L.  321
Churchland, L. M.   307
Church, M.  762
Chutter, F. M.  322,323. 324
Ciborowski, J. J. H.  363
Clairain, E. J., Jr.   11,1126
Clarke, A. H.   329, 330
Clarke, R. McV   331
Clarke, S. E.  332
Clark, C. C.  941
Clark, J. R.  325
Clark, K. L.  326,327
Clark, M. J. R.  328,457
Clark, W. E.  546
Clark, W. H.  239
Clark. W. J.  270
Clausen, J. C.  333
Clayton, M. K.   1871
Clements, F. E.   334
Clements. W. H.   335, 336, 337
Clifford. H. F.   338,339,1894
 Clifford. H. T.   340
 Cloutier, L.   742
 Cobb,D. G.  581
 Cochran, P. A.  288
 Cochran,W.G.   341.342
 Cocklin, C.   343
 Corlman, W. P.   344
 Cohen, D. M.  1254
 Cohen, J.  345
 Colby, P. J.   346, 347
 Coleman, N.   398
 Coleman. R. E.   70
 Coleman, R. L.   349
 Coler. B. G.  350
 34

-------
CoIer,M.S.   351
Coler, R. A.   351
Cole, F. A.   566, 567, 568, 569
Cole, G. A.   348
Collie,J. S.    1846
Collins, A. J.   315
Collins, G. B.  876
Collins, J.N.   1527
Collins, W. J.  467
Collotzi, A.    507
Color, R. A.   1438
Compston    192
Congdon, J. D.   352
Conklin, D. J., Jr.   1381
Conley, D.J.   1672
Connelly, R. A.   1593
Conover, W. J.   353
Conquest L.   1601
Conquest, L. L.   354, 594
Contreras-Balderas, S.   1928
Converse, J. M.   355
Cook,R.B.   313
Cooperrider. A. Y.   361
Cooper, C. M.   356,357
Cooper, J. A.   1206
Cooper, J. E.   358
Cooper, S. D.  359,360, 504, 845
Cooper, W.  E.   393
Copeland. B. J.   108
Corbet, A. S.   576
Corbet, P. S.  362
Corkhum, L. D.  363
Corkum, L. D.   364
Corn, P. S.   241.365,366,367
Corrarino, C. A.   368
Correll, D. L.  1384
Cosby, B. J.   834
Cosser, P. R.   369
Costanza, R.   370
Coten, C.   897
Cotter, J.   371
Couch, J. A.  372
Cougan,K.  A.  981
Coulson, J. C.   373
Council on Environmental Quality   374
Courtemanch, D.  L.   375,376, 377,
   378,379,430,651
Courtney, C. C.    1138
Courtney, W. R.,  Jr.   380
Covich/A.   381
Covich, A. P.  1487, 1720
Cowardin, L. M.   382
Cowie, B.    1941
Cox, C. A.   243
Cox, D. R.    183
Crance, J. H.   383
Cranston, P. S.   384
Crawford, M.  707
Crawley. M. J.   33
Crisman, T. L.   313.385,386,387,715
Crisp, N. H.  570
Croonquist, M. J.  211,388
Crosskey, R. W.   390
Grossman, J. S.   391,392
Cross, S. P.   389
Crowder, L. B.   393
Crowe, R. E.  1111
Crowley, J. M.   394
Crow, G. E.  790
Crumby, W. D.  395
Cnimpton. W. G.   396
Cru'nkiltoa R. L.  397
Cuarort, A.  D.   167
Cuffney, T. F.  399,400. 1204. 1205,
   1429. 1842. 1843. 1844
Cuff, W.   398
Culotta,E.   401,402          :
Gulp, J. M.   403, 404
Cummings, K. S.   1930  '.*•     "'
Gumming, B. F.   405. 481, 1635
Gumming, H. S.   406
Cummins, J. D.  407
Cummins, K. W.   32, 168,408, 409,
  410, 411,412,413. 414, 415,416,
  700, 1212, 1235,1389,1811
Cummins, K. W. (editors)   1213
Cuplin, P.  1416
Cuppen, J. G. M.   1923
Currie, D. C.  417
Gushing, C. E.   1235, 1435,1811
Cushman,R. M.   418,419,420
Cushwa, C. T.  65
Cyr,H.   421,497
Dahl. T. E.   422
Dahnv, C. N.   349
Dale, M.  423
Dance, K. W.   424
Daneke, G. A.  425
D'Angelo, D. J.  426
Daniel, C.  427
Daniel, R. A.   1225
Danks,H. V.   1525
Danti   192
Darveau, M.   464
Dauer, D. M.   1461
Davic, R. D.   428
Davies, C. E.  75
Davies, I. J.   145, 429
Davies, R. W. . 403,404. 636,1346,
  1347
Davies, S. P.  377, 378, 379,430, 1451
Davis. D. E.   431
Davis, E. M.   316
Davis, G. J.   432
Davis, J. R.   846
Davis, R.B.   313,433,434
Davis. W. (S.)  5,441, 917,984
Davis. W. S.  435, 436, 438, 439, 440
Davis, W. S. (editor)   437
Dawson, C. L.   442
Day,D.  M.    1350
Day, R.  W.   443
Day, W. C.   444
Deacon. J. D.   1928
DeAngelis. D. L.   583
DeBen, W. A.  566
DeBernardi, R.  445
Decamps, H.   1273,1274
Decker,  L. M.  770
DeDeckker, P.  446
DeGisi, J. S.  1319
DeJoode, D.   447
Delage.  A. K.  657
Delaware Department of Natural
   Resources   448,449
delGiorgio, P. A.   450
Delorme, L. D.  451,452
Delucchi, C. M.   453
deMarch, B. G. E.   454
Dendy, J. S.   802
Denevan. W. M.   455
DeNicola, D. M.   456
Deniseger, J.  457
Dennison, W.  96
DePauw, N.   458.459
Depiereux, E.  1081
deRedelijkheid, M. R.  1556
Dereu.J.   1209
Demiott. R. M.  461
Dennot. R. M.  460
Descry. J. P.  462
Descy. J. P.   463
DesGranges. J. L.   464
DeShon, J. E.   428, 465
Detenbeck, N.   466. 1295
Detra, R. L.  467
DeVore, P.   466, 1295
DeWalle, D. R.   724
Dewberry, T. C.   468
Dewey, S. L.  469
Diamond, J.   1912
Diaz-Paniagua, C.   470
Dice, L. R.   471
Dickerman, J. A.  472
Dickie, L. M.   1413
Dickman, M.  474
Dickman, M. G. Lan  473
Dick-Peddie, W.  A.   475
Dickson. B.   1348
Dickson. J. H.   476
Dickson, K, L.   259
Dickson, K. L. (editors)   258
Dickson, W.   26
Dietrich   192
Dietrich, W. E.    1895
Digby, P. G. N.   477
Digerfeldt, G.    1
Dilley, M. A.  478
Dillon, P. J.  479, 480
Dill, L. M.   657
DiLouie,J. M.   1889
Dinsmore. J. J.   215.216
Dionne, M.   971
Dixit, A. S.   482, 483
Dixit, S. S.   405,481.482,483,484,
  868, 876
Dixon. J. C.   224
Dodge, W. E.   485,1431
Dodson,S. I.  210,486
Donald, D. B.   487
Doppelt, B.  488
Dorris,T. C.  1919,1920
DoudoroS; P.   489
Douglas. M. S. V.   490
Dowd, J. F.  707
Dowlatabadi, H.   491
Downing, J. A.    421, 492, 493, 494,
  495.496.497,498, 1412
Drake. C. M.  499
Draper, N. R.   500
Dratz, K. W.  845
Driscoll. C. T.   719,834,1263
Droege, S.   1110
Dromgcole. F. I.  501
Drous, S. K.   1214
Drummond, F.   430
DruskaI,W. H.   670,671
D'SiIva,E. T.  211
Duarte, C. M.   272
Duchrow, R. M.   397
Duckson, D. W., Jr.   502
Duckson, L. J.   502
Dudley, D. R.   503,972. 978. 1069,
   1071
Dudley, J. L.   187
Dudley, T. L.   504,1091
Duff, D.  441
Duff. D. A.  52, 505, 506
Duncan, M.   946
Dungan Smith, J.   1902
Dunham. D.  507
Dunne, T.   509
Dunn, C. P.   508
Dunson, W. A.   601
Durbin,D. V.   1527
Durocher, P. D.   510
Duthie, H. C.   727
Dvorak. J.   511
                                                                                                                          35

-------
 Dycus,D. L.   512
 Dyer, D. P.   513
 Dynesius.M.   514
 EadicJ.M.  515
 Eagleson, K. W.   516
 Eakin, H. L.  85
 Eaton, J.O.   517
 Eaton. L.E.  518
 Ebbcts.M.   1348
 EbcKW.J.   519
 Ebcrhardt, L. L.  520
 Ebisemiju, F. S.  521
 Eddy.S.  522
 Edgington. D. N.  1511
 Edmondson,W.T.   523,524,525
 Edmunds, G. F.   526
 Edwards. C.J.   1541
 Edwards. D.  527
 Edwards, R. L.   1482
 Edwards. R. W.   528,1268,1341,1342
 Efron.B.   529,530
 EhraifcUU.G.   531
 Ehrlich,P.   532
 E!keland,T.J.  204
 EiIcrs,J.M.  533,1111
 Einstein, H. A.   534
 Eiserman, F. M.  146
 Ekstrom, C.  26
 Elias-S.A.   1246
 Ellenbcrg, H.   1260
 Elicit, K. K.   535
 Elliott, J.M.  499.536.1199
 Ellis. D.V.   1199
 Ellis, J.B.  94
 Ellis. J.C.  537,1122
 Elmore, W.   52
 EIscr.J.A.  288
 Etser.M.M.  288
 Elwood, J. W.   981.1262,1263,1522
 Ely, E.  538
 Emerson. J.W.   539
 Eminson. D.  1397
 EngblonvE.  540,541
 Englc, V.   542
 Engstrom, D. R.  308,309. 1837
 Enmmanuel. W. R.    1812
 Erickson, L. J.  457
 Eriekson. N. E.   543
 Eriksson. L.   935
 Erman.D.C.   544.1867
 Erman.N.A,   544
 Eschmeyer.W.N.  545
 Eshleman, K. N.   1214
 Espinosa. L. R.   546
 Evans, D. L.  547
Evans, R. A.  548
 Evenson,W.E.   549,1539
 Everest F. H.   550
 Everett. R. A.   551
 Evison, L. (editors)   921
 Faccy, D. E.  552
 Fagcr, E. W.  553
 Fahay.M.P.   1254
 FaiLJ.  1131
 Fairbanks, C.W.   1899
 Faith, D. P.   554,555,556
 Fajen.O. F.   557
 Fallen. W.   1681
 Farmor. A. M.   558
 Farrell. M. A.    198
 Farrell.M.P.   1865,1940
Farr. I. S.   1404
 Farr.M.   1516
FassetX.C.  559
Faulkner, S. P.  560
Fauseh.D.O.   561
Fausch, K. D.  188, 562, 973,979, 1225
Felley. J. D.   563
Felsenstein, J.  564
Feminella, J.  W.   1495
Fend, S. V.  1089, 1090, 1091
Fenneman. N. M.   565-
Fernando, C.  H.  1832
Ferraro, S. P.   566, 567, 568, 569
Ferrington, L. C, Jr.   344, 570
Fewless, G. A.   745
Fiance1, S.  B.   571,721
Fiavelli,G.  165
Field, R.   572
Filbin.G.J.   1014
Finch, D. M.    573
Finch, K.   806, 807
Finlayson.  B. L.  672
Finn,J.T.   67,68,1316
Firehock, K.   574, 575
Fischer, S.  A.   717
Fisher, R. A.    576
Fisher, S. G.   706
Fisher, W.  L.    633
Fish, P. A.    1549
Fiske, S.   577
Fitchko,J.    578,1863
Fitch, H.S.  1514
Fitzhugh. G. A.   1225
Fitzhugh. G. R.   1716
Fjellheim, A.    579, 1453,  1454
Fjerdingstad,  E.   580
Flanigan, T.   5
Flannagan, J. F.   581
Flecker, A. S.   20, 582
Fleming, D. M.   583
Flensburg.  T.   584
Florida Department of Environmental
  Protection   585
Flower, R.  J.    101
Floyd, K. P.   586
Flynn, T. S.   1527
Fogleman.  J. C.   367
Foissner, W.   587
Fontoura. A. P.  458
Forbes. A. M.   1139
Forbes, S. A.    588,589,590,591,592
Ford. D.   989
Ford,J.  313,593
For4 R.   1348
Forester. R. M.   446, 595
Fore, L. S.    594
Forrow, D. M.   1155
Forsius. M.  953
Forsman,E. D.    1715
Fonvall, M. D.   850
Foster, R. B.   596
Fox,M. E.    1217
Fraissinet, P. R.   1381
France, R.   598
France, R. L.    597, 599
Francis, J.   806,807
Franken, R. O. G.  1923
Franklin. J. F.  1691
Frank. C.   952
Franz, E.H.   1316
Fraser. D. F.   662
Frasier, J. E.   54
Freda. J-   600.601
Fredrickson. L. H.  95,602,603,604
Freedman,  D.   605
Freeman. B. J.  606
Freshman, J.   233
Freimd, R.  J.    607
Frey, D.G.  608,609,610,611.612
Friberg,F.   613
Friday. L. E.   614
 Friedman. E. S.   1444
 Friedrich,G.   615,616
 Frissell, C.  488
 Frissell, C. A.   617,618
 Fritzell, E. K.   620
 Fritz, S. C.  619
 Froehlich, H. A.  35
 Froelich, D. C.  997
 Frost, S.  622
 Frost, S. L.  621
 Frost T. M.   285
 Fruci, J.   851
 Fryer, G.  623, 624
 Frye, C. B.  1884
 Fry, B. D.  313
 Fulk,F.   1011
 Fuller, S. L. H. (editors)   750
 Fungladda, N.   549,1539
 Funk, J. L.  625
 Funtowicz, S.   370
 Furse, M. T.   49, 50, 626. 627, 125 5,
   1946, 1947
 Gabler, R. E.   628
 Gaines.M. S.   1514
 Gakstatter, J. H.  865
 Gale. W. F.   629
 Gallagher. J.   72
 Gallagher, J. E.   211
 Gallant, A. F.   1334
 Gallant, A. L.   1071,  1335, 1901
 Galmiche, P.   1818
 Gambrell, R. P.   560
 Gameson, A. L.   630
 Gammon, C. W.  632
 Gammon, J. R.  631, 632, 633, 866,
   1225
 Gareth, J.  1373
 Garie. H. L.   634
 Carman. G. C.   1251
 Garman, S. L.   735
 Garrett,  M. K.   292
 Gartman,D. K.   1736
 Gaston,  G.  542
 Cast, H. F.  635, 1923
 Gates, T. E.   636
 Gauch, H. G.. Jr.  637. 638
 Gaufin,  A. R.    639, 640,  1686
 Gaulke, A. E.   1808
 Gee,A.S.   1827
 Geier,A.R.   641
 Geise, J. W.   642
 Georges, A.   1302, 1303
 Gerking, S. D.   643, 644
 Gerritsen. J.   645,  646, 647, 657, 696,
   1461,1731,1877
 Gerrodette. T.   648
 Gerstmeier, R.   649
 Ghetti, P. F.   650
 Gibbons, J. W.   352, 1378
 Gibbs, K. E.   651,1451
 Gibson,  G. R.   652, 654
•Gibson,  G. R. (editor)   653
 Giese, J.  655
 Giese,J. W.   1519
 Giesy, J. P.  656
 Giguere, L. A.   657
 Gilbert,  C. R.    1082
 Gilbert,  R.  659
 Gilbert,  R. O.   658
 Gilinsky, E.   660
 Gillespie, D. M.  124, 127,  661
 Gilliam, J. F.   662
 Gill. AC.   1509
 Gilpin. M. E.    121
 Ginsburg, W.    1272
 Gislason. J. C.   663
36

-------
QMemw,LL.   1402
Gladden,!.   Ut8
Gladden,;. E.   1631
Gleason, H. A.   664, 665
Glew, J.  659
Glew, J. R.   666, 667, 1636
Godfrey, P. J.   1438
Goede, R. W.  668
Goertler.C. M.   1884
Goffin, M. J.   754
Goldstein, R. A.   1891
Golet, F. C.  382
Gong, G.   530
Goodman, D.  669
Goodman, E. D.   168'
Goodman, L. A.   670, 671
Goodman, L. R.   325
Goodno, B. E.   517
Gordon, D. M.   33
Gordon, N. D.   672
Gore, James A.   676
Gore, J. A.   673, 674, 675, 1653
Gorman, O. T.   677,678,679,680,681
Gosselink, J.  G.   180
Gosz, J. R.   682
Gottfried, J.   683
Government of Canada   684
Gower, J. C.   685. 686
Goyert, J. C.   420
Graham. C. K.   1420
Graham, J. H.   687
Graham, R. L.   880
Graneli. W.   688
Grasser, A.   1218
Grassle, J. F.   689, 1630
Graul, W. D.  690
Graves. C. G.  80
Gray,J. S.   691,1374
Greene, J. L.   352
Greenfield, D. W.  695
Greening. H.  S.   606,696,1014
Greenstone, M. H.   697
Green, D. M.   1228
Green, J.   647
Green. R. H.   692, 693,694
Gregg, W.   698
Gregg, W. W.   699
Gregory, K. J.   1896
Gregory, S. V.   426, 700, 770, 1051,
   1660
Gregutt,P. F.   1140
Grelsson, G.   1296. 1297
Grey, M. H.   54
Griffith, G. E.   701, 702, 703, 1336,
   1337
Grigal, D. F.   704
Grigg, D. B.   705
Grimm, E. C.  919
Grimm, N. B.   706
Grodhaus. G.   1488
Groeger, A. W.   999
Grossman. G. D.   552,707
Gross, S. K.   1409
Grove, L. E.   149
Guhl, W.  708, 709
Gunning, G.  E.   710
Gunn, R. J. M.   49
Gupta,?. K.   711
Gurtz, M. E.   399,400, 712, 713, 1204,
   1205, 1429, 1487
Guthrie, D.   714
Guthrie, R. K.   316
Gutreuter, S. J.   34
Haack, S. K.   715
Haedrich, R.  L.   716
Hagley.C. A.   981
Hain, D.   423
Haller.W.T.   273,723   +    6
Haliiwell, D. B.   1225
Hall, L. W., Jr.   717
Hall, R. I.   722
HaIl,R.J.   718,719,720,721
Halverson, H. G.   724
Halvorson, C. H.   725
Hamburg, S. P.   1514
Hamilton, A. L.   200, 726
Hamilton, H. R.   302
Hamilton, P. B.   727,728
Hammer, T. R.   729
Hammer, U. T.   730,1723
Hammond, E. H.   731
Hampel,L.   1501
Hanau, M.  1855
Hanna, G. D.   734
Harm, B. J.  732,733, 1852
Hansen, A. J.   735
Hanson, B. A.   736
Hanson, J. M.   738
Hanson, J. S.  737
Hanson, R. W.   739
Hardesty, J. V.   475
Hardy, J. W.  1126
Hardy, T.   1433
Hariman. R.   101
Hans, G. P.  740
Harman, W. N.   741
Harper. P. P.  742, 1435
Harrelson, C. C.   744
Harrison, F. W.   748, 749
Harris, H. J.   745
Harris, J. L.   1930
Harris, R. J.  746
Harris, R. R.  1508
Harris, R. W.   1897
Harris, T. L.  747
Harr, R.   743
Harr, R. D.   803
Hartig, J. H.   759
Hartmann, H.   1657
Hartman, W. L.   760
Hart, C. W., Jr.   750
Hart, D. D.   751, 752,754, 755, 1527
Hart, D. R.   1863
Hart, D. (editor)  753
Hart,J.F.   756.757,758
Harvey H. H.   911
Harvey. G. W.   239,240
Harvey. H. H.   910
Harvey, R.S.   316
Harwell, M. A.   985, 986
Hashim, S.   1666
Haslam,S. M.   761
Hassan, M.   762
Hassell, M. P.   33
Hassel, J. H.  763
Hatakeyama, S.   1950
Hatcher, C. O.   1422
Hauer, F. R.   764, 1435
Hau, L.   137
Havens. K.  765
Hawkes, C. L.  766
Hawkes, H. A.   767, 768
Hawkins, C. P.   769.770, 771
Hayes, M. L.   772
Haynes, R. R.   773
Hayslip, G. A.   775
Hays, R. L.   774
Hay, J.  343
Hazard J. W.   776
Headrick, M. R.  918
Heasly, P.   96
Heath, R. C.  777
Heckrotte,C.   1065
Hecky, R. E.   778, 779
Hedtke, S.   876
Heede, B. H.   780
Heidinger, R. C.   974
Heilman, J. L.  J81
Heimbuch,D.G.'  1014
Heins, D.   782
Heins, D.C.   1183
Heisey, D.   285
Heiskary, S. A.  783, 784, 785, 867
HellawelU.   786
Hellawell, J. M.   787, 788
Hellenthal, R. A.   133, 442, 1019, 1-580
Helliwell, D. R.   789
Hellquist, C. B.   790
Helmer, E. H.   974
Helm, W. T. (editor)   791
Hemain, J. C.   792
Hemphill, N.   504
Henderson, G. S.   95
Henderson, S.   4
Hendrey, G. R.  721
Hendricks   192
Hendrickson, D. A.   1928
Hendrickson. O., Jr.   1131
Henry, R. L. Ill   124
Hensley, D. A.   380
Herb, W. J.    1959
Herke, W. H.   793
Herlihy,A.T.  868,981
Hermann, J.   795
Herman. D.   794
Herricks, E. E.   797, 798,951, 1349,
  1555
Herricks. E. E.   796
Herrington, H. B.   200
Herron, R. C.   1079
Hershey, A. E.   799
Herz, M.   800
Hesse, L. W.   801
Hesslein, R. H.  1562
Hester, F. E.   802
Hesthagen, T.   1454
He, X.   288
Hickman, G. D.    1582
Hickman, R.  96
Hicks-Warren, W.   805
Hicks, B.   804
Hicks, B. J.    803
Hiebert. R. D.  1915
Hildrew, A. G.  806. 807, 1733
Hill, D. M.   1552
Hill, I. R.   808
Hill, K. R.   809
Hill, L. G.   563
Hill,M.O.   810,811
HH1.M.T.   812
Hill, R. L., Jr.  176
Hilsenhoff, W. L.   813.814,815,816,
  817
Hiltunen, J. K.   291,1009
Hinckley, T. M.   1847
Hines,A.H.    1538
Hine,R. L.    1825
Hinton, D. E.   8
Hipel,K. W.   818,819
Hirsch,R.M.   820,821,822
Kites, R..A.   313
Hite, R.  823
Hite, R. L.    141, 824
Hoagland, K. D.   456
Hocutt, C. H.   825. 826, 827. 1082
Hodgson, J. R.  286, 288
Hodson, R. E.  129
Hoefs, N. J.   828
                                                                                                                          37

-------
Hoeni&J.M.   714
HoCmann. W.   829.830,831,832
HogaiU.W.   1144
Hogg. I. D.   833
HoIdren.G.R.   880
Holdren, O. R., Jr.   804,834.1681
Holdridge, L. R.  835
Hollander. M.  838
Holland, A.  F.  836
Holland, A.  F. (editor)  837
Holliday.M.  714
Hollis. G. E.  839
Holomuzki. J.  840
Holomuzki.J.R.   841
Holt,R.D.   1514
Holz,D.D.   1144
Hondzo.M.  517
Hooper-Reid. N. M.   842
Hoorman, J. J.   843
Hope, A. C. A.   844
Hopkins, P.  S.  845
Homer. R.R.   1879
Homig. C, E.   846
Homstrom,  E.  26
Hortoo. R. E.   847
Homer. J, R  848
HostG,   1503
Holtclling. H.  849
Hough. R. A   850
HowartkR.  851
Howell.  E. T.   1674
Howitt, L.   1253
Howmiller.  R. P.   852
Hoyt, R. D.   586
Hruby, T.   853
Hiibbard, M. D.   854
Hubbard,R.K.   1813
Hubbs, C. L.  855.856
Hubert, W. A.  857,858,1294,1459
Huffman. R.T.   1126
Huggins. D. G.   859
Hughes, B. D.  860,1080
HughJS-J.P.   861,1805
Hughes, R. M.   862.863.864,865,
  866.867.868,869,870,871,872,
  873,874.875,876.877,1069,1071,
  1225,1312,1409,1900, 1901
Hungerford. H. B.   878
Hunsaker,C.   834
Hunsakcr.C.T.   879,880
Hunter, M.L., Jr.   883
Hunter. R. J.   124
Hunt,C.E.   881
Hunt.F.D.   1717
Hunt, P. C.   882
Hupp. C.   886
Hupp, C. R.  884,885,887.888.1205,
  1352,1606
Hurlben. S. H.   889,890.891,892
Hurley. D. A.  347
Hurley, L. M.  893
Hurley, M.D.  618
Huteheson.  K.   182
Hutchinson. G. E.   894,895,896
Hununen, P.  1330
Hutuneru P. 897
Hyatt, D. E.  1201
Hynes. H. B. N.   424.898,899.900,
  901.902,903,1647,1927
We, F. P.   720
Iflrig. G. F.   904
Imhof.J.G.  181
Ingram.  W.  M.   905
Intergovernmental Task Force on
  Monitoring Water Quality (ITFM) 906
Irvine. J. R.  907
Ischinger, L. S.  948
Isom. B. G.  908
Jaccard, P.   909
Jackson, D. A.   910.911
Jackson. G. S.   728
Jackson, J. B. B.  912
Jackson, J. K.  913,914, 1489, 1490,
  1491
Jackson. S.   915,917
Jackson, S.T.  916
Jacobi. D. I.   125
Jacobi,G.Z.   918
Jacobson, G.  L., Jr.  919
Jacobson, P.   1731
Jacobson, P. T.  983
Jacobs, R.    119
Jacoby,J. M.    1879
Jaeggi, Martin N. R.   920
James. A.  921
James. F. C.   922
Janicki. A. J.    1877
Janicki.T.   1731
Janier, F.  1818
Jeffries, D. S.   480
Jeffries, M.   923
Jeglum. J. K.   924
Jenkins, G. M.   184
Jenkins. R. E.  926, 1082
Jenkins. R. M.   925
Jensen, S.  927. 928,  1416
Jensen. S. E.   1236, 1287
Jensen, S. L.   526
Johannessen,  P. J.   1374
Johannsson, O. E.   929
Johansson. M.   1297
Johnson. C. B.   868
Johnson, C. E.   422
Johnson, D. L.   930,  1072
Johnson. D. L. (editors)   1293
Johnson. G. P.   1882
Johnson, J. E.   1928
Johnson, M. D.  633
Johnson, M. G.  931
Johnson, M. L.  1514
Johnson, N. F.   175
Johnson, R. K.   932,  933,934,935
Johnson, T. L.   7
Johnson, W. C.  936, 1035
Johnston, C. A.  1273, 1276
Jonasson, P. M.  937
Jones, C. M.   714
Jones, D. A. (editors)   1532
Jones, D. W.   938
Jones. F. H.   75
Jones, J. G.  939
Jones. J. J.   883
Jones, J. R.  273,1015
Jones, J. W.   882
Jones, K. B.   940
Jones, M.N.   201
Jones, R. C.   941
Jones, V. J.   101
Jongman. R.  H.   942
Jordan. S. J.   279
Jorgensen. G. F.   943
Jorling. T.   944
Joslin. J. D.   945
Jowett. I.  946
Jowsey, P. C.  947
Judy, R.   674
Judy. R. D.. Jr  948
Juggins, S.   1705
Kadlec, J. A.   949, 1286, 1625
Kadlec. R. H.  950
Kaesler, R. L.   391,392.951
Kahl,J. S.   313
Kahn, T.   952
Kaiser. K. L. E.  474
Karaari, J.   953
Kaminski, R. M.  954
Kanehl. P.   955
Kansanen, P. H.   956, 957. 958
Kaplan, R. H.   959
Kappesser, G. B.  960
Kareiva, P.  961
Karlin, E. F.   962
Karr, J.   488
Karr, J. R.   36,37,38.81,561,562,
  594.681,963, 964,965, 966. 967,
  968, 969, 970, 971.972, 973, 974;
  975,976, 977, 978, 979, 995, 996,
  1225,  1445, 1568
Kasul, R. L.   70
Kaufmann, P. R.  868, 981, 1214
Kaufman, P.   980
Kaufman, P. R.  876
Kauppi, L.  953
Kaushik, N. K.   728. 794
Kay, J. J.   982
Kazyak, P. F.   983
Keast,A,   515
Keenlyne, K. D.   801
Keilty.T.   1511
Keith, B.   655
Keith, W. E.   642
Kellogg, L.   984
Kelly, J. R.  985, 986
Kelly, M.   1299
Kelly, M. H.   141
Kelso,J. R. M.   931
Kempton. R. A.  477
Kendall, A. W., Jr.    1254
Kendall, R. L.   987
Kennedy, A. J.   988
Kennedy, R. H.  989. 990
Kentucky Department of Environmental
  Protection   992,993
Kentula, M. E.   4
Kent,R.T.  991
Kepford, K.   1474
Keppel, G.  994
Kerans, B. L.   975,995, 996
Kerr,S. R.  1542
Kersey, K. E.   1146
Kershner. J. L.   770
Kerster.H. W.   1555
Kessler, R. K.   1876
Kibler, D. F.   997
Kiilsgaard. C. W.  703
Kilham, P.  778
Killen, W. D., Jr.   717
Kimball. K. D.   998
Kimmel, B. L.   999, 1637
Kimmerling, A. J.   1890
Kimmer, B. L.   1718
Kingdon, J. W.  1001
Kingston, J. C.   269,313,405,481,
  484, 1002, 1003, 1635
King,C.C.   1667
King, D. K.  220
King, D. L.   1000
King,J.G.   1721
Kinney.A.J.   981,1071
Kinney, W. L.   868, 876
Kirschtel. D. B.   1667
Kish. L.    1004, 1005
Kitchell, J. F.   286,  287, 288, 289
Kleinbaum, D. G.   1008
Kleinsasser, R. J.   846
Klein, L.   1006
Klein, R. D.   1007
Klemm,  D. J.   1009, 1010. 1011, 1012
38

-------
Kline, D.   1348
Kling, H. J.   779
Klosowski,S.   1013
Klug, M. J.   415
Knapp,C. M.   1014
Knight, R. L.   1616
Knowlton, M. F.  1015
Knutson   1016
Kofoid, C. A.   1017, 1018
Kohler, S. L.    1350, 1916
Kohlhepp. G. W.   1019
Kolbe, R. W.   1020
Koikwitz, R.    1021, 1022, 1023
Kollar. S.   96
Kologiski, R. L.   1882
Kondolf, G. M.  1024
Kondratieff, B. C.   350
Koonce, J. F.   1025
Kopec, J.S.   1026,1027,1028
Komicker, L. S.   1317
Korte, B. L.   1029
Koski, K. V.   1266
Kostecki, P, T.   351
Kovachev, S.   1803
Kraai,J. E.   510
Kranabeter, J.   730
Krantzberg, G.   1674
Kratzner. C. R.   1030
Kratz,T. K.   285,1150
Krause-Dellin. D.   1032, 1657
Kraus, M.   1031
Krebs. C. J.   1033,1034
Kreis. R. D.   1035
Kreis. R. G., Jr.  313
Kremen, C.   1036
Kretchmer. D.   288
Krieger, K. A.    1037
Krueger, H. O.   1038
Kniess, A.   1039
Krumholz, L. A.  1040
Kniskal. J. B.   1041. 1042
Kuchler, A. W.   1043, 1044
Kucken,D.   1140
Kuehne. R. A.    1045
              868
             1410
             1624
              1008
               1046
               1047. 1048
            1049
Kugler, D. L.
Kuhn, D. L.
Kulkami, S.
Kupper. L. L.
Kurtenbach, J.
Kushlan, J. A.
Kwak, T. J.
                   1517
Kwiatkowski. R. E.
Laake, J. L.  234
Laara. E.   1330
Lacey, R. F.  537
Lachner, E. A.  1513
Lackey. R. T.   268
Lafont. M.  1050
Lagler, K. F.   856
Lake, P. S.   1304
Lambeck. R. H. D.    1810
Lamberti. G. A.   1051, 1052. 1053,
  1054,  1198, 1375. 1527, 1660
Lammers, R.    1055
Lampkin, A. J. Ill    1056
Lance. G.  423
Lance. G. N.    1057
Landers, D. H.   1058.1111
Landres, P. B.   1059
Langdon. R.   1061
Lange-Bertalot. H.    1062
Langeland, K. A.   273
Lange. E. L.   1277
Langton. P. H.  1063
Lang, G. C.  1060
Lanza. G. R.   260
Lapierre, L.   1411
Lapoint, T. W.   1064   ':'    *
Larimore. R. W.   1065, 1066
LaRoe, E. T.   382
Larsen, D. P.   784, 868. 869, 870, 876,
  877, 1067, 1068, 1069, 1070, 1071,
  1287, 1427, 1900, 1901
Larsen, E. W.   1072
Lathrop, J. E.   1073, 1074
Lathrop, R. C.   1738
Lauenstein, G. G.   1075
Laurenson, M. K.  281
Lauritsen, D. D.   1076
Laverty, E. B.   379
Lawrence, T. M.   747
Lawton,J. H.   150
Law, B. E.  776
Layher, W. G.   766, 1077, 1078
Layzer, J. B.   1289
Lazorchak, J.   876
Lazorchak, J. M.   1011,1012
Lazorchak, J. M. editors   1010
Leach, J. H.   1079
Learner, M. A.   1080
Lea, R. N.   1513
Lechleitner. R. A.   1645
Leclercq, L.   1081
Ledford, E. S.   1695
Lee, D. S.   1082
Lee, K. N.   1083
Legendre, L.   1084
Legendre, P.    1084
Legner. E. F.   1085
Lehman, J. T.   523, 1086
Lehmkuhl, D. M.   1087, 1525
Leidy, R. A.   1258
Leighton. M. O.   1088
Leland,H. V.   1089,1090,1091
Lemdahl,G.    1092
Lenat,D. L.   516
Lenat, D. R.   518, 1093, 1094. 1095,
  1096, 1097, 1098, 1099, 1632
Leonard, O. R.   1131
Leonard, P.M.   1100,1225
Leopold   1016
Leopold, A.   1101
Leopold, L. B.   509, 1102
Leslie, D. M.. Jr.   543
Lettenmaier. D. P.    1103, 1222,1223
Levesque, J. M.   141
Levings, C. D.   148
Levin, S. A.   998,1104
Lewis   192
Lewis, P. A.   868, 1011,1176
Lewis. S.   1028
Lewis, W. M.. Jr.   1105
Lichatowich. J.  A.    1282
Liedberg-Jonsson. B.   1092
Lieffers, V. J.   1106
Lienkaemper. G. W.   1416
Lien, G. J.   533
Likens, G. E.   719, 721, 1107
Lima. A.   466, 1295
Limburg,K. E.   1108
Linam. G. W.   846
Line.J. M.   1109
Lingdell, P. E.   540.541
Link. W. A.   1110
Linthurst, R. A.   1058.1111,1214,
  1215, 1371
Linton. K. J.    1347
Lint,J. B.   1715
Liss. W. J.   618
Listen. C. R.   321.1112
Litav, M.   13
Little. R. C.  607
Litt, A. H.   524
Livingstone. D. A.    II13
Li.H.   119
Li, H. W.   1375. 1487
Lloyd, T.   1516
Lo ek, V.   1114
Loar, J. M.   1669
Lobb, M. D. I.   1115
Lochhead,G.   1080
Lockhart, W. L.  581
Lodge, D. M.   288, 290
Loeb, S. L.   1116,1117
Loeffelman, P. H.   1808
Loehle. C.   1118,1119
Loffler, H.   1120,1121
Loftis, J. C.    1122,1123.1124.1125,
  1189. 1849
Loftus, K. H.   .1542
Lombardo, R. J.  450
Lonard,R. I.   1126
Long, B. A.    35
Long, C.   1127
Long, E. R.    1128
Lonzarich, D. G.   1275
Looman, C.  W. N.    1706, 1707
Lopinot, A. C.   1627
Lores, E. M.   325
Lotspeich, F. B.   550
Lovejoy. T.    1550
Lovelaiid, D, G.  1129
Loveland. T. R.   1130
Lowe, C. H.   214
Lowe,R. L.   1446,1524
Lowrance, R.   1813
Lowrance, R. R.  1131
Lubin, A.   438
Ludicello, S.   1132
Ludwig,J. A.   1133
Luey, J. B.   1134
Lugthart, G. J.   1842
Lund. S.   58
Luoma, S. N.   1243
Lynch, W. F.. Jr.   1072
Lynn, L. M.   962
Lyons, J.   562, 955, 1135, 1136, 1137,
  1138, 1139, 1348, 1612  .
Maas, R.    1140
MacArthur, R. H.   1141.1142
MacDonald, D. D.    1291
MacDonald, J. S.   148
MacDonald, L. H.    1143
Maceina, M. J.   273
Macek.K. J.   1144
Maciorowski, A. F.   1145
Mackay, R. J.   1146
Mackay, W. C.  738
Mackenthun, K. M.   905
Mackereth. F. J. H.   1147
Mackey, A.  P.   1148
MaConnell. W. P.   485
Madsen. J. D.    1149
Magnuson, J. J.   1150, 1729. 1730.
  1871
Magurran, A. E.  1151
Mahood, A. D.  1090
Mairaan, R. J.   354
Maine Department of Environmental
  Protection   1152
Malley, D. F.   1153
Mallik.A.U.   1154
Maltby.L,   1155
Maner, M.   655
Mangel, M.   1156
Mangum, F.   441
Mangum, F. A.  506, 1157, 1158. 1159,
  1939
                                                                                                                           39

-------
 Manly, B.F.J.   1160
 Mannz, R. H.   938
 ManruC.   1162
 Maim.C.C.   1161
 Marehant, R.   1163,1164,1165,1166,
   1167,1218
 Marcus, M.D.  1168
 MarctT.   1169
 Mar«,T.R.   239
 Margalef,J.L.  1170
 Markowitz, A.  1074
 Marks, B.   735
 Marlow.CB.   1332
 Marmorcck, O.   834
 Marmorek,D.   1171
 Mam'n, D. L.   1527
 Marriott, F. H. C.  1172
 Marshall, K. E.   1174
 Marshall, K. E. (editor)  1173
 Marshall, N. B.   171
 Marsson, M.   1022,1023
 Martinko,E.A.   1514
 Martin, J.   1501
 Mason. W.T.    1176
 Mason. \V.T,,.Jr   1175
 Masters. A. E.   1180
 Master. L.  1179
 Master, L.L.   1177.1178
 Matlwwes. R. \V.  1833, 1834,1835
 Matthews. B.   473
 Matthews. R.C.. Jr.    1807
 Matthews, W. J.   867,1181.1182,
   1183,1184,1185,1435
 MaugharuJ.T.   1186
 Maughan.O.E.   1078
 Maw, R. (editors)  506
 Mayaek,D.T.   1187
 Mayer, C. E.   142
 Mayes, K. B.  846
 Mays,C.E.   633
 Mazky.S.C.   1076
 Mazumdcr.A.   1188
 McAllister. D. E.   1082,1928
 McBridc.B.B.   1189
 McBride,G.B.   1122,1849
 McCafferty, W. P.   1190
 McCahon,C.P.   1341
 McCarthy, J.F.   1191,1192
 McCarthy. M.    5
 McC!ellan,W.T.  1193
 McCombia, A. M.  347
 McConnell, A. J.  298
 McCormick,J. H.  517
 McCormick. P. V.  261,262,1194
 McCrain,G.R.   1195
 McCulloch. C. E.  922,  1737
 McCullough, D. A.   770
 McDaniel, R.  655
 McDermid,K.J.  1196
 McDonald. D.  G.  1197
 McDonald. L. L.  1168
 McDonald, V.J. (editors)   1201
 McElligott, M. J.  938
 McElravy, E. P.   1198,1305,1489,
   1491,1527
 McFartand,D.G.  85
 McGilU.D.   ,1937
 McHeury.J. R.  1509
 MeHenry, M. L.   1420
 Mclntire, C. D.   1659,1660
 Mclntosh, .A.   634
Mclntyre. A. D.   1199
 McKec, K. L.   1200
McKe*.P.M.   754.1863
McKec. W. A.    700
McKenzie. D. H.   1201
McLeod,A.I.  819
McMahon, T. A.  672
McManus, P.   1202
McMillen, R.   804
McMullen, D.  876
McMullen, D. M.   868
McNeil, O. C.  931
Meador, M. R.  399,400, 1203, 1204,
  1205, 1429
Meckles, H. A.   1206
Medved, R. A.  1085
Meehan, W. R.   550
Meffe, G.  K.   1207, 1208
Megahan, W. F.   1417
Meier, E. P.  1111
Meinert,D. L.  512
Meire,P. M.   1209
Meisner, J. D.  1477
Melacon, S. M.   1064
Mellanby.K.    1210
Mendelssohn, I.  A.   1200
Menhinick, E. F.  1211
Menzel, B. W.  57
Menzie, C.   233
Merchant, J. W.   1130
Mercier, H.  1070
Merilainen, J.   897, 1330
Merritt, G. D.   71
Merritt, R.W.  1212,1213
Meslow. E. C.  1715
Messer,J.J.  981,1214,1215
Messner, M. J.  1624
Mestl, G. E.  801
Metcalfe-Smith, J. L,  91
Metcalfe, J. L.  1216,1217
Metner, D.   581
Metzeling,L.    1218
Metzler, G. M.  1631
Meyer, J.   126
Meyer, J. L.  426
Michener, M.  C.   1219
Michnowsky,  E.   307 .
Mid-Atlantic Coastal Streams Workgroup
  1220
Milbrin,G.   1221
Miihouse. R. T.   1289
Mitlard, S. P.    861.1222,1223
Miller, A.  C.  298
Miller, B.  B.   1224
Miller. D.  L.  ,766,1225
Miller. G.  C.  690
Miller, J. P.  1102
Miller. M. C.    113
Miller, R.  F.  1226
Miller, R.  R.   1227
Miller. U.   26
Milligan. M. S.  745
Mills. E. L.   1228,1319
Mills, H. B.  1229
Mills, K. H.  1153
Mills. M.J.   714
Milne, P.   423
Minasian.  G.   1284
Minchin, P. R.  555, 1230
Miner. R.   1231
Mingo.T. M.    651.883
Minns. C.  K.  929
Minshall, G. W.   1232,1233,1234,
  1235. 1236, 1237, 1416, 1417, 1452,
  1487,1811
Minton, S. A... Jr   1238
Mishne, D. A.   1469
Mitchell, M. J.  313
Mitchell. P.   1167
Mitch. M.  E.  981
Mitsch.W.J.   621
  Mller, R.  1654
  Moberly, S. A.   714
  Moen, C.  1239
  Moffett, M.  859
  Monitoring Assessment Research Centre
    1240
  Monnot, A.  1818
  Montgomery, R. H.   1241
  Monti,  C.  169, 170
  Moore, I. D.   87
  Moore, J. C.   325
  Moore, J. N.   1243
  Moore, J. W.   1052, 1242. 1344
  Moore, K.   96
  Moore, P. D.   1244
  Moors, A. K.   868
  Moran, M.  R.   129
  Moreau,G.  22,1411
  Morgan, A.  1245, 1246
  Morgan, A. V.   1226, 1245, 1246, 1934
  Morgan, M. D.   1247, 1248
  Morgan, M. G.   491
  Moring,J.R.   1251
  Morin,  A,   1249
  Morin,  P. J.  1250.
  Morisawa,  M.   1252
  Morrisey, D. J.   1253
  Morris, E. E.   885
  Morris, M.  K.   1064
  Morsen, S.  B.   1416
  Mono,  W. B.   931
  Moser,  H. G.   1254
  Mossberg, P.   1256
  Moss, B.   1397
  Moss, D.  49, 50. 626. 627, 1255,
    1946, 1947
  Mott,R.J.   1836
  Moyle,  P. B.   1225, 1257, 1258, 1259,
    1435
  Mueller-Dombois, D.   1260
  Muirhead-Thomson, R. C.   1261
  Muldavin, E.   475
  Mulholland, P. J.   1262,1522
  Mullan,J. W.   519
  Mulla, M. S.   892
  Mullen,J.   1251
  Mullholland, P. J.   1263
  Mundie, J. H.   1264
  Murdoch, \V. W.    1670
  Murkin, E. J.   1265
  Murkin, H. R.   1206
  Murkin, H. R. (editors)   1265
  Murphy, M. L.   771, 1266
  Murphy, P. M.   1267, 1268
  Murray, T. M.  948
  Musgrove, M.   1269
  Muth, R. T.  276
  Myers,  L. E.   1624
  Myers,  N.   1270
  Myers,  T. J.   1271
  Myslinski, E.   1272
  M. Kasian, S. E.   1562
  Naiman, R. J.   1196, 1273, 1274, 1275,
    1276. 1295, 1445
•  Narf, R. P.   1277
  National Academy of Sciences   1278
  National Research Council   1279
  National Wetlands Working Group 1280
  Navarro-Mendoza, M.   1928
  Nealon. J.  371
  Needham, P. R.   1281
  Nehlsen, W.   1282
  Nehring, R. B.   1283, 1284
  Nelson, J. S.   1285
  Nelson,;. W.  1286
  Nelson, R. L.   1287, 1416, 1418
40

-------
 Nemec, A.   230
 Nemec, A. F. L.   1288
 Nemetz, P. N.   293
 Nestler, J. M.   1289
 Neves, R. J.   39, 1929,'1930
 Newbury, R. W.   1290
 Nevvcorabe,  C. P.   1291
 Newton, B.   1292
 Nichols, R.   743
 Nichols, S. A.   1738
 Nickerson. N. H.   1713
 Niederlehner, B. R.   227, 262
 Nielsen, L. A.   1293
 Nielson,J. L.   !49
 Niemeier, P. E.   1294'
 Niemi, G.   466
 Niemi, G. J.    1295
 Nilsson,C.   514,1296,1297
 Nisson, R.   1284
 Noakes. D. L. G.   1430
 Noble, R. G.  324
 Noon, B. R.    1715
 Noppert, F.   1556
 Norris, G.   1298,1299
 Norris, R.   1167
 Norris, R. H.   556, 833, 1300, 1301,
   1302, 1303, 1304, 1305, 1492
 North Carolina Department of Health and
   Natural Resources   1307
 North Carolina Division of
   Environmental Management   1306
 Norton, S. A.   313
 Noss, R. F.  871, 1308
 Novak.  M. A.   158, 159, 160. 161, 162,
   163, 164,  1309
 Noy-Meir, I.   59
 NRC   1310
 Nudds, T. D.   53
 Nyberg, P.   1256
 Nyer, D. E.   1311
 Oberdorff,T.   1312
 O'Brien, D. G.   517
 O'Brien, W. J.   1313,1314
 O'Connor, R. J.   868
 O'Connor, T. P.  1075
 Odum,E. P.    182,1315,1316
 Odum,H.T.   1317
 Oglesby, R. T.    1318, 1737
 O'Gorman,R.   1319
 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency
   1320. 1321. 1322, 1323, 1324, 1325,
   1326, 1327. 1328
 Olikita, J.    1950
 Ohlen, D. O.   1130
 Ohmart, R. D.   1329
 Oksanen, J.   1330
 Oliver, D. R.   1331
 Oliver, J. D.   606, 1575
 Olson-Rutz, K. M.   1332
 Omemik, J. M.   701,702, 703, 865,
   870, 872, 873, 874, 1071, 1214, 1333,
   1334, 1335, 1336, 1337, 1338, 1901
 O'Neill, R. V.   1812
 Oreskes, N.   1339
 Orians.G. H.   1616
 Ormerod, S. J.   1340,1341,  1342,
   1827. 1869, 1870
 OrtkD. J.   1100,1115.1225.1343
 Orth, R.   96
 Orth. R. J.   1344
 Osbome, L. L.   1345. 1346,  1347,
   1348. 1349,  1350
 Osenberg, C. W.   1668
 Osgood, M. P.   1263
Ostendorp. W.   1351
Osterkamp. W.   886
Osterkamp, W. R.   1352
Oswood, M. W.   1445
Otto, C.   613            '.-    ,;
Overton, C. K.   770
Overton, J.   1353
Overton, J. R.   1383
Overton, W. S.   981. 1058, 1111,1214,
   1215,  1354, 1890
Paasivirta, L.   958
Padgett, W. G.   1355
Page, L. M.   1356
Palmason, R. A.   149
Palmer, C. M.   1357
Palmer, M. W.   1358
Palumbo, A. V.    1262, 1263
Pandit, A. K.   1359
Pant, M.  C.   711
Pardo.L.   834
Parise. G.  1360
Parker, A. F.   1661
Parker, B. C.   260
Parker, K. R.   1670
Parker, S.  343
Parkhurst, B. R.   805
Parrish, F. K.   127, 128
Pascoe, D.   1341
Pastor, J.   1273, 1276, 1295
Patalas, K.   1361
Paterson. C. G.   1832
Patil, G. P.   1362
Patrick, J. M, Jr.   325
Patrick; R.   1363, 1364, 1365, 1366,
   1367, 1368, 1369, 1370
Patrick, W. H., Jr.  180, 560
Paulsen, S. G.  868, 876, 1371
Payne, F. E. (editors)   1718
Payne,  K. E.   991
Pearman, B. L.   633
Pearson   1857
Pearsons, T. N.   1375
Pearson, B. M.   1377
Pearson, J. G.   1405
Pearson, R. G.   1372
Pearson, T. H.   1373,1374, 1376
Pearson, W. D.   1377
Pechmann. J. H. K.   1378
Peckarsky, B. L.   360,  1379, 1380,
   1381
Peck.D. V.   876.981
Peimington, C. H.   70
Penrose, D.   1382
Penrose, D. L.   1099, 1383
PentoruM. A.   1381
Perfetti, P. B.   1710
Perrin, C. J.   1264
Perry, J.N.   150
Peterjohn, W. T.   1384
Peterman, R. M.   1385
Petersen,  L. B. M.   1387
Petersen,  R. C.    168, 1235, 1387.1389
Petersen,  R. C, Jr.  1237, 1388
Peterson.  C. G.   1391,1667
Peterson,  C. H.   1390
Peterson.  D. L.    1571
Peterson,  S. A.    1427
Peters. D.   1243
Peters. J. A.   1386
Peters, W. L.  854
Pettigrove, V.   1392
Petts. G. E.   675, 1393
Pflieger, W. L.    1627
Phillipp. K. R.   1248
Phillips. D.   1123
Phillips. D. J. H.   1394, 1395
Phillips. E. A.   1396
Phillips. G. L.   1397
 Pielou, E. C.   1398,1399, V400
 Pierce. B. A.   1401
 Pierce, J. T.   1951
 Pierson. S. M.   702, 703
 Pietrangelo, A.   1534
 Pimm, S. L.   1402
 Pinay, G.   1276
 Finder, L. C. V.   1403, 1404, 1676
 Pinkham, C. F. A.    1373, 1405
 Pip, E.   1406, 1407
 Pisan, R.  605
 Pitt, R. E.   572
 Pitzer, D. E.   1408
 Plafkin, J. L.  80, 1409, 1410
 Planas, D.   1411
 Plante, C.   1412
 Platts, W. S.   51,138,812,928,1236,
   1287, 1414, 1415, 1416, 1417. 1418,
   1419, 1420
 Platt,T.   1413
 Plotnikoff, R. W.   1421
 Plummer, M.   1162
 Podlich, M.   800
 Poe,T. P.   1422
 Poff,N. L.   764,1423,1424
 Pollack. M.   1274
 Pollard, J. E.  876
 Pollock, K. H.   714
 Pomerroy, M.  58
 Pontasch, K. W.   1425
 Poole, R. W.  1426
 Popiolek, B.   1456
 Porcella, D. B.  1427
 Porter, K. D.  1409
 Porter, K.G.  1428
 Porter, S. D.   1429
 Pom, C. B.    1430
 Posey, M. H.  1538
 Possardt, E. E.   485.1431
 Potter, K. W.   1432
 Potyondy, J.   1433
 Potyondy, J. P.  744
 Power   192
 Powers, C. F.   1338
 Powers,  D. A.  1436
 Power, M. E.  1434, 1435
 Pratt, J. M.   719,1438
 Pratt, J. R.  263, 264,265, 1437
 Prellwitz, D. M.   918
 Prentice, I. C.   1708
 Prepas, E. E.   302, 738, 1439
 Prescott, C.   474
 Prescott, G. W.   1440
 Preston, E. M. (editors)   114
 Preston, F. W.   1441
Preston, R.   647
 Price, D. G.   1493,  1527
Price, P. W.   1442
 Primrose, N.   1443
 Primrose, N. L.   1444
 Prince, H. H.  954
 Pringle,C. M.  468,1445
Provide, W. C.   510
 Pryfogle, P. A.   1446
Pulliam, H. R.   1447
Purdy, W. C.  1448, 1449
Purves, R.  605
Pytlar, T., Jr.  1889
Queen, W. H. (editors)   1483
Quinn. G. P.   443
Rabeni, C. F.  134,  135, 1451, 1452
Rabe, B. G.   1450
Raddum, G. G.  579, 1453, 1454, 1455
Radwan, S.    1456
Rafinesque, C. S.   1457
Rahel. F. J.   858, 1458. 1459
                                                                                                                           41

-------
Ralley.J.   1680
Ralph, C.J.   1460
Ralph. S.C,   354,1275
Ranasinghe, J. A.  1461,1593
Randolph, I.   1462
Rankin, E.   1348
Rankin, E. T.   1463,1464,1465,1466,
  1467,1468,1469,1957,1958
Raphael, M. G.  242
Rask, M.  1729
Raven, P,   1550
Raven. P. H.  1470
Rivera, O.   650
Ravetz, J.   370
Rawlins,C.L.   744
Raymond, H. L.   519
Rcash. R. J.   763, 1471,1472,1807,
  1808
Reasoncr, M. A.    1473
Reckhow, K. H.   981,1241,1474
Rec4D.J.   1475
Reed, P. B., Jr.  1476
Reed, R. J.   485
Reeves, O. H.  770
Rcgier,H.A.   1477,1542
Reiec. S. R,   168,1478,1479,1480,
  1481,1482.1487,1522
Reid. F. A.   603,604
Reid. R. A.   480
Reimold. R. J.   1483
ReinelU L. E.   174
Resh. V. H.   683,913,914.1053,
  1054.1198,1212,1305,1484.1485,
  I486.1487,1488,1489.1490,1491,
  1492,1493.1494,1495,1496.1497,
  1526,1527,1528,1653
Revitt, D. M.   94
Rcxstad. E.   875
Reynoldson, T.   1501
Reynotdson, T. B.    1500
Reynolds. C. S.   1498
Reynolds. J.B.   1499
Reynolds, J.F.  1133
Reynolds, R.J.   1602
Riee.W.R.   1502
Richardson. B.  279
Richardson, R. E.  591,592, 1504,
  1505.1506,1507
Richardson. S. L.  1254
Richards, C.  1503
Richards. W. J.   1254
Rigct, F. F.   29
Rigler.F.H.  479
Rigler, F. H. (editors)  498
Rindgold. P. L.   1681
Ringold, P. L.   880
Rinne,J.N.   780,1419
Risser.R-J.   1508
Ritchie. J.C.   1509
Riva.A.  1360
Roback,S.S.   1510
Robbins-J.A.   1511
Roberge, G.  296
Roberts, D. A.  1512
Roberts. M.   279
Roberts. N. A.  1370
Robinene. H. R.   54
Robinson. C.T.  755
Robinson. O. G. C.   842
Robinson. G. R.   1514
Robinson, J. G.   1197
Robinson. J.W.   801
Robins. C. R.   1513
Robison.H.W.   1184,1515
Rochester. H.. Jr.   1516
Roch. M.  457
 42
Rodgers, J. H., Jr.   1684
Reels, D.  458
Roemer, S. C.   456
Roff,J.C.   1517
Rogers, I. H.   148
Rogers, P. M.   1734
Roggenbuck,J-W.   1518
Rogner, J. D.  695
Rohlf, F. J.   1639,1640
Rohm, C.  702
Rohm, C. M.   877, 1071, 1519, 1901
Roijackers, R. M. M.   635
Roll, L. A.   313
Romesburg, C. H.   1520
Ronkko, J.   897
ROOS.C.   1521
Rosemond, A. D.   1263, 1522
Rosenberg    1376
Rosenberg, D. M.   934,1494, 1495,
  1496,1525, 1526,1527, 1528, 1529,
  1530,1585, 1911
Rosen, B. H.   1523,1524
Rose, F.  698
Rose, F. L.   699
Rosgen,D.L.. 1531
Rossaro, B.   1534
Rossi, O.  1823
Ross, D.   423, 1348
Ross,L.T.   1532
Ross.S.7.   1533
Ross,T.J.   61
Ross, W. A.   988
Round, F. E.   1535
Rounick,J-S.  1941
Roussel. M. E.   1331
Routledge. R. D.   1536
Ruffier, P. J.   1537
Ruiz.G. M.   551,1538
Rushforth, S. R.   549, 1539
RusIey,L.W.  516
Russek, E.   21
Ruswahyuni, T. H.   1857
Ryan, P. A.  346
Rybicki. N.   96
Ryder, R. A.   1540,1541, 1542
Ryei, R.   928
SAB (Science Advisory Board)   1543,
   1544
Sabat, A. M.  662
Saether, O. A.   726, 1455, 1545, 1546,
   1547
Sager. R. J.   628
Sale, M. J.   981. 1214
Sallach, B.   475
Samson, S. A.   1590
Sanders, D. F.   918
Sanders, D. R.   1712
Santore, R.  834
Sartore, F.   1823
Satake,K.   1548
Sauer,J. R.   1110
Sauer, R.   1348,1350
Saunders. W. P.   1014
Sauvajot, R.  226,1577
Savitz,J.   1549
Sawhill,J.   1550
Saylor, C. F.   1551,1552, 1553
Schaedel, A. L.   332
Schaefer, J. M.   1554
Schaeffer. D. J.   796, 1555
Schefer.J.   1556
Scheider, W. A.   480
Scheier, A.   1369
Scheller. R. M.   517
Schelske. C. L.   1557,1672
Schiappa, D. A.   633
Schiavone, A., Jr.   1228
Schick, A.  762
Schierow, L. J.   1658
Schindler, D. W.   1558, 1559, 1560,
  1561, 1562
Schloesser, D. W.   1422
Schlosser, I. J.   40, 973. 976, 977, 979,
  1563, 1564, 1565, 1566, 1567, 1568
Schloss, J.   1299
Schmal, R. N.   918
Schmidt, R. E.   1108
Schmidt, W. A.   1570
Schmid, M. K.   632
Schmid, W.D.   1569
Schmoldt, D. L.   1571
Schmulbach, J. C.   801
Schneider, E. D.   1572
Schneider, S. H.   1573
Schoeman. F. R.   1574
Schoenberg, S. A.   1575
Schoener,T.    1576
Schoen, J.   1239
Schofield, C.   1263
Schonbrod, R. D.   1214
Schonewald-Cox, C.   226,1577
Schrader, L. H. .  1225
Schregardus, D. R.   1578
Schultz, B. M.   1527
Schupp, D. H.   346
Schurr.G. A.   1842
Schuster, E. G.  1579
Schwartz, R. C.   566
Schwarz, A.   5
Schwermeker, B. W.    1580
SchwoerbeU.   1581
Scott, D. E.   1378
Scott, E. M.   1582
Scott, E. M., Jr.   1553
Scott, J. B.   1583
Scott, J. M. (editors)   1460
Scott, M. A.   852
Scott, M. C.   717
Scott, M. L.   508
Scott, W. B.    1513
Scurlock, M.   488
Seager,J.   1584
Sebastien, R. J.   1585
Seddon,B.   1586
SedelLJ. R.   1235,1416,1811
Seelbach, P.    1348
Seeley, M. R.   1879
Seeley, P. N.   948
Sefton, D.   1587
Segar, D. A.   1395
Seitz, W.   774
Selle, A. R.   405
Semlitsch, R. D.   1378
Sems, S. L.   346
Severinghause, W. D.   1588
Shackleford, B.   1589
Shankman, D.  1590
Shannon, C. E.   1591,1592
Sharitz, R. R.   320
Sharpe, W. E.   724
Shaughnessy, A. T.   1593
Sheard, J. S.   730
Sheard, J. W.   1723
Shea, P. J.   1725
Sheldon, A.  L.   1207, 1208, 1487,
   1594,1595
Sheldon, S. P.   1596
Shenton, L. R.   182
 Sherman, D.  851
 Sherwood-Pike, M. A.    1597
 Shirazi, M. A.  865
 Shireman, J. V.   273


-------
Shrader.FrecMte, K.   1339
Shugart, H. H., Jr.   1812
Shugart, L. R.  8
Shurrager, P. S.   1598
Shutes, R. B. E.   94
Siegel, M. D.   1599
Siegel, S.   1600
Silsbee, D. G.  1571
Simenstad,C.  1601
Simmons, D. L.   1602
Simmons, G. M., Jr.   1826
Simola, H.   1603
Simon, A.  887, 888, 1604, 1605, 1606
Simon, P.   1845
Simon, T. P.   440, 1607,1608, 1609,
  1610,1611, 1612
Simon, T. P. (editors)   439
Simpson, E. H.  1613
Simpson, K. S.   1264
Simpson, K. W.   1614,1615
Singer, R.  1512
Singleton. B.  655
Sinniah, L. B.  622
Sjogren, R. D.  1085
Skagen, S. K.   1616
Skole, D.   1617
Slack, J. R.  822
SladeSek, V.   1618,1619.1620, 1621
Slocombe, D. S.    1622
Smardon  1016
Smart, A. W.   1143
Smart, R. M.  86
Smilie,G. M.   1125
SmiIlie,G. M:  185
Smith, C. L.   1623
Smith, D. R.   11
Smith, E.   1118
Smith, E. P.   266,1119
Smith, F.  1624
Smith, H.   500
Smith. L. M.   1625
Smith, M. C.  1813
Smith, M. E.   1263
Smith, P. E.   1156
Smith, P. W.   1066. 1626, 1627
Smith, R. A.   822
Smith, R. W.   136
Smith, S. H.   1628
Smith, S. M.   92
Smith, V. H.   1629
Smith, W.  689,  1630
Smock, L. A.   1631,1632
Smol, J. P.   308,309, 313,405, 434,
  481, 482,483, 484,490. 722, 1633,
  1634, 1635, 1636, 1836, 1837
Smytlie, K.  1681
Snow.N. B.   1529
Soballe, D. M.   1637
Sodergren, S.   1638
Soeas, C.   1348
Sokal, R. R.   1639, 1640
Solander, D.   688
Solomon, K. R.   728, 794
Somers, K. M.  911
Sommerfeld, M. R.   1056
Sonzogni, W. C.    1658
Soule, M. E.   1641
Southerland, M. T.   1642
Southwood. T. R. E.   1643. 1644
Southworth, G. R.   8
Spacie, A.   1117
Spalding, J. H.   584
Spangler, G. R.  347
Spangler, P. J.  878
Sparholt, H.   29
Specht, W. L.  1645
Specter, P. C.   607
Spence, D. H. N.   1646
Spence, J. A.   1647
Sperens, U.   1297    .
Spooner, J.   333
Sprent, P.   1648             *
Sprugel. D. G.   1649
Sprules,W. G.   1650,1651
Staggs, M. D.   1139
Stairs, D. J.   651
Stalnaker, C. B.   1652
Stambaugh, S. M.  1214
Stark, B. P.   1671
Stark, J. S.   1253
Starrett, W. C.   1229
Statzner, B.   1435, 1653, 1654
Stauffer, R.   1082
Staver. L.   96
Steedman, R. J.   770, 1655,1656
Stefanavage, T.    1348
Stefan, H. G.   517
Steinberg, C.   1032,1657
Steinhart, C. E.   1658
Steinman, A. D.   1051, 1659, 1660,
  1661
Steins, S. E.  1662
Stemberger, R. S.   868
Stephenson. W.   340
Stevenson, A. C.  101
Stevenson. C,   96
Stevenson. R. J.   1194, 1391,1664,
  1665, 1666, 1667
Stevens, D. L.. Jr.   1354
Stevens, J. C.   1663
Steward, C. R.   1583
Stewart-Oaten, A.  1668, 1670
Stewart, A. J.   472, 1669
Stewart, K. W.   1671
Stites. D. L.  128
Stober,Q.J.   1012,1583
Stoermer, E. F.   1672
Stokes. A.   1673
Stokes. P. M.   271, 599, 1674
Stolzenberg, W.   1675
Stonebumer, D. L.   1632
Storey, A. W.   1676
Storey, G.   1677
Stout, R. J.   1435
Strahler, A. N.   1678
Strayer. D. L.   1679, 1680
Stribling, J. B.  81, 82, 83, 1642
Strickland. T. C.  804, 834, 880, 1681
Strus, R.   1949
Stuart, H. R. (editors)   361
Stuckey, R. L.   1682, 1683
Suedel, B. C.   1684
Sumita, M.   1685
Summers. C.   774
Summers, J.  542
Surdick, R. F.   1686
Sutcliffe. D. W.   1687
Suter, G. W., II    1688
Suter. II G. W.   1689
Suter, P.   1218
Suttkus, R. D.  710
Sutton, D. L.   723
Simon. D. W.   71
Suykerbuyk. R. E. M.   635
Svensson, B. S.   613
Svirsky, S. C.   948
Swain, R.   1304
S wales, S.  1690
Swansea, F. J.  700,  1691
Swanson, G. A.   736
Swanson. S.   1271
Sweeney. B. W.  1692, 1693
Sweets, P. R.   3\3
Swift, B. L.   1694
Swift, L. W., Jr.  1695
Swindell, M. R.  1893
Szczytko, S. W.  1663
Taillie, C.  1362
Talhelm, D. R.  714
Tanner, C.   1601
Tappel, P. D.   1696
Taylor, B. J.    390
Taylor, C. H.   1123
Taylor, D.  1295
Taylor, L. R.   1697, 1698
Taylor, W. D.   93
Tecle, A.   1699
Tell, H. G.  450
Temple, S. A.   1700
Tennessee Valley Authority   1701
terBraak, C. J. F.   942, 1702,1703,
  1704,  1705, 1706, 1707, 1708, 1709
Terrell, C. R.   1710
Terrell, J. W. (editor)   1711
Teskey, R. O.   1847
Theriot, R. F.   1712
Thibodeau, F.  R.   1713
Thiele, S. A.    868, 876
Thomas, J. L.   1807
Thomas,! W.   1059,1715
Thomas, M.   423
Thomas, S. P.   1870
Thomas, W. O.   61
Thoma, R. F.   1714
Thompson, B.  A.   1225, 1716
Thompson, D. H.    1717
Thompson, J. D.  629
Thomson, P. A.   307
Thorn, R.   1601
Thoniley, S.    84
Thornton, C. I.  7
Thornton, K. W.  989,1718
Thorp, J. H.   1719, 1720
Thurow, R. F.   1721
Tidd, W. M.    1948
Tiedmann, J.   800
Tilman. D.   1722
Timbrook, S.   586
Timms, B. V.   1723
Tiner, R. W., Jr.   1724
Todel, R.   1131
Toft, C. A.   1725
Toivonen,J.    1729
Tolonen, K.   1726
Tong, S. T. Y.   1727
Tonn, W. M.   1728, 1729, 1730
Torguemada. R. J.   1420
Tomatore, T.   1731
Toth, L. A.   978
Townsend, C.  R.   806, 807, 1732. 1733
Tramer, E. J.   1734
Trautmann, N. M.    1737
Trautman. M.  B.   1735, 1736
Trebitz,A.S.   1738
Triplehom, C. A.    175
Trites, R. W.   1413
Tscharatke. T.  1039
Tsomides, L.   430
Tubino, M.   1739
Tuchman,N. C.   1667
Tucker, C.   1617
Tuffery.G.   1819
Tuhy.J. S.   1416
Tumpling, W. von   1740
Turkey, J. W.   1741
Turner, R. S.   804, 834, 880
Tuschall, J. R.. Jr.    1214
Twidwell, S. R.  846
                                                                                                                          43

-------
Uhlminn. D.   1797
Ulanowicz. R. E.   1798
Umtohill.J.C.  522
Underwood. A. J.   1253.1799
Ungir,I.A.   1129
Unkenholz. D. O.   801
Unzicker.J.D.  1497
Urban, D.L.   735
Using«r,R.L.  1281
Usinger. R. L. (editor)   1800
Usseglio-Polatera, P.   1801
Uunk,£,J.B.  1521
Uutala, A. J.   313.405,481,1802
Uyeno, D. H.   293
Uzunov.Y.   1803
U. S. Department of Agriculture   1742
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
   1743,1744,1745,1746,1747,1748,
   1749,1750.1751,1752,1753,1754,
   1755,1756,1757.1758; 1759.1760,
   1761,1762,1763.1764,1765,1766,
   1767.1768,1769.1770,1771, 1772,
   1773.1774.1775,1776,1777, 1778,
   1779,1780,1781,1782,1783,1784,
   1785,1786,1787,1788,1789,1790,
   1791
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service  1753
US. Forest Service   1792
U. S. General Accounting Office   1793
U. S. Geological Survey   1794
U. S. Government Printing Office  1795
U. S. Soil Conservation Service   1796
VanArsdall.T.C.,Jr.   127
van Dam, H.   1709,1804
VanDerSchalie.W.H.   267
Van Peer, R.   221
VanBelle,G.   1805
vanGcel.B.   1806
VanHassel J. H.   1472,1807.1808
Vanhooren, G.  459
VanHome. B.  1809
VanLatesteijn, H. C.   1810
Vannote,R.L.   1235,1811
VanSiek!e.J.A.   168
vanTongeren. O. F. R.   942
VanVoris. P.   1812
Vascotto, G. L.  694
Vellidis,G.  1813
VedibfT, F. H.  1814
Vermcij,G.J.  1815
Vermont Department of Environmental
  Conservation  1816,1817
Vemeaux.;.   1818,1819
Vemer, J.   1059,1715.1820
Vezina,A.F.   1821
Vighi.M.   1822
Villa, F.   1823
Vinocur.A-L.  450
Voelz,N.J.   1824
Voctz.N.J.   1423
Vogel,D.S.   1843
Vogt,R.C.  1825
vonEnde.C.N.  288
Voshell. J. R.. Jr.   228,1826
Wade. I. R.  1827
\Vats deBadgen, I. R.   1435
WaiseUY.   13
WaM.   1348
Wake,D.B.   1828
Walde.S.J.   360
Walker, I. R.  417.1829.1830.1832,
   1833.1834,1835.1836.1837
Walker, I. R. (ed)   1831
Walker, N. A.  878
Walker, S.   1348
Walker. W.W.  990.1838
Wallace, A. R.   1839
Wallace, J. B.  713,1487, 1840,1841,
  1842, 1843, 1844
Wallin,G.   151
Wallus, R. T.   1845
Walsh, D.F.   1144
Walters, C.J.   1846
Walters, M. A.   1847
Wangberg, S. A.    151
Ward, A. D.   843
Ward J. P.   1038
Ward, J. V.   1423, 1424, 1824
Ward, R. C.   1123, 1124, 1125, 1848,
  1849
Ware, K. D.   142
Warner, B. G.  733,1850, 1851, 1852
Warren-Hicks, W.   1474
Warren-Hicks, W. J.  72
Warren, C. E.   489,618, 1853,1854
Warren, M. L., Jr.   1930
Warren, W. L., Jr.   236
Warry, N. D.  1855
Warwick, R. M.   1856.  1857
Warwick, W. F.   1858,  1859,1860,
  1861, 1862, 1863
Washington, H. G.   1864
Watanabe, T.   1685
Water Environment Federation   28
Waterhouse. J. C.   1865
Waterhouse, J. S.   1187
Waters. T. F.  1866
Waters. W. E.  1867
Watson, A. E.  1518
Waiters, G. T.  1868
Watts, J. W.   1126
Weatherley. N. S.   1341, 1869,1870
Weaver. M. J.  1871
Weaver, W.   1592
Webb. M. A.   395
Webb.T.   1846
Weber. C.   441
Weber, C. I.   1176,1874
Weber, C. I. (editor)  1872,1873
Webster, J. R.  426,1445, 1844,1875
Weddle, G. K.  1876
Wehnes, R. E.  557
Wein,R.W.   1154
Weisberg, S. B.   1461,1877
Weiter,R.R.  819
Weitzel, R. L.  1878
Welch. E. B.   1879
Welcomme, R. L.   1445,1880,1881
WentworuXT. R.   1882
Wentz, W. A.   1683
Wesche.T.A.  1883,1884
Wescott,G.   1885
Westlake. D. F.   1886
Weston, D. P.   1887
West.J.  575
Weszeiy, R.   1549
Wetzei, K. L.  61
Wetzel. R. G.   472
Wetzei, R. G. (editor)  1888
Wharfe. R.   1662
Wheeler, A.  630
Whipple, W., Jr.   1889
Whitehead. D. R.   312,313,1891
Whitehead, D. R. (editors)  310,311
Whiteside, M. C.   1892. 1893
White. D.  332. 1354, 1890
White. D. S.   1076,1511
White, J. R.  313
Whitfield, P. H.   328
Whiting, E. R.   1894
Whiting, M.C.   313
Whiting. P. J.   1895
Whitlow, J. R.   1896
Whitlow. T. H.   1897
Whittaker, R. H.  638. 1898, 1899
Whittier, T. R.   868, 876, 877, 1071,
  1900,1901
Whitworth, M. R.  948
Wiberg, P. L.   1902
Wiederholm, T.  933, 934, 935, 1903,
  1904, 1907,1908, 1909
Wiederholm, T. ed.   1905, 1906
Wiegleb, G.   1910
Wiens,A..P.   1530,1911
Wiens,J. A.   1700,1912
Wiggins, G.B.   1913
Wiken,E.   1914
Wilber, W. G.   821
Wilcox,B. A.   226,1577
Wilcox, D. A.   1915
Wildman, R. C.  1277
Wiley, E. O.   827
Wiley, M.   1916
Wiley, M.J.   1350'
Wilhm, J. L.   1917, 1918, 1919,1920
Wilkinson, B.   1921,1922
Willeke, G. E.   128
Willemsen, G. D.   1923
Williams  192
Williams. B.   1924
Williams, B. K.  1925
Williams, C. B.  576,1926
Williams, D. D.  1927
Williams, D. R.  1518
Williams, J. D.   1227,1928
Williams, J. E.   1227, 1259, 1282,
  1928, 1929, 1930
Williams, N. E.  1931, 1932, 1933,
  1934
Williams, W. T.  423, 1057
Wilson, C. B.   784,785
Wilson, E.  532
Wilson, E.O.   1142.1470.1935
Wilson, H.   1593
Wilson, H. R.   892
Wilson, H. T.   1877
Wilson, R. S. . 1936. 1937
Wilzbach, M. A.  416
Winberg, G. G.  525
Winbome,R.B.   516
Winer,  B. J.    1938
Winfield, L. E.   70
Winget, R. N.   1939
Winner, R. W.   1940
Winterboum, M. J.   1445, 1941
Winwood, A. H.   1355.
Wise. D. L.   628
Wisseman, R. W.   80
Wissmar, R. C.   1143
Wissmar., R. C.  1487
William, J. W.   883
Wolfe,  D. A.   838
Wolff, W. F.   583
Wolff, W. J.   73
Wolin,  J. A.   1672
Wolman,M.G.  1102
Woodiwiss, F. S.  1942
Woods, R. D.   1943
Woodwell, G. M.   1944
Wood, F. S.   427
Wood, J. R.    1527
Wright, H. E., Jr.   1945
Wright, J. F.   49, 50.626.627, 1255,
  1946, 1947
Wright, J. R.  392
Wright S.  1948
Wrona, F. J.   404, 636
Yadav. U. R.   903
44

-------
Yaksich, S. M.   1814
YantP.R.   561,973,979
Yan,N.D.   1949
Yasuno, M.   1930
Yeager, B. L.   1845
Yearsley.J.R.   1223
Yin,Y.   1951
Yoder, C. O.   867,1467,1468,1469,
  1952,1953,1954,1955,1956, 1957,
  1958
Yongue, W. H., Jr.   1410
Yorke,T.H.   1959
Youngblood, A. P.   1355
Young, M. K.   770
Young, R.E.   11
Yount,J.D.  1295
Yows, D. G.  43
Zanella, E.   1960
Zarall, M. A.   759
Zar, J. H.   1961
Zeret,T.M.   1962
Ziegen&ss, M. C.  717
Zimmerman, E. G/   1185
Zimmer, J. O.   168
ZolUi, S. C.   452
Zullig, H.  177
Zuuring, H. R.   1579
                                                                                                                    45

-------
5.  PEER-REVIEWED JOURNALS INCLUDED
This section lists all peer-reviewed journals that are listed in Section 6.
Acta Biologica Debrecina Oecologica Hungarica
Advances in Ecological Research
Advances in Marine Biology
Ambio
American Birds
American Fisheries Society
American Midland Naturalist
American Naturalist
American Scientist
American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists
American Statistician
Annales scientifiques de 1'Universite deBesancon.
         Zoologie.
Annales Zoologii Fennici
Annals Botanici Fennici
Annals of Statistics
Annals of the Association of American Geographers
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gardens
Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics
Annual Review of Entomology
Aquatic Biology
Aquatic Botany
Aquatic Insects
Archiv fur Hydrobiologie
Australian Journal of Ecology
Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research
Bell System Technical Journal
Biodiversity Network News (Nature Conservancy)
Biological Conservation
Biological Journal of the Linnean Society
Biological Report
Biological Review
Biologie animale (4eme serie)
Biometrics
Biometrika
BioScience
Botanical Review
Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and
         Toxicology
Bulletin of the Australian Society of Limnology
Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America
Bulletin of the Geological Society of America
Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey
Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
         History
Bulletin of the North American Benthological Society
Bulletin of the Ohio Biological Survey
Bulletin of the Peoria Scientific Association
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
Bulletin of the World Health Organization
California Fish and Game
Canadian Bulletin of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
Canadian Entomologist
Canadian Field-Naturalist
Canadian Geographer
Canadian Journal Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
Canadian Journal of Botany
Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences
Canadian Journal of Fisheries and AquaticSciences
Canadian Journal of Zoology
Cartography and Geographic Information Systems
Catena
Chemistry and Industry
Conservation Biology
Contributions in Marine Science
Copeia
Earth Surface Processes and Landforms
Ecological Applications
Ecological Modelling
Ecological Monographs
Ecology
Ecosystem Management
Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety
Entomologica Scandinavica
Environmental Biology of Fishes
Environmental Conservation
Environmental Entomology
Environmental Management
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
Environmental Pollution
Environmental Science and Technology
Environmental Technical Letter
Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry
Ergebnisse der Limnolo'gie
Estuaries
Estuarine, Coastal, and Shelf Sciences
Evolution
Fisheries
Folio Limnologica Scandinavia
Forest Ecology Management
Forest Science
Freshwater Biological Association Scientific
Publication
Freshwater Biology
Freshwater Invertebrate Biology
General Systems
Geographic Physique et Quatemaire
Geoscience Canada
Great Basin Naturalist
Great Lakes Entomologist
Hilgardia
Holarctic Ecology
Hydrobiologia
Hydrobiological Bulletin
Hydrological Processes
Hydrological Sciences Journal
Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin
Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History Bulletin
 46

-------
 Institute of Freshwater Research Drottningholm Report
 International Association of Hydrological Scientists
 International Journal of Environmental Studies
 Internationale Revue der Gesamten
 Hydrobiologie
 Inventory and Monitoring of Wildlife Habitat  >
 Japanese Journal of Ecology
 Japanese Journal of Limnology
 Journal of Animal Ecology
 Journal of Applied Ecology
 Journal of Applied Phycology
 Journal of Aquatic Ecosystem Health
• Journal of Biogeography
 Journal of Educational Psychology
 Journal of Elisah Mitchell Scientific Society
 Journal of Environmental Permitting
 Journal of Environmental Quality
 Journal of Environmental Science and Health
 Journal of Fisheries and  Biology
 Journal of Forestry
 Journal of Freshwater Ecology
 Journal of Great Lakes Research
 Journal of Herpetology
 Journal of Palaeolimnology
 Journal of Phycology
 Journal of Protozoology
 Journal of Sedimentary Petrology
 Journal of Soil and Water Conservation
 Journal of the American Statistical Association
 Journal of the American Water Works Association
 Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
 Journal of the Limnological Society of Southern Africa
 Journal of the Minnesota Academy of Sciences
 Journal of the North American Benthological  Society
 Journal of the Royal Statistical Society (Series B)
 Journal of the Soil Science Society of America
 Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation
 Journal of Theoretical Biology
 Journal of Wildlife Management
 Lake and Reservoir Management
 Land and Water
 Landscape Urban Planner
 Lejeunia (nouveau Series)
 Limnologica
 Limnology and Oceanography
 Manitoba Entomologist
 Marine Biology
 Marine Ecology - Progress Series
 Marine Ecology Program
 Marine Ecology Progress Series
 Marine Pollution Bulletin
 Mosquito News
 Natural Areas Journal
 Nature
 Nature Conservancy
 Naturvardsverkets Limnologiska
 Undersokningar
 Nautilus
 New Phytologist
New York State Museum Bulletin
New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater
        Research
North American Journal of Fisheries Management
Nova Hedwigia
Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria
Oceanographer Marine Biology Annual Review
Oceanology (Berlin)
Oecologia
Ohio Journal of Science
Oikos
Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology,
Palaeoecology
Pflanzenforschung
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of
        London (Series B)
Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing
Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii
Prairie Naturalist
Proceedings of Physical Geography
Proceedings of the California Mosquito Control
        Association
Proceedings of the New Zealand Ecological Society
Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
        Sciences
Progress in Water Technology
Progressive Fish-Culturist
Psychometrika
Public Administration Review
Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences
Quarterly Review of Biology
Quaternary Research
Quaternary Science Reviews
Regulated Rivers: Research and Management
Renewable Resources Journal
Research Journal of the Water Pollution Control
        Federation
Residue Reviews
Revue de Paleobiologie
Rivers
Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Hydrologie
Science
Science of the  Total Environment
Sewage and Industrial Wastes
Sewage Works Journal
Systematic Entomology
Technology
The American Biology Teacher
The Ecology of Aquatic Insects
The Environmental Professional
The Northwest Environmental Journal
Transactions of the American Fisheries Society
Transactions of the American Geophysical Union
Transactions of the Illinois Academy of Science
Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences
Transactions of the North America Wildlife Natural
         Resources Conference
Transactions of the North American Fisheries Society
Transactions of the North American Wildlife and
                                                                                                        47

-------
        Natural Resources Conference
U. S. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote
        Sensing
Vegetatio
Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur
        Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie
Volunteer Monitor
Wasserwirtschaft-Wassertechnik
Water Environment and Technology
Water Pollution Control
Water Pollution Research Journal of Canada
Water Research
Water Resources Bulletin
Water Resources Research
Water Science and Technology
Water Science Technology
Water, Air, and Soil Pollution
Wetland Ecology Management
Wetland Journal
Wetlands
Wetlands Ecological Management
Wildlife Monographs
Wildlife Society Bulletin
Zeitschrift fur Wasser und Abwasser Forschung
48

-------
6.     ALPHABETICAL LISTING CROSS-REFERENCED TO

        SUBJECT CATEGORIES


This section lists citations alphabetically, preceded by the sequential number and the subject category(ies).  Numbers
listed in section 3 can be traced to this section, providing the full citation..

1.   C           Aaby, and G. Digerfeldt.  1986. Sampling techniques for lakes and bogs. Pages 181 -194 in B. E.
                Berglund (editor). Handbook of holocene palaeoecology and palaeohydrology. John Wiley and Sons,
                Inc., Chichester, England.

2.   G/K         Aagaard, K. 1982. Profundal chironomid populations during a fertilization experiment in Langvatn,
                Norway. Holarctic Ecology 5:325-31.

3.   C           Abate, C.  1992. Environmental rapid-assessment programs have appeal and critics.  BioScience
                42(7):486-489.

4.   B           Abbruzzese, B., A. B. Allen, S. Henderson, and M. E. Kentula.  1988. Selecting sites for comparison
                with created wetlands.  Pages 291 -297 in C. D. A. Rubec and R. P. Overend (editors) in Proceedings
                of symposium 1987, Wetlands/Peatlands. Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

5.   A           Abe, I, W. Davis, T. Flanigan, A. Schwarz, and M. McCarthy.  1992. Environmental indicators for
                surface water quality programs - pilot study. Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation, Region 5, U.
                S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois and Washington, D.C. EPA-905-R-92-001.

6.   A           Abel, P.O.  1989. Water pollution biology. Ellis Horwood, Chichester, England.

7.   B/I         Abt, S. R., C. I. Thornton, and T. L. Johnson.  1995. Estimating drainage area on steep uniform
                slopes. Water Resources Bulletin 31:53-57.

8.   A/H        Adams, S. M., L. R. Shugart, G. R. Southworth, and D. E. Hinton.  1990. Application of bioindicators
                in assessing the health offish populations experiencing contaminants. In J. F. McCarthy and L. R.
                Shugart (editors). Biomarkers of environmental contamination.  Lewis Publishers, CRC Press, Boca
                Raton, Florida.

9.   C           Adamus,P.  R. 1983. A method for wetland functional assessment, Volume II.  FHWA Assessment
                Method. U. S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration. Report number
                FHWA-IP-82-24.

 10. C          Adamus, P.  R. 1983. Techniques for monitoring the environmental impact of insecticides on aquatic
                ecosystems. U. S. Forest Service, Broomall, Pennsylvania. Agricultural Handbook No. 613.

 11. C/I   •      Adamus, P.  R., E. J. Clairain, Jr., D. R. Smith, and R. E. Young. 1987. Wetland Evaluation
                Technique (WET).  Volume II. U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
                Mississippi. Technical Report Y-87.

 12. L          Adler, R. W.  1995. Filling the gaps in water quality standards: Legal perspectives on biocriteria.
                Pages 345-358 in W. S. Davis and P. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for
                water resource planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 13. K/F        Agami, M., M. Litav, and Y. Waisel. 1976. The effects of various components of water pollution on
                the behavior of some aquatic macrophytes of the coastal rivers of Israel. Aquatic Botany 2:203-213.

 14. G         Aiken, R. B. 1979. A size selective underwater light trap. Hydrobiologia 65:65-68.
                                                                                                    49

-------
15. H          Alabaster, J. S. ed. 1977. Biological monitoring of inland fisheries. Applied Science Publishers,
                London, England.

16. H/I         Alabaster, J. S.  1985. Habitat modification and freshwater fisheries.  Betterworth Publications,
                Stoneham, Massachusetts.

17. L          Albert, R. C.  1995. Development of a nondegradation policy for high quality waters. Water
                Resources Bulletin 31:59- 66.

18. K/G/D      Allan, J. D.  1982. The effects of reduction in trout density on the invertebrate community of a
                mountain stream. Ecology 63:1444-1455.

19. J/G         Allan, J. D.  1984. Hypothesis testing in ecological studies of aquatic insects. Pages 484-507 in V. H.
                Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (editors). The ecology of aquatic insects.  Praeger Publications, New
                York.

20. M          Allan, J. D., and A. S. Flecker.  1993. Biodiversity conservation in running waters.  BioScience
                43(l):32-43.

21. J          Allan, J. D., and E. Russek.  1985. The quantification of stream drift. Canadian Journal of Fisheries
                and Aquatic Sciences 42:210-215.

22. K/G        Allard, M., and G. Moreau.  1987. Effects of experimental acidification on a lotic macroinvertebrate
                community. Hydrobiologia 144:37-49.

23. G          Allen, K. R. 1959. The distribution of stream bottom fauna. Proceedings of the New Zealand
                Ecological Society 6:5-8.

24. M/A       Allen, P.M. 1985. Ecology, thermodynamics, and self-organization: towards a new understanding of
                complexity. Ecosystem theory for biological Oceanography.  Canadian Bulletin of Fisheries and
                Aquatic Sciences 213:3-26.

25. J          Alley, W. M. 1988. Using exogenous variables in testing for monotonic trends in hydrologic time
               ' series. Water Resources Research 24(11):1955-1961.

26. K          Aimer, B., W. Dickson, C. Ekstrom, E. Homstrom, and U. Miller.  1974. Effects of acidification on
                Swedish lakes.  Ambio 3:30-6.

27. E          Aloi, J. E.  1990. A critical review of recent freshwater periphyton field methods. Canadian Journal
                of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 47:656-670.

28. C          American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and Water Environment
                Federation.  1993. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater.  18th edition.
                Washington, D.C.

29. J          Andersen, M. M., F. F. Rige't, and H. Sparholt. 1984. A modification of the Trent Index for use in
                Denmark. Water Research 18:145-51.

30. L          Andersen, T. 1977. Danish legislation on the use and protection of freshwater areas. Folio
                Limnologica Scandinavia 17:125-9.

31. G/J        Anderson, E.G.  1980. Aquatic invertebrates in tolerance investigations from Aristotle to Naumann.
                Pages 3-35 in A. L. Bukeima, Jr., and J. Cairns, Jr.  ASTM Special Technical Publication 715.
                Aquatic invertebrate bioassays. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
                Pennsylvania.
50

-------
32. K/G/C      Anderson, N. H., and K. W. Cummins. 1979. Influences of diet on the life histories of aquatic insects.
                Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 36:335-42.

33. J           Anderson, R. M, D. M. Gordon, M. J. Crawley, and M P. Hassell.  1982. Variability in the
                abundance of animal and plant species. Nature (London) 296:245-8.

34. H          Anderson, R. O., and S. J. Gutreuter.  1983. Length, weight, and associated structural indices. Pages
                283-300 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson (editors). Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries
                Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

35. I           Andrus, C. W..B. A.  Long, andH. A. Froehlich.  1988. Woody debris and its contribution to pool
                formation in a coastal stream 50 years after logging. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic
                Sciences 45:2080-2086.

36. H/J        Angermeier, P. L., and J. R. Karr. 1986. Applying an index of biotic integrity based on stream-fish
                communities: considerations in sampling and interpretation.  North American Journal of Fisheries
                Management 6:418-429.

37. M/L        Angermeier, P. L., and J. R. Karr. 1994. Biological integrity versus biological diversity as policy
                directives.  Protecting biotic resources. BioScience 44(10):690-697.

38. K/H/I       Angermeier, P. L., and J. R. Karr. 1984. Relationships between woody debris and fish habitat in a
                small warmwater stream.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 113:716-726.

39. C          Angermeier, P. L., and R. J. Neves.  1991. Assessing stream values:  perspectives of aquatic resource
                professionals. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 11:1-10.

40. H          Angermeier, P. L., and I. J. Schlosser. 1987. Assessing biotic integrity of the fish community in a
                small Illinois stream.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management 7:331-338.

41. J           Anonymous.  1977. General statistical programme. Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpendon,
                Hertfordshire, England.

42. C          Anonymous.  1987. International Co-operative programme on assessment and monitoring of
                acidification of rivers and lakes: programme manual. Norwegian Institute for Water Research
                (NIVA), Olso, Norway.

43. G          Apperson, C. S., and D. G. Yows.  1976. A light trap for collecting aquatic organisms. Mosquito
                News 36:205-206.

44. K/E        Archibald, R. E. M.  1972. Diversity in some South African diatom associations and its relation to
                water quality. Water Research 6:1229-1238.

45. B          Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology. 1987. Physical, chemical and biological
                characteristics of least-disturbed reference streams in Arkansans ecoregions. Arkansas DPCE, Little
                Rock, Arkansas.

46. L          Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology. 1988. Regulation establishing water quality
                standards for surface waters of the state of Arkansas. Arkansas DPCE, Little Rock, Arkansas.

47. I           Armentrout, N. B.  1982. Aquatic habitat inventories, the current situation. Pages 7-9 in N. B.
                Armentrout (editor). Acquisition and utilization of aquatic habitat inventory information. Portland,
                Oregon, 28 October 1981. Western Division, American Fisheries Society, Portland, Oregon.

48. I/L/G       Armitage, P. D. 1991.  The application of a classification and prediction technique based on
                macroinvertebrates to assess the effect of river regulation. Pages 267-293 in J. A. Gore, and G. E.
                Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated river management. CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.
                                                                                                        51

-------
49.  G/J         Armitage, P. D., R. J. M. Gunn, M. T. Furse, J. F. Wright, and D. Moss. 1987. The use of prediction
                 to assess macroinvertebrate response to river regulations. Hydrobiologia 144:25-32.

50.  G/J         Armitage, P. D., D. Moss, J. F. Wright, and M. T. Furse.  1983. The performance of a new biological
                 water quality score system based on macroinvertebrates over a wide range of unpolluted
                 running-water sites.  Water Research 17:333-47.

51.  H/J         Armour, C. L., K. P. Burnham, and W. S. Platts. 1983. Field Methods and Statistical Analyses for
                 Monitoring Small Salmonid Streams. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.

52.  K/B/I       Armour, C. L., D. A. Duff, and W. Elmore. 1991. The effects of livestock grazing on riparian and
                 stream ecosystems. Fisheries 16(1):7-11.

53.  A          Armstrong, D. P., and T. D. Nudds. 1985. Factors influencing invertebrate size distributions in
                 prairie potholes and implications for coexisting duck species. Freshwater Invertebrate Biology
                 4(l):41-47.

54.  K/I/G/H     Amer, D. R, H. R. Robinette, J. E. Frasier, and M. H. Grey.  1976. Effects of channelization of the
                 Luxapolila River on fish, aquatic invertebrates, water quality and furbearers. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
                 Service, Washington, D.C. FWS/OBS-76-08.

55.  G          Ashworth, A. C. 1977. A late Wisconsin coleopterous assemblage from southern Ontario and its
                 environmental significance. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 14:1625-34.

56.  I            Atkinson, S. 1985. Habitat-based methods for biological impact assessment. The Environmental
                 Professional 7:265-282.

57.  H          Austen, D. J., P. B. Bayley, and B. W. Menzel. 1994. Importance of the guild concept to fisheries
                 research and management. Fisheries 19(6): 12-20.

58.  E           Austin, A., S. Lund, and M. Pomerroy. 1981. Simple methods for sampling periphyton with
                 observations on sampler design criteria. Hydrobiologia 85:33-47.

59.  J            Austin, M. P., and I. Noy-Meir.  1971. The problem of non-linearity in ordination: experiments with
                 two-gradient models.  Ecology 59:763-73.

60.  E           Bahls, L. 1993. Periphyton bioassessment methods for Montana streams. Water Quality Bureau,
                 Department of Health and Environmental Science, Helena, Montana.

61.  I            Bailey, J. F., W. O. Thomas, K. L. Wetzel, and T. J. Ross. 1989. Estimation of flood-frequency
                 characteristics and the effects of urbanization for streams in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania area. U.
                 S. Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado. Water-Resources Investigations Report 87-4194.

62.  J/N         Bailey.R. G.  1991. Design of ecological networks for monitoring global change.  Environmental
                 Conservation 18:173- 175.

63.  B/I         Bailey.R. G.  1976. Ecoregions of the United States. Map (scale 1:7,500,000). U. S. Department of
                 Agriculture, Forest Service. Liter-mountain Region, Ogden, Utah.

64.  B           Bailey, R. G.  1989. Explanatory supplement to ecoregions map of the continents. Map (scale
                 1:30,000,000). Environmental Conservation 16:307-309.

65.  B           Bailey, R. G., and C. T. Cushwa.  1981. Ecoregions of North America. Map (scale 1:12,000,000).
                 U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.  FWS/OBS-81/29.
52

-------
66. H/L        Bain,M. B. 1993. Assessing impacts of introduced aquatic species: grass carp in large systems.
                Environmental Management 17(2):211-224.

67. I           Bain, M. B., J. T. Finn, and H. E. Booke.  1985. Quantifying stream substrate for habitat analysis
                studies. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 5:499-500.

68: K/H/I/L     Bain, M. B., J. T. Finn, and H. E. Booke.  1988. Streamflow regulation and fish community structure.
                Ecology 69(2):382-392.

69. K          Baker.J.M.  197-1. Seasonal effectsof oil pollution onsaltmarsh vegetation. Oikos 22:106-110.

70. I           Baker, J. A., R. L. Kasul, L. E. Winfield, C. R. Bingham, C. H. Pennington, and R. E. Coleman.
                 1988. An ecological investigation of riveted and natural bank habitats in the Lower Mississippi
                River. U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi.  Lower
                Mississippi River Environmental Program Rep. 9.

71. C          Baker, J. R., G. D. Merritt, and D. W. Sutton.  1993. Environmental monitoring and assessment
                program: surface waters- lakes field operations manual. Volume 1. U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency. Las Vegas, Nevada.

72. K/H        Baker, J. P., W. J. Warren-Hicks, J. Gallagher, and S. W. Christensen. 1993. Fish population losses
                from Adirondack lakes: the role of surface water acidity and acidification. Water Resources Research
                29:861-874.

73. C          Baker, J. M., and W. J. Wolff.  1987. Biological surveys of estuaries and coasts.  Cambridge
                University Press, New York, New York.

74. I           Ball, J. 1982. Stream classification guidelines for Wisconsin. Department of Natural Resources,
                Madison, Wisconsin. Technical Bulletin A2-A30.

75. C          Balloch, D., C. E. Davies, and F. H. Jones.  1976. Biological assessment of water quality in three
                British Rivers:  the North Es (Scotland), the Ivel (England) and the Taf (Wales). Water Pollution
                 Control 75:92-114.

76. K/G/D     Balogh, K. 1988. Comparison of mussels and crustacean plankton to monitor heavy metal pollution.
                 Water, Air, and Soil Pollution 37:281 -92.

77. H           Balon, E. K.  1981. Addition and amendments to the classification of reproductive styles in fishes.
                 Environmental Biology of Fishes 6:377-389.

78.  H           Balon, E. K.  1975. Reproductive guilds of fishes: a proposal and-definition. Journal of the Fisheries
                 Research Board of Canada 32:821 -864.

79.  H           Barbour, C. D., and J. H. Brown. 1974. Fish species diversity in lakes. American Naturalist
                 108:473-488.

80.  G/J/B       Barbour, M.  T., J. L. Plafkin, B.P.Bradley, C. G. Graves, and R. W. Wisseman.  1992. Evaluation of
                 EPA's rapid bioassessment benthic metrics: metric redundancy and variability among reference
                 stream sites.  Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 11(4):437-449.

81.  C/L         Barbour, M. T., J. B. Stribling, and J. R. Karr.  1995. Multimetric approach for establishing
              •   biocriteria and measuring biological condition. Pages 63-77  in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors).
                 Biological assessment and criteria.  Tools for water resource planning and decision making. Lewis
                 Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.
                                                                                                         53

-------
82. I           Barbour, M. T., and J. B. Stribling. 1994. A technique for assessing stream habitat structure. Pages
                156-178 in Proceedings of the conference 'Riparian ecosystems    he humid United States:  function,
                values, and management.1. National Association of Conservatio:    stricts, Washington, D.C.

83. I           Barbour, M. T., and J. B. Stribling. 1991. Use of habitat asses*,   .it in evaluating the biological
                integrity of stream communities. EPA-440-5-91-005 in Biological criteria: research and regulation,
                proceedings of a symposium, 12-13 December 1990, Arlington, Virginia. Office of Water, U.S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

84. C          Barbour, M. T., and S. Thomley. 1990. Quality assurance issues related to field assessment of
                aquatic ecosystems. Pages 167-183 in D. Hart (editor) in Proceedings of the third annual ecological
                quality assurance workshop, Burlington, Ontario.

85. K/F        Barko, J. W., H. L. Eakin, and D. G. McFarland.  1992. Interrelationships between macrophyte
                growth and sediment nutrient availability. Abstracts, NALMS 12th annual international symposium.
                North American Lake Management Society.

86. K/F        Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart.  1983. Effects of organic matter additions to sediment on the growth
                of aquatic plants. Ecology 71:161-175.

87. I/M        Barling, R. D., and I. D. Moore.  1994. Role of buffer strips in management of waterway pollution: a
                review. Environmental Management 18(4):543-558.

88. M/G/J      Barmuta,L. A.  1987.  Polemics, aquatic insects and biomonitoring: an appraisal.  The role of
                invertebrates in conservation and biological survey. Western Australian Department of Land
                Management, Perth, Western Australia. Pages 65-72 in J. D. Majer (editor).  Western Australian
                Department of Land Management Report.

89. G/F        Barnes, L. E. 1983. The colonization of ball-clay ponds by macroinvertebrates and macrophytes.
                Freshwater Biology 13:561 -78.

90. G          Barnes, Robert D. (editor).  1980. Invertebrate zoology. 4th edition.  Saunders College Press,
                Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

91. G/J        Barton, D. R., and J. L. Metcalfe-Smith.  1992. A comparison of sampling techniques and summary
                indices for assessment of water quality in the Yamaska River, Quebec, based on macroinvertebrates.
                Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 21 -.225-244.

92. G          Barton, D. R., and S. M. Smith.  1984. Insects of extremely small and extremely large aquatic
                habitats. Pages 456- 83 in V. H. Resh, and D. M. Rosenberg. The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger
                Publishers, New York.

93. H/I        Barton, D. R., W. D. Taylor, and R. M. Biette. 1985. Dimensions of riparian buffer strips required to
                maintain trout habitat in southern Ontario streams.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management
                5:364-378.

94. J          Bascombe, A. D., J. B. Ellis, D. M. Revitt, and R. B. E. Shutes.  1990. The development of
                ecotoxicological criteria in urban catchments.  Water Science and Technology 22(10/11):173-  179.

95.  B/G       Batema, D. L.,  G. S. Henderson, and L. H Fredrickson. 1985. Wetland invertebrate distribution in
                 bottomland hardwoods as influenced by forest type ;::id flooding regime. Fifth central hardwood
                 conference, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois.

96.  ML         Batiuk, R., R. Orth, K. Moore, W. Dennison, C. Stevenson, L. Staver, V. Carter, N. Rybicki, R.
                 Hickman, S. Kollar, S. Bieber, and P. Heasly.  1992. Chesapeake Bay submerged aquatic vegetation
                 habitat requirements and restoration goals:  a technical synthesis. Chesapeake Bay Program,
                 Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Annapolis, Maryland. CBP/TRS 52/92.


54


-------
97.  J
98.  E
99.  E
100. E
101. E
Batschelet, E.  1976. Introduction to mathematics for life sciences. 2nd edition.  Springer-Verlag,
New York.

Battarbee, R. W. 1984. Diatom analysis and the acidification of lakes. Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society of London (Series B) 305:451-77.

Battarbee, R. W. 1986. Diatom analysis. Pages 527-70 in B. E. Berglund (editor). Handbook of
holocene palaeoecology and palaeohydrology.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Chichester, England.

Battarbee, R. W., and D. F. Charles. 1987. The use of diatom assemblages in lake sediments as a
means of assessing the timing, trends, and causes of lake acidification.  Proceedings of Physical
Geography 11:552-580.

Battarbee, R. W., R. J. Flower, A. C. Stevenson, V. J. Jones, R. Hariman, and P. G. Appleby.  1988.
Diatom and chemical evidence for reversibility of acidification of Scottish lochs. Nature (London)
332:530-2.
102. G         Baumann, R. W.  1979. Nearctic stonefly genera as indicators of ecological parameters (Plecoptera:
                Insects). Great Basin Naturalist 39:241-4.

103. K/G       Bayne, B. L.  1989. Measuring the biological effects of pollution: the mussel watch approach. Water
                Science and Technology 21(10/11): 1089-1100.

104. L          Bazata, K.  1991. Nebraska stream classification study.  Nebraska Department of Environmental
                Control, Lincoln, Nebraska.

105. C/H       Beak, T. W.  1965. A biotic index of polluted streams and its relationship to fisheries. Pages 191-210
                in O. Jaag (editor) in Advances in water pollution research, Volume 10. Proceedings of the second
                international conference. Tokyo, August, 1964. Pergamon Press, Oxford, England.

106. J          Beals, E. W.  1973. Ordination:  mathematical elegance and ecological naivete. Ecology 61:23-36.

107. L/A       Beardsley, D. P. 1992. Using environmental indicators for policy and regulatory decisions.  Pages
                61-64 in D. H. McKenzie, D. E. Hyatt, and V. J. McDonald (editors) in Ecological indicators.
                Proceedings of the international symposium on ecological indicators. October 16-19, 1990 in Ft.
                Lauderdale, Florida. Elsevier Science Publishers Limited, Essex, England.

108. H/K       Bechtel, T. J., and B. J. Copeland.  1970. Fish species diversity indices as indicators of pollution in
                Galveston Bay, Texas.  Contributions in Marine Science 15:103-32.

109. J          Beck, M. B.  1987. Water quality modeling:  a review of the analysis of uncertainty. Water Resources
                Research 23(8): 1393-1442.

110. G         Beck, W. M., Jr.  1977. Environmental requirements and pollution tolerance of common freshwater
                Chironimidae. Office of Research and Development, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA-600/4-77/024.

111. N/M/C     Beck, W. M., Jr.  1954. Studies in stream pollution biology. I. A simplified ecological classification
                of organisms.  Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences 17:211-27.

112. N         Beck, W. M., Jr.  1955. Suggested method for reporting biotic data. Sewage and Industrial Wastes
                27:1193-1197.

113. G/K       Beckett, D. C., and M. C. Miller. 1982. Macroinvertebrate colonization of multiple samplers in the
                Ohio River: the effect of dams.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                                                                                                        55

-------
114. A/K/L      Bedford, B. L, and E. M. Preston (editors). 1988. Cumulative effects on landscape systems of
                wetlands: scientific status, prospects, and regulatory perspectives: Environmental Management
                12:561-771.

115. A/K       Beebee, T. J. C. 1987. Eutrophication of healthland ponds at a site in southern England:  causes and
                effects, with particular reference to the amphibian. Biological Conservation 42:39-52.

116. A         Beiswenger, R. E. 1988. Integrating anuran amphibian species into environmental assessment
                programs. Pages 159-165 in R. C. Szaro, K. E. Severson, and D. R. Patton (technical coordinators).
                General Technical Report RM-166 in Management of Amphibians, Reptiles, and Small Mammals in
                North America. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Fort Collins, Colorado.

117. H/K       Beitinger, T. L. 1990. Behavioral reactions for the assessment of stress in fishes. Journal of Great
                Lakes Research 16:495-528.

118. J          Belbin,L. 1987. PATN:  Pattern Analysis Package Reference Manual. Division of Wildlife and
                Rangelands Research, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Canberra,
                Australia.

119. K/A       Bella, D. A., R. Jacobs, and H. Li. 1994. Ecological indicators of global climate change: a research
                framework. Environmental Management 18(4):489-500.

120. B/I        Bencala.K. E. 1993. A perspective on stream-catchment connections. Journal of the North
                American Benthological Society 12:44-47.

 121. K         Bender, E. A., T. J. Case, and M. E. Gilpin.  1984. Perturbation experiments in community ecology:
                theory and practice.  Ecology 65:1-13.

 122. M         Benke, A. C. 1990. A perspective on America's vanishing streams.  Journal of the North American
                Benthological Society 9:77-88.

 123. G         Benke, A. C. 1984. Secondary Production of aquatic insects. Pages 289-322 in V. H. Resh, and D.
                M. Rosenberg. The ecology of aquatic insects.  Praeger Publishers, New York.

 124. I          Benke, A. C., R. L. Henry III, D. M. Gillespie, and R. J. Hunter.  1985. Importance of snag habitat for
                animal production in southeastern streams. Fisheries 10(50):8-12-

 125. G         Benke, A. C., and D. I. Jacobi.  1986. Growth rates of mayflies in a subtropical river and their
                implications for secondary production. Journal of the North American Benthological Society
                5:107-14.

 126. I/M       Benke, A., and J. Meyer.  1988. Structure and function of a blackwater river in the southeastern
                U.S.A. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie
                23:1209-1218.

 127. G/I/K      Benke, A. C., T. C. Van Arsdall, Jr., D. M. Gillespie, and F. K. Parrish.  1984. Invertebrate
                productivity in a subtropical blackwater river:  the importance of habitat and life history. Ecological
                Monographs 54(l):25-63.

 128. I         Benke, A. C., G. E. Willeke, F. K. Parrish, and D. L. Stites.  1981. Effects of Urbanization on Stream
                Ecosystems. Environmental Resources Center, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia.
                Report ERC 07-81.

 129. K         Benner, R., M. R. Moran, and R. E. Hodson. 1985. Effects of pH and plant source on lignocellulose
                biodegradation rates in two wetland ecosystems, the Okefenokee Swamp and a Georgia salt marsh.
                Limnology and Oceanography 30(3):489-499.
 56

-------
 130. N
131. L
132. L
133. G/J
134. A/H/G/J
135. KM
136. C
137. J/L
138. I/B
139. H
140. C/J
141. J/H
142. B/C
143. K/F
144. L
145.  G/K
Bennett, G. W.  1958. Aquatic biology. A century of biological research. Bulletin of the Illinois
Natural History Survey Pages 163-178. 27:1-234.

Benveniste, G.  1977. The politics of expertise. 2nd edition. Boyd and Fraser, San Francisco,
California.

Benveniste, G.  1981. Regulation and planning: the case of environmental politics. Boyd and Fraser,
San Francisco, California.

Berg, M. B., and R. A. Hellenthal.  1990. Data variability and the use of chironomids in
environmental studies: the standard error of the midge. Pages 1-8 in W. S. Davis (editor).
EPA-905-9-90-005 in Proceedings of the 1990 midwest pollution control biologists meeting. Region
5, Environmental Sciences Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

Berkman, H. E., C. F. Rabeni, and T. P. Boyle. 1986. Biomonitors of stream quality in agricultural
areas:  fish versus invertebrates.  Environmental Management 10(3):413-419.

Berkman, H. E., and C. F. Rabeni.  1987. Effect of siltation on stream fish communities.
Environmental Biology of Fishes 18:285-294.

Bernstein, B. B., and R. W. Smith. 1986.  Community approaches to monitoring. Pages 934-939 in
Oceans 1986 conference record:  Science-Engineering-Adventure. Proceedings of a Conference,
Washington D. C. Section, Marine Technology Society, Washington, D. C., September 23-25, 1986.
Institute of Electrical  and Electronic Engineering, Piscataway, New Jersey.

Berthouex, P. M., and L. Hau. 1991. Difficulties related to using extreme percentiles for water quality
regulations. Research Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 63(6):873-79.

Beschta, R. L., and W. S. Platts.  1986. Morphological features of small streams: significance and
function. Water Resources Bulletin 22(3):369-379.

Bianchi, G. 1992. Demersal assemblages of the continental shelf and upper slope of Angola.  Marine
Ecology Progress Series 81:101 -120.

Bick, H. 1963. A review of Central European methods for the biological estimation of water
pollution levels. Bulletin of the World Health Organization 29:401 -413.

Bickers, C. A., M. H.  Kelly, J. M. Levesque, andR. L. Hite. 1988. Users Guide to IBI-AIBI-
Version 2.01 (A BASIC Program for Computing the Index of Biotic Integrity with the IBM- PC).
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, Division of Water Pollution Control, Planning Section,
Springfield, Illinois.  IEPA/WPC/89-007.

Bickford, C. A., C. E. Mayer, and K. D. Ware. 1963. An efficient sampling design for forest
inventory: the northeast forest resurvey. Journal of Forestry 61:826-833.

Bilby, R. 1977. Effects of a spate on the macrophyte vegetation of a stream pool. Hydrobiologia
56:109-112.

Bilyard, G. R., and M. B. Brooks-McAuliffe.  1987. Recommended biological indices for 301(h)
programs. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection,
Washington, D.C. EPA 430-9-86-002.

Bilyj, B., and I. J. Davies. 1989. Description and ecological notes on seven new species of
Cladotanytarsus (Chironomidae: Diptera) collected from an experimentally acidified lake. Canadian
Journal of Zoology 67:948-62.
                                                                                                        57

-------
 146.  I/H         Binns, N. A., and F. M. Eiserman.  1979. Quantification of fluvial trout habitat in Wyoming.
                 Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 108:215-228.

 147.  B          Birks,HLH.  1980. Plant macrofossils in Quaternary lake sediments. Ergebni    irLimnologie
                 15:1-60.

 148.  H/I/M      Birtwell, I. K., C. D. Levings, J, S. MacDonald, and I. H. Rogers. 1988. A review of fish habitat
                 issues in the Fraser River system. Water Pollution Research Journal of Canada 23(1): 1 -30.

.149.  I/H     '    Bisson,P. A., J. L. Nielson, R. A. Palmason, and L. E. Grove.  1982. A system of naming habitat
                 types in small streams, with examples of habitat utilization by salmonids during low streamflow.
                 Pages 62-73 in N. B. Armentrout. (editor). Acquisition and utilization of aquatic habitat inventory
                 information. Portland, Oregon, 28 October, 1981. Western Division, American Fishery Society,
                 Portland, Oregon.

 ISO.  J          Blackburn, T. M., J. H. Lawton, and J. N. Perry.  1992. A method of estimating the slope of upper
                 bounds plots of body size and abundance in natural animal assemblages. Oikos 65: 107-112.

 151.  D/K        ^lanck, H., G. Wallin, and S. A. Wangberg. 1984. Species-dependent variation  in algal sensitivity to
                   itmical compounds. Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety 8:339-351.

 152.  H          iJlaxter, J. H. S.  1974. The Early Life History of Fish. The Proceedings of an International
                 Symposium Held at Dunstaffhage Marine Research Laboratory of the Scottish Marine Biological
                 Association at Oban, Scotland, from May 17-23,1973. Springer-Verlag, New York.

 153.  M/L        Blockstein, D. E. 1992. An aquatic perspective on U. S. biodiversity policy. Fisheries 17:26-30.

 154.  J          Bloom, S. A.  1981. Similarity indices in community studies: potential pitfalls. Marine Ecology
                 Progress Series 5: 125-38.

 155.  L/G        Bode,R.W. 1988. Biological impact assessment: Skaneateles Creek. New York State Department
                 of Environmental Conservation report, Albany, New York.

 156.  G          Bode,R. W. 1988. Methods for Rapid Biological Assessment of Streams. New York State
                 Department of Environmental Conservation Report, Albany, New York.

 157.  G/L/C      Bode.R. W. 1988. Quality Assurance Work Plan for Biological Stream Monitoring in New York
                 State. Stream Biomonitoring Unit, Bureau of Monitoring and Assessment, Division of Water, New
                 York State Department of Environmental Conservation, Albany, New York.

 158.  L/G        Bode, R. W., M. A. Novak, and L. E. Abele.  1993. 20 year trends in water quality of Rivers and
                 Streams in New York State based on Macroinvertebrate Data 1972-1992. New York State
                 Department of Environmental Conservation, Division of Water, Bureau of Monitoring and
                 Assessment, Stream Biomonitoring Unit.  Albany, New York.

 159. L          Bode, R. W., M. A. Novak, and L. E. Abele.  1990. Biological stream assessment: Shanty Hollow
                 Brook, 1990 survey. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Report, Albany,
                 New York.

 160. L          Bode, R. W., M. A. Novak, and L. E. Abele.  1990. Biological Impairment Criteria for Flowing
                 Waters in New York State. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Report,
                 Albany, New York.

 161. L/G        Bode, R. W., M. A. Novak, and L. E. Abele.  1992. Biological stream assessment: Cayadutta Creek,
                 1992 survev. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Report, Albany, New
                 York.
 58

-------
 162.  L
 163.  L
 164. L
 165. L/J
166. J/B
167. J
168. I
169. G/K
170. G
171. H
172. I
173. B
174. B/K/I
175. G
176.  K
 Bode, R. W., and M. A. Novak. 1995. Development and application of biological impairment criteria
 for rivers and streams in New York State. Pages 97-107 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors).
 Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource planning and decision making. Lewis
 Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Bode, R. W., and M. A. Novak. 1988. Proposed biological criteria for New York State streams.
 Pages 42-48 in T. P. Simon, L. J. Shepard (editors). EPA-905/9-89/003 in Proceedings of the first
 national workshop on biological criteria. Lincolnwood, Illinois, December 2-4,  1987. Region 5,
 Instream Biocriteria-and Ecological Assessment Committee, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Chicago, Illinois.

 Bode, R. W., M. A. Novak,  and L. E. Abele.  1986.  Rapid biological stream assessment: Gooseberry
 Creek, 1986 survey. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Report, Albany,
 New York.

 Bodini, A., and G. Fiavelli.  1992. Multicriteria analysis as a tool to investigate compatibility between
 conservation and development on Salina Island, Awolian Archipelago, Italy. Environmental
 Management 16(5):633-652.

 Boesch, D. F.  1977. Application of numerical classification in ecological investigations of water
 pollution.  Office of Research and Development, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Washington, D.C.  EPA-600/3-77-033.

 Bojorquez-Tapia, L. A., P. Balvanera, and A. D. Cuaron.  1994. Environmental auditing, biological
 inventories and computer data bases: their role in environmental assessments. Environmental
 Management 18(5):775-785.

 Boling, R. H., Jr., E. D. Goodman, J. A. VanSickle, J. O. Zimmer, K. W. Cummins, R. C. Petersen,
 and S. R. Reice. 1975. Toward a preliminary model of detritus processing in a woodland stream.
 Ecology 56:141-51.

 Bonacina, C., G. Bonomi, and C. Monti.  1986. Oligochaete cocoon remains as evidence of past lake
 pollution.  Hydrobiologia 143:395-400.

 Bonacina, C., G. Bonomi, and C. Monti.  1987. Population dynamics of Tubifex, first settler in the
 profundal of a copper and ammonia polluted, recovering lake (L. Prta, North Italy)  Hydrobioloeia
 155:305.

 Bone, Q., and N. B. Marshall.  1982. Biology of fishes. Methunen, Inc., American Fisheries Society,
 Bethesda, Maryland.

 Booth, D. B.  1990. Stream-channel incision following drainage-basin urbanization.  Water
 Resources Bulletin 26(3):407- 417.

 Booth, D. B.  1991. Urbanization and the natural drainage system - impacts, solutions, and prognoses.
 The Northwest Environmental Journal 7(1):93-118.

 Booth, D. B., and L. E. Reinelt. 1994. Consequences of urbanization on aquatic systems - measured
 effects, degradation thresholds, and corrective strategies.  EPA 840-R-94-002 in Watershed '93:  a
national conference on watershed management, Alexandria, Virginia.

Borror, D. J., C. A. Triplehorn, and N. F. Johnson.  1989. An Introduction to the Study of Insects. 6th
ed.  Saunders College Publishers, Philadelphia, PA.

Bosserman, R. W., and R. L. Hill, Jr.  1985.  Community ecology of three wetland ecosystems
impacted by acid mine drainage. Pages 287-304 in R. P. Brooks, D. E. Samuel, and J. B. Hill
                                                                                                       59

-------
                (editors).Wetlands and Water Management on Mined Lands. Pennsylvania State Univ., University
                Park, PA

177. K/D       Boucherle, M. M., and H. Zullig.  1983. Cladoceran remains as evidence of change in trophic state in
                three Swiss lakes. Hydrobiologia 103:141 -6.

178. I/C/J       Boulton,A. J. 1993. Stream ecology and surface- hyporheic hydrologic exchange: implications,
                techniques and limitations. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44:553-564.

179. I/H        Bovee.K. D.  1982. A guide to stream habitat analysis using the instream flow incremental
                methodology: instream flow information paper no. 12. Instream Flow and Aquatic Systems Group,
                Western Energy and Land Use Team, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fort Collins, Colorado.
                FWS/OBS-82/26.

180. C         Bowers, L. J., J. G. Gosselink, W. H. Patrick, Jr., and E. T. Choong.  1985. Influence of climatic
                trends on wetland studies in the eastern United States which utilize tree ring data.  Wetlands
                5:191-200.

181. I/H        Bowlby, J. N., and J. G. Imhof. 1991. Alternative approaches in predicting trout populations from
                habitat in streams. Pages 317-330 in J. A. Gore, and G. E. Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated
                river management.  CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.

182 J         Bowman, K. O., K.  Hutcheson, E. P. Odum, and L. R. Shenton.  1971.  Comments on the distribution
                of indices of diversity. Pages 315-66 in G. P. Patil, E. C. Pielou, and W. E. Waters (editors).
                 Statistical Ecology.  Volume 3.  Populations, ecosystems and analysis. Pennsylvania State University
                Press, State College, Pennsylvania.

133, j          Box, G. E. P., and D. R. Cox. 1964. An analysis of transformations. Journal of the Royal Statistical
                 Society (Series B) 26:211-52.

184. K          Box, G. E. P., and G. M. Jenkins. 1976. Time series analysis, forecasting and control. Holden-Day,
                 San Francisco.

 j gs. J          Boyle, T. P., G. M.  Smillie, J. C. Anderson, and D. P. Beeson. 1990. A sensitivity analysis of nine
                 diversity and seven similarity indices. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation
                 62:(6)749-762.

 186. K/G       Bradt, P. T., and M. B. Bert. 1987. Macrozoobenth'os of three Pennsylvania Lakes: responses to
                 acidification. Hydrobiologia 150:63-74.

 187. K          Bradt, P. T., J. L. Dudley, M. B. Berg, and D. S. Barrasso.  1986. Biology and chemistry of three
                 Pennsylvania lakes: responses to acid precipitation. Water, Air, and Soil Pollution 30:505-513.

 188. H/J        Bramblett, R. G., and K. D. Fausch. 1991. Variable fish communities and the index of biotic integrity
                 in a western great Plains river. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120:752-769.

 189. K          Brennan, K. M.  1985. Effects of wastewater on wetland animal communities. Pages 199-223 in P. J.
                 Godfrey, E. R. Kaynor, and S. P. Pelczarski (editors). Ecological Considerations in Wetland
                 Treatment of Municipal Wastewater. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.

 190.  K/D       Brett, M. T.  1989. The rotifier communities of acid-stressed lakes of Maine. Hydrobiologia
                  186/187:181-189.

 191.  K/G       Brightman, R. S. 1984. Benthic macroinvertebrate response to secondarily treated wastewater in
                 north-central Florida cypress domes. Pages  186-96 in K. C. Ewel and H. T. Odum (editors). Cypress
                  Swamps. University of Florida Press, Gainesville, Florida.
 60

-------
 192. I          Brimhall, Chadwick, Lewis, Compston, Williams," Danti, Dietrich, Power, Hendricks, and.Bratt.
                 1991. Deformational mass transport and invasive processes in soil evolution. Science 25: 695-702.

 193. G          Brinkhurst, R. O.  1974. The Benthos of Lakes.  St. Martin's Press, New York.

 194. A/K/G     Brinkhurst,.R. O.  1965. The biology of the Tubificidae with special reference to pollution.
                 Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Third Seminar. U. S. Department of Health, Education, and
                 Welfare, Public Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio. Pages 57-66 in C. M. Tarzwell (editor).

 195. K          Brinkhurst, R. O.  1965. Observations on the recovery of a British river from gross organic pollution.
                 Hydrobiologia 25:9-51.

 196. G          Brinkhurst, R. O.  1985. Review of methods for the study of marine benthos. 2nd edition. Canadian
                 Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences N. A. Holme, and A. D. Mclntyre (editors).
                 42:1445-1446.

 197. G          Brinkhurst, R. O.  1966. The Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of polluted waters.  Verhandlungen
                 Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 16:854-9.

 198. K/G        Brinkhurst, R. 0., P. M. Chapman, and M. A. Farrell. 1983. A comparative study of respiration rates
                 of some aquatic oligochaetes in relation to sublethal stress. Internationale Revue der Gesamten
                 Hydrobiologie 68:683-99.

 199. G/D        Brinkhurst, R. O., K. E. Chua, and E. Batoosingh.  1969. Modifications in sampling procedures as
                 applied to studies on the bacteria an tubificid oligochaetes inhabiting aquatic sediments. Journal of
                 the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 26: 2581-93.

 200. G          Brinkhurst, R. O., A. L. Hamilton, and H. B. Herrington. 1967.  Components of the Bottom Fauna of
                 the St. Lawrence, Great Lakes.  Great Lakes Institute, University of Toronto No. PR 33, Toronto.

 201. A/K        Brinson, M. M., H. D. Bradshavv, and M. N. Jones.  1985. Transitions in forested wetlands along
                 gradients of salinity and hydroperiod. Journal of Elisah Mitchell Scientific Society 101(2):76-94.

 202. K/G        Britt, N. W.  1955. Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera) population recovery in western Lake Erie following
                 the 1953 catastrophe. Ecology 36:520-522.

 203. K/G        Britt, N. W.  1955. Stratification in western Lake Erie in summer of 1953:  effects on the Hexagenia
                 (Ephemeroptera) population. Ecology 36:239-44.

 204.  G          Brittain, J. E., and T. J. Eikeland.  1988. Invertebrate drift.  Review. Hydrobiologia 166:77-93.

 205.  J           Brock, D. A. 1977. Comparison of community similarity indices. Journal of the Water Pollution
                 Control Federation 49: 2488-2494.

 206.  G/A/K      Brodin, Y.  W.  1990. Midge fauna development in acidified lakes in northern Europe. Philosophical
                 Transactions of the Royal Society of London (Series B) 327:295-298.

 207.  G/A        Brodin, Y.   1982. Palaeoecological studies of the recent development of the Lake Vaxjosjon. IV.
                 Interpretation of the eutrophication process through the analysis of subfossil chironomids.  Archiv fur
                 Hydrobiologie 93:313-326.

 208.  G/A        Brodin, Y. W. 1986. The postglacial history of Lake Flarken, southern Sweden interpreted from
                 subfossil insect remains. Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie 71:371-432.

209-  I           Brookes, A.  1991. Alternative Channelization Procedures. Pages 13 9-162 in J. A. Gore and G. E.
                 Petts (editors). Alternatives in Regulated River Management. CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.
                                                                                                        61

-------
210. D          Brooks, J. L., and S. I. Dodson. 1965. Predation, body size and composition of plankton.  Science.
                150:28-35.

211. A          Brooks, R. P., M. J. Croonquist, E. T. D'Silva, J. E. Gallagher, and D. E. Arnold. 1991. Selection of
                biological indicators for integrating assessments of wetland, stream, and riparian habitats.  Pages
                81 -89. EP A-440-5-91 -005 in Biological criteria: research and regulation, proceedings of a
                symposium, 12-13  December 1990, Arlington,  Virginia. Office of Water, U.S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

212. A         Browder, J. A.  1988. Introduction: aquatic organisms as indicators of environmental pollution.
                Water Resources Bulletin 24(5):927-929.

213. G/I        Brown, A. V., andP. P. Brussock. 1991. Comparisons of benthic invertebrates between riffles and
                pools. Hydrobiologia 220:99-108.

214. B         Brown, D. E., and C. H. Lowe. 1980. Biotic communities of the Southwest. Map (scale
                 1:1,000,000). U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Fort Collins, Colorado. General
                Technical Report RM-78.

215. M        Brown, M., and J. J. Dinsmore. 1988. Habitat islands and the equilibrium theory of island
                biogeography:  testing some predictions. Oecologia 75:426-429.

216. M        Brown, M., and J. J. Dinsmore. 1986. Implications of marsh size and isolation for marsh bird
                management. Journal of Wildlife Management 50(3):392-397.

217. B/I/K      Brown, R. G.  1988. Effects of precipitation and land use on storm runoff.  Water Resources Bulletin
                 24(2):421-426.

218.  M         Brown, S. 1981. A comparison of the structure, primary productivity, and transpiration of cypress
                 ecosystems in Florida.  Ecological Monographs 51(4):403-427.

 219.  c         Brown,S.R.  1956. A piston sampler for surface sediments of lake deposits. Ecology 37:611-3.

 220.  K         Brown, S. S., and D. K. King. 1987. Community metabolism in natural and agriculturally disturbed
                 riffle sections of the Chippewa River, Isabella County, Michigan. Journal of Freshwater Ecology
                 4:39-51.

 221. M/A/K     Brown, S., and R. Van Peer.  1989: Response of pond cypress growth to sewage effluent application.
                 Wetland Ecology Management 1 (1): 13 -20.

 222. B/G/I      Brundin, L.  1958. The bottom faunistical lake type system and its application to the southern
                 hemisphere. Moreover a theory of glacial erosion as a factor of productivity in lakes and oceans.
                 Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 13:288-97.

 223. J         Brussock, P.  1993. Experimental design and control:  keys to refining rapid bioassessment metrics.
                 Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 12:1-4.

 224. I         Brussock, P. P., A. V. Brown, and J. C. Dixon. 1985. Channel form and stream ecosystem models.
                 Water Resources  Bulletin 21:859-866.

  225. G/I       Brussock, P. P., and A. V. Brown. 1991. Riffle-pool geomorphology disrupts longitudinal patterns of
                  stream benthos. Hydrobiologia 220:109-117.

  226. L/M       Buechner, M., C. Schonewald-Cox, R. Sauvajot, and B. A. Wilcox.  1992. Cross-boundary issues for
                  national parks: what works'on the ground'. Environmental Management 16(6):799-809.
  62

-------
227. K/G       Buikema, A. L, E. F. Benfield, and B. R. Niederlehner.  1981. Effects of pollution on freshwater-
                invertebrates. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 53(6): 1007-1014.

228. A          Buikema, A. I, Jr., and J. R. Voshell, Jr.  1993. Toxicity studies freshwater benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Pages 344-398 in D. M. Rosenberg and V. H. Resh (editors). Freshwater
                Biomonitoring and Benthic Macroinvertebrates, Ch. 10.  Chapman and Hall, New York, New York.

229. G          Burch, J. B.  1982. Freshwater Snails (Mollusca: Gastropoda) of North America. U.S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.
                EPA-600-3-82-026.

230. G/J        Burd, B. J., A. Nemec, and R. O. Brinkhurst. 1990. The development and application of analytical
                methods in benthic marine infaunal studies.  Advances in Marine Biology 26:169-247.

231. N          Burgess, R. L. 1980. The national biological monitoring inventory. Pages 153-165. in D.L. Worf
                (editor). Biological monitoring for environmental effects. Lexington Books, Lexington,
                Massachusetts.

232. K/M/G/I    Burgess, S. A., and J. R. Bider. 1980. Effects of stream habitat improvements on invertebrates, trout
                populations, and mink activity. Journal of Wildlife Management 44:871 -880.

233. G/C       Burmaster, D.,C. Menzie, and J. Freshman.  1991. Assessment of methods for estimating aquatic
                hazards at Superfund-type sites: a cautionary tale. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry
                10:827-842.

234. C          Bumham, K. P., D. R. Anderson, and J. L. Laake. 1980. Estimation of density from line transect
                sampling of biological populations. Wildlife Monographs 72:1-202.

235. I/M/K      Bums,D.  1991. Cumulative effects of small modifications to habitat.  Fisheries 16(1):12-17.

236. H          Burr, B. M., and W. L. Warren, Jr. 1986. A Distributional Atlas of Kentucky Fishes. Kentucky
                Nature Preserves Commission Scientific and Technical Series 4. Frankfort, Kentucky.

237. K/M       Burton, T. M.  1984. The effects of water level fluctuations of Great Lakes coastal marshes. Pages
                3-13. H. H. Prince, and'F. M. D'ltri (editors). Coastal Wetlands. Lewis Publications, Chelsea, MI.

238. K/G       Burton, T. M., and J. W. Allan. 1986. Influence of pH, aluminum, and organic matter on stream
                invertebrates. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43:1285-1289.

239. I/H        Burton, T. A., W. H. Clark, G. W. Harvey, and T. R. Maret. 1991. Development of sediment criteria
                for the protection and propagation of salmonid fishes. Pages 142-144.  EPA-440-5- 91-005 in
                Biological criteria, research and regulation, Arlington, Virginia, 12 December 1990, Washington,
                D.C. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

240. I/H        Burton, T. A., and G. W. Harvey.  1990. Estimating intergravel salmonid living space using the
                cobble embeddedness sampling procedure.  Water Quality Monitoring Protocols - Report #2. Idaho
                Department of Health and Welfare, Division of Environmental Quality, Water Quality Bureau, Boise,
                Idaho.

241. C          Bury, R. B., and P. S. Com. 1987. Evaluation of pitfall trapping in Northwestern forests: trap arrays
                with drift fences. Journal of Wildlife  Management 51:112-119.

242. C          Bury, R. B., and M. G. Raphael, i 983. Inventory methods for amphibians and reptiles. Pages
                416-419 in J. F. Bell and T. Atterbury (editors) in Renewable resource inventories for monitoring
                changes and tends: proceedings of an international conference. College of Forestry, Oregon State
                University, Corvallis.
                                                                                                       63

-------
243. A/B/C/I    Busby, F. E., and C. A. Cox. 1994. Rangeland health: new methods to classify, inventory, and
                monitor rangelands. Renewable Resources Journal Spring. Pages 13-19.

244. G         Buskens, R. F. M. 1989. Monitoring of chironomid larvae and exuviae in the Beuven, a soft water
                pool in the Netherlands, and comparisons with palaeolimnological data. 3:41- 50 in Acta Biologica
                Debrecina Oecologica Hungarica.

245. F          Butcher, R. W. 1946. Studies on the ecology of rivers. I. On the distribution of macrophytic
                vegetation in the rivers of Britain. Ecology 21:58-91.

246. O         Butkus, S.  R.  1989.  Pilot program for water quality data collection by volunteers.  Tennessee Valley
                Authority.

247. G/M       Butler, M.  G.  1984. Life histories of aquatic insects. V.H. Resh and D.M. Rosenberg, (eds). Pages
                24-55. The ecology of aquatic insects.  Praeger Publishers, New York.

248. I/K        Buttle, J. M. 1990. Effects of suburbanization upon snowmelt runoff.  Hydrological Sciences Journal
                35(3):285-302.

249. O         Buzan,D.  1992. The Texas Water Commission in partnership with citizens.  Pages 26-27 in J.
                Douherty (editor). EPA 841-R-92-004 in Proceedings of the third national citizens' volunteer water
                monitoring conference. Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

250. L/0       Byrne, J. 1992. Fighting a proposed river reclassification. Volunteer Monitor 4:6-7.

251. A         Cairns, J. Jr. 1983. Are single species toxicity tests alone adequate for estimating environmental
                hazard?  Hydrobiologia 100:47-57.

252. C         Cairns, J., Jr.  1982. Artificial substrates. Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

253. K         Cairns, J. Jr. 1971. Factors affecting the number of species in fresh-water protozoan communities.
                Pages 219-48 in J. Cairns, R. (ed). Research Division Monograph 3. The Structure and Function of
                Fresh-Water Microbial Communities.  Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University,
                Blacksburg, Virginia.

254. A         Cairns, J. Jr. 1974. Indicator species vs. the concept of community structure as an index of pollution.
                Water Resources Bulletin 10:338-347.

255. J/C        Cairns, J. Jr. 1981. Introduction to biological monitoring. Pages 375-409 in H. B. Mark, Jr., and J.S.
                Mattson (editors). Water quality management: the modern analytical techniques. Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
                New York, New York.

256. A/N/J     Cairns, J. Jr. 1977. Quantification of biological integrity. Pages 171 -187 in R. K. Ballentine and L. J.
                Guarraia (editors) in The integrity of water.  Proceedings of a Symposium, March 10-12,1975. U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

257. J          Cairns, J.,  Jr., D. W. Albaugh, F. Bussey, and M. D. Chancy. 1968. The sequential comparison index
                - a simplified method for non-biologists to estimate relative differences in biological diversity in
                stream pollution studies. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 40:(9) 1607-1613.

258. C         Cairns, J.,  Jr., and K L. Dickson (editors).  1973. Biological methods for the assessment of water
                quality.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

259. G/K       Cairns, J.,  Jr., and K. L. Dickson. 1971. A simple method for the biological assessment of the effects
                of water discharges on aquatic bottom-dwelling organisms. Journal of the Water Pollution Control
                Federation 41:755-112.
64

-------
260. K/D/E     Cairns, J., Jr., G. R. Lanza, and B. C. Parker. 1972. Pollution related structural and functional
                changes in aquatic communities with emphasis on freshwater algae and protozoa. Proceedings of the
                Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences 124(5):79-127.

261. K/A       Cairns, J., Jr., andP. V. McCormick.  1992. Developing an ecosystem-based capability for ecological
                risk assessments.  The Environmental Professional 14:186-196.

262. A         Cairns, J., Jr., P. V. McCormick, and B. R. Niederlehner. 1993. A proposed framework for
                developing indicators of ecosystem health. Hydrobiologia 263:1 -44.

263. J          Cairns, J., Jr., and J. R. Pratt.  1986. Developing a sampling strategy. Pages 168-86 in E.G. Isom
                (editor).  ASTM STP 894. Rationale for sampling and interpretation of ecological data in the
                assessment of freshwater ecosystems.  American Society of Testing Materials, Philadelphia,
                Pennsylvania.

264. G/N/J      Cairns, J., Jr., and J. R. Pratt.  1993. A history of biological monitoring using benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Pages 10-27  in D.M. Rosenberg and V.H. Resh (editors). Freshwater
                biomonitoring and benthic macroinvertebrates. Chapman and Hall, Inc., New York.

265. A         Cairns, J., Jr., and J. R. Pratt.  1986. On the relation between structural and functional analyses of
                ecosystems. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 5:785-786.

266. J          Caims, J., Jr., andE. P. Smith. 1994.  Experimental design. Pages 49-68 in S. L. Loeb and A: Spacie
                (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

267. C/J        Caims, J., Jr., and W. H. Van DerSchalie.  1980. Biological monitoring. Part I - Early warning
                systems.  Water Research 14:1179-96.

268. M         Caims, M. A., and R. T. Lackey. 1992. Biodiversity and management of natural resources: the issues.
                Fisheries 17:6-  10.

269. D         Cambum, K. E., J. C. Kingston, and D. F. Charles (editors).  1984-1986.  PIRLA Diatom Iconograph.
                Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification Unpublished Report Series. Indiana
                University, Bloomington, Indiana. Report 3.

270. I/G/K      Campbell, J. M., and W. J. Clark. 1983. Effects of microhabitat heterogeneity on the spatial
                dispersion of small plant-associated invertebrates. Freshwater Invertebrate Biology 2(4): 180-85.

271. K         Campbell, P. G. C., and P. M. Stokes. 1985. Acidification and toxicity of metals to aquatic biota.
                Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:2034-49.

272. F          Canfield, D. E., Jr., and C. M. Duarte.  1988. Patterns in biomass and cover of aquatic macrophytes in
                lakes:  a test with Florida lakes. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 45:1976-1982.

273. F/L/A/K    Canfield, D. E., Jr., K. A. Langeland, M. J. Maceina, W. T. Haller, J. V. Shireman, and J. R. Jones.
                1983. Trophic state classification of lakes with aquatic macrophytes. Canadian Journal of Fisheries
                and Aquatic Sciences 40:1713-1718.

274. G/J        Canton, S. P., and J. W. Chadwick.  1988. Variability in benthic invertebrate density estimates  from
                stream samples. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4:291-7.

275. C         Carlough, L. A. 1989. Fluctuations in the community composition of water-column protozoa in two
                southeastern blackwater rivers (Georgia, USA). Hydrobiologia 185:55-62.

276. A         Carlson, C. A.,  and R. T. Muth.  1989. The Colorado River:  lifeline of the American southwest.
                Canadian Special Publication  of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 106. Pages 220-239 in D. P. Dodge
                (editor) in Proceedings of the large river symposium.
                                                                                                        65

-------
277. I          Carlson, R. E. 1992. Expanding the trophic state concept to identify non-nutrient limited lakes and
                reservoirs. Pages 59-71 in Enhancing the State's Lake Management Programs: Proceedings of a
                conference. Chicago, 1991. North American Lake Management Society.

278. J/I         Carlson, R. E. 1977. A trophic state index for lakes.  Limnology and Oceanography 22:361-369.

279. H         earmichael, J., B. Richardson, M. Roberts, and S. J. Jordan. 1992. Fish sampling in eight
                Chesapeake Bay tributaries. Chesapeake Bay Research and Monitoring Division, Maryland
                Department of Natural Resources, Annapolis, Maryland.

280. D         Carney, H. J.  1982. Algal dynamics and trophic interactions in the recent history of Rains Lake,
                Michigan. Ecology 63:1814-26.

281. M         Caro, T. M., and M. K. Laurenson. 1994. Ecological and genetic factors in conservation: a
                cautionary tale. Science 26:485-486.

282. K         Carpenter, S. R. (editor). 1988. Complex interactions in lake communities. Springer-Verlag, New
                York.

283. J          Carpenter, S. R. 1988. Transmission of variance through lake food webs. Pages 119-35 in S. R.
                Carpenter (editor). Complex interactions in lake communities. Springer-Verlag, New York.

284. C/J        Carpenter, S. E., and J. E. Chaney. 1983. Scale of spatial pattern: four methods compared.
                Vegetatio53:153-160.

285. J          Carpenter, S. R., T. M. Frost, D. Heisey, and T. K. Kratz. 1989. Randomized intervention analysis
                and the interpretation of whole-ecosystem experiments. Ecology 70:1142-1152.

286. K         Carpenter, S. R., J. F. Kitchell, and J. R. Hodgson. 1985. Cascading trophic index actions and lake
                productivity. BioScience 35:634-639.

287. A         Carpenter, S. R., and J. F. Kitchell.  1988. Consumer control of lake productivity. BioScience
                38:764-769.

288. C/D/E/K   Carpenter, S. R., J. F. Kitchell, J. R. Hodgson, P. A. Cochran, J. A. Elser, M. M. Elser,  D. M. Lodge,
                D. Kretchmer, X. He, and C. N. von Ende.  1987. Regulation of lake primary productivity by food
                web structure. Ecology 68:1863-1876.

289. D/J        Carpenter, S. R., and J. F. Kitchell.  1987. The temporal scale of variance in limnetic primary
                production.  American Naturalist 129:417-433.

290. I/F/K      Carpenter, S. R., and D. M. Lodge.  1986. Effects of submerged macrophytes on ecosystems
                processes'. Aquatic Botany 26:341-370.

291. G/K       Carr, J. F., and J. K. Hiltunen.  1965. Changes in the bottom fauna of western Lake Erie from  1930 to
                 1961. Limnology and Oceanography  10:551 -569.

292. J/B         Carter, V., M. K. Garrett, and P. T. Gammon. 1988. Wetland boundary determination in the Great
                 Dismal Swamp using weighted averages. Water Resources Bulletin 24(2):297-306.

293. J           Casey, D., P. N. Nemetz, and D. H. Uyeno.  1983. Sampling frequency for water quality monitoring:
                measures of effectiveness. Water Resources Research 19(5): 1107-11! 0.

294. L/C        Cassidy, Richard A.  1991. Water Temperature, Dissolved Oxygen, and Turbidity Control in
                 Reservoir Releases. Pages 27-62, in J. A. Gore and G. E. Petts (editors). Alternatives in Regulated
                River Management.  CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida.
66

-------
295. G         Caton, L. W.  1991. Improved subsampling methods for the EPA 'rapid bioassessment' benthic
                protocols. Bulletin of the North American Benthological Society 8(3):317-319.

296. E         Cattaneo, A, and G. Roberge. 1991. Efficiency of a brush sampler to measure periphyton in streams
                and lakes. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 48:1877-1881.

297. J          Caulcutt, R. 1991. Statistics in research and development. Chapman and Hall, New York, New
                York.

298. L         Chadderton, R. A, A. C. Miller, and A. J. McConnell. 1981. Analysis of waste load allocation
                procedures.  Water Resources Bulletin 17(5):760-766.

299. N         Chadwick, E. 1842. On an Inquiry into the Sanitary Condition of the Labouring Population of Great
                Britain. London. Printed by W. Clowes and Sons, Stamford Street, for Her Majesty's Stationery
                Office, London.

300. G/J        Chadwick, J. W., and S. P. Canton. 1983. Comparison of multiplate and surber samplers in a
                Colorado mountain stream. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 2:287-292.

301. J          Chadwick, J. W., and S. P. Canton. 1984. Inadequacy of diversity indices in discerning metal mine
                drainage effects on stream invertebrate community.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollution 22:217-223.

302. F/I/K      Chambers, R. A., E. E. Prepas, H. R. Hamilton, and M. L. Bothwell.  1991. Current velocity and its
                effects on aquatic macrophytes in flowing waters. Ecological Applications 1 (3):249-257.

303. L/C        Chandler, J. R. 1970. A biological approach to water quality management.  Water Pollution Control
                69:791-792.

304. H/I/K      Chapman, D. W.  1988. Critical review of variables used to define effects of fines in redds of large
                salmonids. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 117:1 -20.

305. L         Chapman, P.M. 1986. Sediment quality criteria from the sediment quality triad: an example.
                Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 5:957-64.

306. G/J/A      Chapman, P. M., and R. O. Brinkhurst.  1984. Lethal and sublethal tolerances of aquatic oligochaetes
                with reference to their use as a biotic index of pollution. Hydrobiologia  115:139-44.

307. K         Chapman. P. M., L. M. Churchland, P. A. Thomson, and E. Michnowsky.  1980. Heavy metal studies
                with oligochaetes. Pages 477-502 in R.O. Brinkhurst and D.G. Cook (editors). Aquatic oligochaete
                biology. Plenum Publishing, New York.

308. E/C        Charles, D. F., J. P. Smol, and D. R. Engstrom. 1994. Paleolimnological approaches to biological
                monitoring. Pages 233-293 in L. L. Loeb, and A. Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic
                systems.  CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.

309. B         Charles, D. F., J. P. Smol, and D. R. Engstrom. 1994; Paleoreconstruction of the environmental
                status of aquatic systems. Pages 233-296 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological Monitoring
                of Aquatic Systems.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida..

310. D         Charles, D. F., and D. R. Whitehead (editors).  1986. Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake
                Acidification (PIRLA): Methods and Project Description.  Electric Power Research Institute, Palo
                Alto.CA. EPRIEA-4906.

311- D         Charles, D. F., and D. R. Whitehead (editors).  1989. Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake
                Acidification (PIRLA): 1983-1985. Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA. EPRI
                EN-6526.
                                                                                                       67

-------
312. E          Charles, D. F., and D. R. Whitehead. 1986. The PIRLA project: Paleoecological investigation of
                recent lake acidification. Hydrobiologia 143:13-20.

313. E          Charles, D. F., D. R. Whitehead, D. S. Anderson, R. Bienert, K. E. Camburn, R. B. Cook, T. L.
                Crisman, R. B. Davis, J. Ford, B. D. Fry, R. A. Kites, J. S. Kahl, J. C. Kingston, R. G. Kreis, Jr., M. J.
                Mitchell, S. A. Norton, L. A. Roll, J. P. Smol, P. R. Sweets, A. J. Uutala, J. R. White, and M. C.
                Whiting. 1986. The PIRLA project (Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification):
                preliminary results for the Adirondacks, New England, N. Great Lakes states, and N. Florida.  Water,
                Air, and Soil Pollution 30:35-65.

314. J          Chatfield, C.  1984. The analysis of time series: theory and practice, 3rd edition.  Chapman and Hall,
                London.

315. J          Chatfield, C., and A. J. Collins.  1980. Introduction to multivariate analysis. Chapman and Hall,
                London.

316. K         Cherry, D. S., R. K. Guthrie, E. M. Davis, and R. S. Harvey.  1984. Coal ash basin effects
                (particulates, metals, acidic pH) upon aquatic biota: an eight-year evaluation. Water Resources
                Bulletin 20:535-44.

317. C/O       Chesapeake Bay Program.  1989.  Chesapeake Bay Basin Monitoring Program Atlas.  Volume II.
                Biological and Living Resource Monitoring Programs.  Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis,
                Maryland. CBP/TRS 35/89.

318. 0         Chesapeake Bay Program.  1992.  Chesapeake Bay Citizen Monitoring Program, Conestoga River
                (October 1986-June 1990).  Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis, Maryland. CBP/TRS 71/92.

319. E         Chessman, B.C.  1986. Diatom flora of an Australian river system:  spatial patterns and
                environmental relationships. Freshwater Biology 16:805-819.

320. K/F       Christy, E. J., and R. R. Sharitz. 1980. Characteristics of three populations of a swamp annual under
                different temperature regimes.  Ecology 6:454-460.

321. H         Chubb, S. L., and C. R. Listen.  1986. Density and distribution of larval fishes in Pentwater Marsh, a
                coastal wetland on Lake Michigan.  Journal of Great Lakes Research 12(4): 332-343.

322. J/C       Chutter.F. M. 1972. An empirical biotic index of the quality of water in South African streams and
                rivers. Water Research 6:19-30.

323. J/G       Chutter, F. M. 1972. A reappraisal of Needham and Usinger's'data on the variability of a stream
                fauna when sampled with a Surber sampler. Limnology and Oceanography 17:138-141.

324. G         Chutter, F. M., and R. G. Noble. 1966. The reliability of a method of sampling stream invertebrates.
                Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 62:95-103.

325. K         Clark, J. R., P. W. Borthwick, L. R. Goodman, J. M. Patrick, Jr., E.. M. Lores, and J. C. Moore.  1986.
                Comaprison of laboratory toxicity test results with responses of estuarine animals exposed to fenthion
                in the field. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 6:151 -160.

326. K/M       Clark, K. L.  1986. Distributions of anuran populations in central Ontario relative to habitat acidity.
                 Water, Air, and Soil Pollution 30:727-734.

327. K/M       Clark, K. L.  1986. Responses of spotted salamander populations in central Ontario to habitat acidity.
                 Canadian Field-Naturalist 100:463-469.
 68

-------
328. C          Clark, M. J. R., and P. H. Whitfield.  1993. A practical model integrating quality assurance into
                environmental monitoring. Water Resources Bulletin 29( 1): 119-130.

329. G          Clarke, A. H. 1979. Gastropods as indicators of tropic lake stages.  Nautilus 94:138-142.

330. G          Clarke, A. H. 1979. Sphaeriidae as indicators of tropic lake stages. Nautilus 94:178-184.

331. J          Clarke, R. McV.  1977. The use of multivariate techniques in analyzing effects of industrial effluents
                on benthic communities in central Canada. Pages 133-42 in J. S. Alabaster (editor). Biological
                monitoring of inland fisheries.  Applied Science Publications, London.

332. B          Clarke, S. E., D. White, and A. L. Schaedel.  1991. Oregon, USA, ecological regions and subregions
                for water quality management.  Environmental Management 15(6):847-856.

333. J          Clausen, J. C., and J. Spooner.  1993. Paired watershed study design.  Office of Wetlands, Oceans
                and Watersheds, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. EPA 841-F9-3009.

334. B          Clements, F. E.  1916.  Plant succession: an analysis of the development of vegetation. Carnegie
                Institute. Washington, D.C.

335. I/G        Clements, W. H.  1987. The effect of rock surface area on distribution and abundance of stream
                insects.  Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4(1 ):83-91.

336. G/K       Clements, W. H., D. S. Cherry, and J. Cairns, Jr. 1988. Impact of heavy metals on insect
                communities in streams: a comparison of observational and experimental results. Canadian Journal of
                Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 45:2017-2025.

337. G/K       Clements, W. H., D. S. Cherry, and J. Cairns, Jr. 1989. The influence of copper exposure on
                predator-prey interactions in aquatic insect communities. Freshwater Biology 21:483-8.

338. G         Clifford, H. F.  1992. Aquatic Invertebrates of Alberta. University of Alberta Press, Edmonton,
                Alberta, Canada.

339. G         Clifford, H. F., and R. J. Casey. 1992. Differences between operators in collecting quantitative
                samples of stream macroinvertebrates. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 7(3):271-276.

340. J          Clifford, H. T., and W. Stephenson.  1975. An introduction to numerical classification.  Academic
                Press, New York.

341. C         Cochran, W. G.  1977. Sampling Techniques.  3rded. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

342. J          Cochran, W. G.  1947. Some consequences when the assumptions for the analysis of variance are not
                satisfied.  Biometrics 3:22-38.

343. M         Cocklin, C., S. Parker, and J. Hay.  1992. Notes on cumulative environmental change I:  concepts and
                issues.  Environmental Management 35:31 -49.

344. G         Coffinan, W. P., and L. C. Ferrington, Jr. 1984. Chironomidae. Pages 551-552. In R.W. Merritt and
                K.W. Cummins, (eds). An Introduction to the Aquatic Insects of North America, 2nd ed.
                Kendall/Hunt Publishing, Dubuque, IA.

345. J          Cohen, J. 1977.  Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. Academic Press, New York.

346. H         Colby, P. J., P. A. Ryan, D. H. Schupp, and S. L. Sems.  1987. Interactions in north-temperate lake
                fish communities.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 44 (Supplement 2): 104-128.
                                                                                                        69

-------
347. K/H        Colby, P. J., G. R. Spangler, D. A. Hurley, and A. M. McCombia.  1972. Effects of eutrophication on
                 salamander communities in oligotrophic lakes. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
                 29:975-983.

348. C           Cole, G. A. 1975. Textbook of limnology. Mosby Publishers, St. Louis, Missouri.

349. I/E/K       Coleman, R. L., and C. N. Dahm. 1990. Stream geomorphology: effects of periphyton standing crop
                 and primary production.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 9:293-302.

350. G/K        Coler, B. G., and B. C. Kondratieff.  1989. Emergence of Chironomidae from a delta-swamp
                 receiving thermal effluent. Hydrobiologia 174:67-77.

351. K/G        Coler, R. A., M. S. Coler, and P. T. Kostecki. 1988. Tubificid behavior as a stress indicator. Water
                 Research 22:263-7.

352. B           Congdon, J. D., J. L. Greene, and J. W. Gibbons. 1986. Biomass of freshwater turtles:  a geographic
                 comparison. American Midland Naturalist 115(1):165-173.

353. J           Conover, W. J. 1980. Practical nonparametric statistics. 2nd edition.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
                 New York.

354. J           Conquest, L. L., S.  C. Ralph, and R. J. Maiman.  1994. Implementation of large-scale stream
                 monitoring efforts:  sampling design and data analysis issues. Pages 69-90 in S.L. Loeb and A. Spacie,
                 eds. Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

355. N          Converse, J. M.  1987. Survey Research in the United States: Roots and Emergence, 1890-1960.
                 University  of California Press, Berkeley, California.

356. K/UG       Cooper, C. M. 1987. Benthos in Bear Creek, Mississippi: effects of habitat variation and agricultural
                 sediments.  Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4(1):101-113.

357. A          Cooper, C. M., and J. W. Bums.  1984. Bryozoans-possible indicators of environmental quality in
                 Bear Creek, Mississippi. Journal of Environmental Quality 13(1):101-113.

358. M          Cooper, I.E.  1984. Vanishing species: The dilemma of resources without price tags.  Threatened
                 and Endangered Plants and Animals of Maryland. Maryland National Heritage Program. Pages 7-32
                 in A. W. Norden et al. (editors). Special Publication 84-1.

359. C           Cooper, S.  D., and L. Barmuta. 1993. Field experiments in b.iomonitoring. Pages 399-441 in D. M.
                 Rosenberg and V. H. Resh (editors). Freshwater Biomonitoring and Benthic Macro/invertebrates.
                 Chapman and Hall.  New York.

360. K/A        Cooper, S.  D., S-. J. Walde, and B. L. Peckarsky.  1990. Prey exchange rates and the impact  of
                 predators on prey population in streams. Ecology 71:1503-14.

361. yC         Cooperrider, A. Y., R. J. Boyd, and. H. R.  Stuart (editors). 1986. Inventory and Monitoring of
                 Wildlife Habitat. U. S. Department of the  Interior, Bureau of Land Management Service Center,
                 Denver, Colorado.  Page 858.

362. G          Corbet,?. S. 1965. An insect emergence trap for quantitative studies in shallow ponds. Canadian
                 Entomologist 97: 845-848.

363. B/G        Corkhum, L. D., and J. J. H. Ciborowski.  1988. Use of alternative classification in studying
                 broad-scale distributional patterns of lotic invertebrates.  Journal of the North American
                 Benthological  Society 7:167-79.
70

-------
364. G         Corkum, L. D. 1989. Patterns of benthic invertebrate assemblages in rivers of northwestern North
                America. Freshwater Biology 21:191 -205.

365. K/I        Corn, P. S., and R. B. Bury.  1989. Logging in western Oregon: responses of headwater habitats and
                stream amphibians. Forest Ecology Management 29:39-57.

366. C         Corn, P. S., and R. B. Bury.  1990. Sampling methods for terrestrial amphibians and reptiles.
                Wildlife-Habitat Relations: sampling procedures for Pacific Northwest Vertebrates. U. S.
                Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Portland, Oregon. A. B. Carey, and L. F. Ruggiero
                (editors). General Technical Report PNW-GTR-2256.

367. M         Corn, P. S., and J. C. Fogleman. 1984. Extinction of montane populations of the Northern Leopard
                Frog in Colorado. Journal of Herpetology 18:147-152.

368. G/T/K      Corrarino, C. A., and M. A. Brusven.  1983. The effects of reduced stream discharge on insect drift
                and stranding of near shore insects. Freshwater Invertebrate Biology 2:88-98.

369. G/K       Cosser, P. R. 1988. Macroinvertebrate community structure and chemistry of an organically polluted
                creek in southeast Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 39:671 -683.

370. J/L        Costanza, R., S. Funtowicz, and J. Ravetz. 1992. Assessing and communicating data quality in
                policy-relevant research. Environmental Management 16( 1): 121 -131.

371. C/J        Cotter, J., and J. Nealpn. 1987. Area Frame Design for Agricultural Surveys. Area Frame Section,
                Research and Applications Division, National Agricultural Statistics Service, U. S. Department of
                Agriculture.

372. K/A       Couch, J. A.  1982. Aquatic animals as indicators of environmental exposures. Journal of
                Environmental Science and Health A17(4):473-476.

373. G/M       Coulson, J.  C., and J. E. L. Butterfield.  1985. The invertebrate communities  of peat and upland
                grasslands in the north of England and some conservation implications. Biological Conservation
                34:197-225.

374. M         Council on Environmental Quality. 1993. Incorporating biodiversity considerations into
                environmental impact analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act. Executive Office of the
                President, Washington, D.C.

375. C/N       Courtemanch, D. L.  1994. Bridging the old and new science of biological monitoring.  Journal of the
                North American Benthological Society 13(1):117-121.

376. K/L        Courtemanch, D. L.  1995. Merging the science of biological monitoring with water resource
                management policy: Criteria development. Pages 315-325 in S. Davis and T.P.  Simon (editors).
                Biological assessment and criteria: Tools for water resource planning and decision making. Lewis
                Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

377. J/G        Courtemanch, D. L., and S. P. Davies.  1987. A coefficient of community loss to assess detrimental
                change in aquatic communities. Water Research 21:217-222.

378. L         Courtemanch, D. L., and S. P. Davies.  1988. Implementation of biological standards and criteria in
                Maine's water classification law. Pages 4-9. EPA-905/9-89/003 in Proceedings of the first national
                workshop on biological criteria, Lincolnwood, Illinois, December 2-4,  1987. U.  S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

379. L         Courtemanch, D. L, S. P. Davies, and E. B. Laverry.  1989. Incorporation of biological information in
                water quality planning. Environmental Management 13(1 ):35-41.
                                                                                                       71

-------
380. M         Courtney, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1980. Special problems with monitoring exotic species.
                Pages 281-307 in C. H. Hocutt and J. R. Stauffer, Jr. (editors). Biological Monitoring of Fish.
                Lexington Books, Lexington, Kentucky.

381. M/G       Covich,A.  1976. Recent changes in molluscan species diversity of a large tropical lake (Lagode
                Peen, Guatemala). Limnology and Oceanography 21:51-9.

382. B         Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, andE. T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and
                deepwater habitats of the United States. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Services
                Program, Department of the Interior, Washington, B.C.  FWS/OBS-79/31.

383. I/H        Crance,J.H. 1988. Relationships Between Palustrine Wetlands of Forested Riparian Floodplains
                and Fishery Resources: a review.  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Services, Washington, B.C.  Biological
                Report 88(32).  27 pages.

384. G/C       Cranston, P. S.  1990. Biomonitoring and invertebrate taxonomy. Environmental Monitoring and
                Assessment 14:265-73.

385. D         Crisman, T. L.  1980. Chydorid cladoceran assemblages from subtropical Florida. Pages 657-68, W.
                C. Kerfbot (editor) in Evolution and Ecology of Zooplankton Communities. Special Symposium
                Volume 3, American Society of Limnology and Oceanography. University Press of New England,
                Hanover, New Hampshire.

386. G/B       Crisman, T. L.  1978. Reconstruction of past lacustrine environments based on the remains of aquatic
                invertebrates. Pages 69-101 in B. Walker (ed). Biology and Quaternary Environments. Australian
                Academy of Science, Canberra, Australia.

3 87. G         Crisman, T. L.  1988. The use of subfossil benthic invertebrates in aquatic resource management.
                Pages 71-88 in  W.J. Adams, G.A. Chapman, and W.G. Landis (eds). ASTM STP 971. Aquatic
                Toxicology and Hazard Assessment: 10th Volume.

388. A/I        Croonquist, M.  J., and R. P. Brooks. 1991. Use of an avian and mammalian guilds as indicators of
                cumulative impacts in riparian-wetland areas. Environmental Management 1 (5):701-714.

389. K/M       Cross, S. P. 1985. Responses of small mammals to forest riparian perturbations. Riparian
                Ecosystems and their Management: reconciling conflicting uses. USBA Forest Service, Fort Colins,
                Colorado. Pages 269-275. R. R. Johnson, C. B. Ziebell, B. R. Patton, P. F. Elliott, R. H. Hamre
                (technical coordinators). General Technical Report RM-120.

390. N/G       Crosskey, R. W., and B.J.Taylor. 1986. Fossil blackflies from Pleistocene interglacial deposits in
                Norfolk, England (Diptera: Simuliidae). Systematic Entomology 11:401 -412.

391. J         Grossman, J. S., R. L. Kaesler, and J. Cairns, Jr. 1974. The use of cluster analysis in the assessment
                of spills of hazardous materials. American Midland Naturalist 92:94-114.

392. J/K/G     Grossman, J. S., J. R. Wright, and R. L. Kaesler. 1984. Consolidation of baseline information,
                development of methodology and investigation of thermal impacts on freshwater shellfish, insects and
                other biota.  Prepared by Tennessee Valley Authority for U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Washington, B.C.  EPA-600/7-85/042.

393. I/H        Crowder, L. B., and W. E. Cooper. 1982. Habitat structural complexity and the interaction between
                bluegills and their prey. Ecology 63:1802-1813.

394. B          Crowley, J.M.  1967. Biogeography. Canadian Geographer 11:312-326.

395. H          Crumby, W. B., M. A. Webb, F. J. Bulow, and H. J. Cathey. 1990.  Changes in the biotic integrity of
                 a river in north-central Tennessee. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 119: 885-893.
 72

-------
396. M/D       Crumpton, W. G.  1989. Algae in Northern Prairie wetlands. Pages 188-203 in A. van der Valk
                (editor). Northern prairie wetlands. Iowa State University, Press, Ames, Iowa.

397. G/I/L      Crunkilton, R. L., and R. M. Duchrow.  1991. Use of stream order and biological indices to assess
                water quality in the Osage and Black River basins in Missouri. Hydrobiologia 224: 155-156.

398. G/J        Guff, W., and N. Coleman. 1979. Optimal survey design:  lessons from a stratified random sample of
                macrobenthos. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 36:351-361.

399. G/J/C      Cuffhey, T. F., M. E. Gurtz, and M. R. Meador.  1993. Guidelines for the processing and quality
                assurance of benthic invertebrate samples collected as part of the national water-quality assessment
                program.  Raleigh, North Carolina. U. S. Geological Survey Open File Report 93-407.

400. G/J/C      Cuffhey, T. F., M. E. Gurtz, and M. R. Meador.  1993. Methods for collecting benthic invertebrate
                samples as part of the national water-quality assessment program.  U. S. Geological Survey Open File
                Report 93-406.

401. M '        Culotta.E. 1994. Is marine biodiversity at risk? Science 26:918-920.

402. G/E        Culotta.E. 1994. UV-B effects: bad for insect larvae means good for algae.  Science 26:30.

403. G/J        Gulp, J. M., and R. W. Davies. 1980. Reciprocal averaging and polar ordination as techniques for
                analysing lotic macroinvertebrate communities.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                37:1358-1364.

404. K/G       Gulp, J. M., F. J. Wrona, and R. W. Davies. 1986. Response of stream benthos and drift to fine
                sediment deposition versus transport. Canadian Journal of Zoology 64:1345-1351.

405. G/N       Gumming, B. R, J. P. Smol, J. C. Kingston, D. F. Charles, H. J. B. Birks, K. E. Cambum, S. S. Dixit,
                A. J. Uutala, and A. R. Selle.  1992. How much acidification has occurred in Adirondack region lakes
                (New York, USA) since preindustrial times? Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                49:128-141.

406. N         Cumming, H. S. 1916. Investigation of the Pollution and Sanitary Conditions of the Potomac
                Watershed (With Special Reference to Self Purification and the Sanitary Condition of Shellfish in the
                Lower Potomac River). U. S.  Public Health Service, Washington, D.C. Hygienic Laboratory Bulletin
                No. 104.

407. H         Cummins, ID. 1987.  Index and field identification guide to the fishes of the district of Columbia.
                Government District Columbia, Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, Environmental
                Control Division, Washington, D.C.

408. A/C        Cummins, K. W.  1994. Bioassessment and analysis of functional organization of running water
                ecosystems. Pages 155- 170 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic
                systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

409. M/L       Cummins, K. W.  1991. Establishing biological criteria: functional views of biotic community
                organization in Biological criteria:  research and regulation. EPA-440/5-91 -005 in Proceedings of
                symposium sponsored by the Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
                D.C.

410. C/G       Cummins, K. W.  1962. An evaluation of some techniques for the collection and analysis of benthic
                samples with special emphasis on lotic waters. American Midland Naturalist 67: 477-504.

411. G         Cummins, K. W.  1975. Macroinvertebrates. B.A. Whitton (editor), pp. 170-98. River ecology.
                University of California Press, Berkeley, California.
                                                                                                        73

-------
412. C/G       Cummins, K. W. 1988. Rapid bioassessment using functional analysis of running water invertebrates.
                Pages 49-54 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist and L. J. Shepard (editors). EPA- 905-9-89-003.
                Proceedings of the First National Workshop on Biological Criteria. U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

413. IM       Cummins, K. W. 1974. Structure and function of stream ecosystems. BioScience 24:631-41.

414. G/M       Cummins, K. W. 1973. Trophic relations of aquatic insects. Annual Review of Entomology
                18:183-206.

415. G         Cummins, K. W., and M. J. Klug. 1979. Feeding ecology of stream invertebrates. Annual Review of
                Ecology and Systematics 10:147-172.

416. C/G       Cummins, K. W., andM. A. Wilzbach. 1985. Field procedures for analysis of functional feeding
                groups of stream macroinvertebrates. Contribution 1611. Appalachian Environmental Research
                Laboratory, University of Maryland, Frostburg, Maryland.

417. N/G       Currie, D. C., and I. R. Walker.  1992. Recognition and palaeohydrologic significance of fossil black
                fly larvae, with a key to the Nearctic genera (Diptera:  Simuliidae).  Journal of Palaeolimnology
                7:37-54.

418. K/G       Cushman, R. M. 1984. Chironomid deformities as indicators of pollution from a synthetic,
                coal-derived oil. Freshwater Biology 14:179-82.

419. K/I        Cushman, R. M. 1985. Review of ecological effects of rapidly varying flows downstream from
                hydroelectric facilities.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management 5: 330-339.

420. K/G       Cushman, R. M., and J. C. Goyert. 1984. Effects of a synthetic crude oil on pond benthic insects.
                Environmental Pollution (Series A) 33:163-86.

421. I/F/G      Cyr, H., and J. A. Downing. 1988. Empirical relationships of phytomacrofaunal abundance to plant
                biomass and macrophyte bed characteristics. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                45:976-984.

422. B         Dahl, T. E., and C. E. Johnson.  1991. Status and Trends of Wetlands in the Conterminous United
                 States, 1970s to 1980s. U. S. Department of the Interior, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
                 Washington, D.C.

423. J         Dale, M., D. Hain, G. Lance, P. Milne, D. Ross, M. Thomas, and W. T. Williams.  1980. Taxon
                Users Manual. 2nd edition. Division of Computing Research, Commonwealth Scientific and
                 Industrial Research Organization, St. Lucia, Queensland, Australia.

424. K/G       Dance, K. W., and H. B. N. Hynes.  1980.  Some effects of agricultural land use on stream insect
                 communities.  Environmental Pollution (Series A) 22:19-28.

425. L          Daneke, G. A.  1982. The future of environmental protection and reflection on the difference between
                 planning and regulating. Public Administration Review 42:227-233.

426.  I          D'Angelo, D. J., J. R. Webster, S. V. Gregory, and J. L. Meyer.  1993. Transient storage in
                 Appalachian and Cascade mountain streams as related to hydraulic characteristics. Journal of the
                 North American Benthological Society 12(3):223- 235.

427.  J          Daniel, C., and F. S. Wood.  1980. Fitting equations to data. 2nd edition. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
                 New York.
 74

-------
428. C/B/J/M   Davic, R. D., and J. E. DeShon. 1989. The Ohio Lake Condition Index: A new multiparameter
                approach to lake classification. Lake and Reservoir Management 5:1-8.

429. K/G       Davies.1. J. 1989. Population collapse of the crayfish Orconectes virilis in response to experimental
                whole- lake acidification. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:910-22.

430. L          Davies, S. P., L. Tsomides, D. L. Courtemanch, and F.  Drummond. 1993. Maine Biological
                Monitoring and Biocriteria Development Program. Maine Department of Environmental Protection,
                Bureau of Water Quality Control, Division of Environmental Evaluation and Lake Studies. Augusta,
                Maine.

431. C          Davis, D. E. 1982. Handbook of census methods for terrestrial vertebrates. CRC Press, Inc. Boca
                Raton, Florida.

432. K/F        Davis, G. J., and M. M. Brinson.  1980. Responses of submerged vascular plant communities to
                environmental change. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. Department of the Interior,
                Keameysville, West Virginia. FWS/OBS-79/33.

433. G/B       Davis, R. B., and D. S. Anderson.  1985. Methods of pH calibration of sedimentary diatom remains
                for reconstruction history of pH in lakes. Hydrobiologia 120:69-87.

434. N/G/B/A   Davis, R. B., and J. P. Smol.   1986. The use of sedimentary remains of siliceous algae for inferring
                past chemistry of lake water-problems, potential and research needs. Pages 291 -300 in eds., J.P.
                Smol, R.W. Battarbee, R.B. Davis, and J. Merilinen. Diatoms and Lake Acidity. Junk Publishers,
                Dordrecht, The Netherlands.

435. A/N       Davis, W. S. 1995. Biological assessment and criteria: building on the past. Pages 15-29 in W. S.
                Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for water resource
                planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

436. N          Davis, W. S. 1990. Forward: A historical perspective on regulatory biology. Pages i-xii in W.S.
                Davis (editor). EPA- 905-9-90-005 in Proceedings of the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists
                Meeting, Chicago, IL, April 10-13, 1990. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 5, Chicago,
                Illinois.

437. A          Davis, W. S. (editor).  1990. Proceedings of the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists meeting.
                EPA-905-9-90-005 in Region 5, Environmental Sciences Division, U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

438. G/J        Davis, W. S., and A. Lubin. 1991. Statistical validation of Ohio EPA's Invertebrate Community
                Index.  Pages 23- 32 in  W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors).  EPA-905-9-89-007 in Proceedings
                of the 1989 Midwest Pollution Control  Biologists Meeting, 14-17 February 1989. U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

439. C/L/A      Davis, W. S., and T. P. Simon (editors). 1995. Biological assessment and criteria.  Tools for water
                resource planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

440. C/H/G     Davis, W. S., and T. P. Simon. 1989. Sampling and data evaluation requirements for fish and
                macroinvertebrate communities. Pages 89-97 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist and L. J. Shepard (editors).
                EPA-905-9-89-003 in Proceedings of the First National Workshop on Biological Criteria,
                Lincolnwood, Illinois, December 2-4, 1987. Environmental Sciences Division, Region 5, U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

441. O/N/C     Davis, W., C. Weber, D. Duff, and F. Mangum.  1992.  River and stream monitoring techniques.
                Pages 148-151  in J. Douherty (editor).  EPA 841 -R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National
                Citizens' Volunteer Water Monitoring Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
                Water, Washington, D.C.
                                                                                                       75

-------
442. G/I/J       Dawson, C. L., and R. A. Hellenthal.  1986.  A Computerized System for the Evaluation of Aquatic
                Habitats Based on Environmental Requirements and Pollution Tolerance Associations of Resident
                Organisms. Environmental Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis,
                Oregon. EPA/600/S3-86/019.

443. J          Day, R. W., and G. P. Quinn. 1989. Comparisons of treatments after an analysis of variance in
                ecology. Ecological Monographs 59:433-63.

444. G         Day.W. C. 1956. Ephemeroptera. Pages 79-105 in R.L. Usinger, ed. Aquatic Insects of California.
                University of California Press, Berkeley, California.

445. D         DeBemardi.R.  1984. Methods for the estimation of zooplankton abundance. Pages 59-86 in J. A.
                Downing and F.H. Rigler, eds. A manual on methods for the assessment of secondary productivity in
                fresh waters. 2nd ed. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford England.

446. D/N/B     DeDeckker, P., and R. M. Forester.  1988. The use of astrocytes to reconstruct continental
                palaeoenvironmental records. Pages 1875-1899 in P. De Deckker, J.P. Colin, and IP. Peypouquet,
                eds. Ostracoda in the Earth Sciences. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

447. AM       DeJoode,D.  1994. Employing ecological principles to minimize environmental impacts.  Land and
                Water September/ October 9-11.

448. I/K/L      Delaware Department of Natural Resources. 1992. Appendix C [Delaware 1992 305(b) report],
                Biological integrity and habitat quality of nontidal streams of Kent and Sussex counties, Delaware.
                Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Dover, Delaware.

449. LIB       Delaware Department of Natural Resources. 1992. Regional Reference Site Selection for Classifying
                Nontidal Coastal Plain Streams in Delaware. Delaware Department of Natural Resources and
                Environmental Control, Dover,  Delaware.

450. J/D       delGiorgio, P. A., A. L. Vinocur, R. J. Lombardo, and H. G. Tell. 1991. Progressive changes in die
                structure and dynamics of the phytoplankton community along a pollution gradient in a lowland river -
                a multivariate approach. Hydrobiologia 224:129-154.

451. D         Delorme, L. D. 1989. Methods in Quaternary ecology #7.  Freshwater ostracodes. Geoscience
                Canada 16:85-90.

452. D         Delorme, L. D., and S. C. Zoltai.  1984. Distribution of an arctic ostracod fauna in space and time.
                Quaternary Research 21:65-73.

453. K/I       Delucchi, C. M.  1987. Comparison of community structure among streams with different temporal
                flow regimes. Canadian Journal of Zoology 66:579-586.

454. G         deMarch, B. G. E. 1976. Spatial and temporal patterns in macrobenthic stream diversity. Journal of
                the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 33:1261 -1270.

455. N/B       Denevan, W. M.  1992. The pristine myth: the landscape of the Americas in 1492. Annals of the
                Association of American Geographers 82:369-385.

456. K/I/E      DeNicola, D. M., K. D. Hoagland, and S. C. Roemer. 1992. Influences of canopy cover on spectral
                 iiradiance and periphyton assemblages in a prairie stream. Jourr..  of the North American
                 Benthological Society 11:391-404.

457. K          Deniseger, J., L. J. Erickson, A. Austin, M. Roch, and M. J. R. C! ark.  1990. The effects of decreasing
                 heavy metal concentrations on the biota of Buttle Lake, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Water
                 Research 24:403-416.
 76

-------
458. G/J         DePauw, N., D. Roels, and A. P. Fontoura.  1986. Use of artificial substrates for standardized
                 sampling of macroinvertebrates in the assessment of water quality by the Belgian biotic index.
                 Hydrobiologia 133:237-258.

459. C           DePauw, N., and G. Vanhooren.  1983. Method for biological quality assessment of watercourses in
                 Belgium. Hydrobiologia 100:153-168.

460. G           Dermot, R. M.  1988. Zoobenthic distribution and biomass in the Turkey Lakes. Canadian Journal of
                 Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 45 (Supplement 1): 107-114.

461. K/G        Dermott,R. M.  1985. Benthic fauna in a series of lakes displaying a gradient of pH. Hydrobiologia
                 128:31-38.

462. D           Descry, J. P.  1973. La vegetation algale benthique de la Meuse Beige et ses relations avec la
                 pollution des eaux. Lejeunia (nouveau Series) 66:1 -62.

463. E           Descy, J. P. 1979. A new approach to water.quality estimation using diatoms. Nova Hedwigia
                 64:305-323.

464. M/K/I      DesGranges, J. L., and M. Darveau.  1985. Effects of lake acidity and morphometry on the
                 distribution of aquatic birds in southern Quebec. Holarctic Ecology 8(3):181-190.

465. G           DeShon. J. E.  1995. Development and application of the invertebrate community index (ICI).  W. S.
                 Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria.  Tools for water resource
                 planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

466. H/K        Detenbeck, N., P. DeVore, G. Niemi, and A. Lima. 1992. Recovery of temperate-stream fish
                 communities from disturbance: a review of case studies and synthesis of theory. Environmental
                 Management 16(l):33-53.

467. K/G        Detra, R. L., and W. J. Collins. 1991. The relationship of parathion concentration, exposure time,
                 cholinesterase inhibition and symptoms of toxicity in midge larvae (Chironomidae: Diptera).
                 Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 10:1089-1095.

468. M          Dewberry, T. C., and C. M. Pringle.  1994. Lotic science and conservation:  moving toward common
                 ground.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 13(3):399-404.

469. K/G        Dewey, S. L. 1986. Effects of the herbicide atrazine on aquatic insect community structure and
                 emergence.  Ecology 67:148-162.

470. K/I         Diaz-Paniagua, C. 1987. Tadpole distribution in relation to vegetal  heterogeneity in temporary ponds.
                 Journal of Herpetology 1:167-169.

471. B           Dice, L. R. 1943. The biotic provinces of North America. University of Michigan Press,  Ann Arbor,
                 Michigan.

472. J/C         Dickerman, J. A., A. J. Stewart, and R. G. Wetzel.  1986. Estimates of net annual  aboveground
                 production:  sensitivity to sampling frequency. Ecology 67(3):650-665.

473. K/G        Dickman, M. G. Lan, and B. Matthews.  1990. Teratogens in the Niagara River watershed as reflected
                 by chironomid (Diptera: Chironomidae) labial plate deformities. Water Pollution Research Journal of
                 Canada 24:47-79.

474. K/F         Dickman, M., C. Prescott, and K. L. E. Kaiser.  1983. Variations in the aquatic vegetation of the
                 Wellan River (Ontario, Canada) above and below an industrial waste discharge. Journal of Great
                 Lakes Research 9:317-325.
                                                                                                        77

-------
475. I/M        Dick-Peddie, W. A., J. V. Hardesty, E. Muldavin, and B. Sallach.  1987.  Soil-vegetation correlations
                on the riparian zones of the Gila and. San Francisco rivers in New Mexico. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
                Service, Washington, D.C.  Biological Report 87(9).

476. D         Dickson,J. H. 1986. Biyophyte analysis. Pages 627-43 in B.E. Berglund, ed. Handbook of Holocene
                Palaeoecology and Palaeohydrology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Chichester, England.

477. J          Digby, P. G. N., and R. A. Kempton.  1987. Multivariate analysis of ecological communities.
                Chapman and Hall, New York, New York.

478. G/O/C     Dilley, M. A.  1992. A comparison of the results of a volunteer stream quality monitoring program
                and the Ohio EPA's biological indices. Pages 61-72 in T.P. Simon and W.S. Davis (editors).
                EPA-905-R-92-003 in Proceedings of the 1991 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists Meeting:
                Environmental Indicators, Measurement and Assessment Endpoints. U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

479. K         Dillon, P. J., and F. H. Rigler. 1974. The phpsphorus-chlorophyll relationship in lakes. Limnology
                and Oceanography 19:767-773.

480. I/K        Dillon, P. J., W. A. Scheider, R. A. Reid, and D. S. Jeffries.  1994. Lakeshore capacity study: Part 1 -
                Test of effects of shoreline development on the tropic status of lakes.  Lake and Reservoir
                Management 8(2): 121 -129.

481. E         Dixit, S. S., B. F. Gumming, H. J. B. Birks, J. P. Smol, J. C. Kingston, A. J. Uutala, D. F. Charles, and
                K. E. Cambum.  1993. Diatom assemblages from Adirondack lakes (New York, USA) and the
                development of inference models for retrospective environmental assessment.  Journal of
                Palaeolimnology 8:27-47.

482. E/K       DLxit, S. S., A. S. Dixit, and J. P. Srnol. 1989. Lake acidification recovery can be monitored using
                chrysophycean microfossils.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:1309-1312.

483. E/K/J      Dixit, S. S., A. S. Dixit, and J. P. Srnol. 1989. Relationship between chrysophyte assemblages and
                environmental variables in seventy-two Sudbury lakes as examined by canonical correspondence
                analysis (CCA). Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:1667-1676.

484. E/K       Dixit, S. S., J. P. Smol, J. C. Kingston, and D. F. Charles.  1992. Diatoms: powerful indicators of
                environmental change.  Environmental Science and Technology 26:23-33.

485. I/C/G      Dodge, W. E., E. E. Possardt, R. J. Reed, and W. P. MaConnell.  1976.  Channelization Assessment,
                White River, Vermont: Remote Sensing, Benthos, and Wildlife.  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
                Washington, D.C.  73 pages.  FWS/OBS-76-07.

486. D         Dodson, S. I.  1992.  Predicting crustacean zooplankton richness. Limnology and Oceanography.
                37:848-856.

487. K/G       Donald, D. B. 1980. Deformities in Capniidae (Plecoptera) from the Bow River, Alberta.  Canadian
                Journal of Zoology 58:682-686.

488. B/M/I     Doppelt, B., M. Scurlock, C. Frissell, and J. Karr. 1993. Entering the watershed: A new approach to
                 save America's river ecosystems. Island Press, Washington, D.C.

489. A/H/J      Doudoroff, P., and C. E. Warren. 1957. Biological indices of water pollution with particular
                 reference to fish populations.  Pages 144-163  in C. M. Tarzwell (editor) in Biological Problems in
                 Water Pollution. Transactions of the 1956 Seminar. U. S. Public Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio.
 78

-------
490. E
491. J
Douglas, M. S. V., and J. P; Smol.  1987. Siliceous protozoan plates in lake sediments.
Hydrobiologia 154:13-23.

Dowlatabadi, H., and M. G. Morgan.  1993. Integrated assessment of climate change.  Science
25:1813-1932.
492. J/G        Downing, J. A. 1979. Aggregation, transformation, and the design of benthos sampling programs.
                Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 36:1454-63.

493. J          Downing, J. A. 1989. Precision of the mean and the design of benthos sampling programmes: caution
                revised. Marine Biology 103:231-234.

494. J/G        Downing, J. A. 1986. A regression technique for the estimation of epiphytic invertebrate populations.
                Freshwater Biology 16:161-173.

495. G         Downing, J. A. 1984. Sampling the benthos of standing waters. J. A. Downing and F.H. Rigler, pp.
                87-130. IBP Handbook 17. A Manual on Methods for the Assessment of Secondary Productivity in
                Fresh Waters. 2nd ed. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, England.

496. F/C        Downing, J. A., and M. R. Anderson.  1985. Estimating the standing biomass of aquatic macrophytes.
                Canadian  Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:1860-1869.

497. J/G/C      Downing, J. A., and H. Cyr. 1985. Quantitative estimation of epiphytic invertebrate populations.
                Canadian  Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:1570-1579.

498. C         Downing, J. A., and F. H. Rigler (editors).  1984. A Manual on Methods for the Assessment of
                Secondary Productivity on Fresh Waters. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, England.

499. C/G       Drake, C.  M., and J. M. Elliott. 1983. A new quantitative air-lift sampler for collecting
                macroinvertebrates on stony bottoms in deep rivers. Freshwater Biology 13:545-559.

500. J          Draper, N. R., and H. Smith. 1981.  Applied regression analysis. 2nd edition.  John Wiley and Sons,
                Inc., New York.

501. F/C        Dromgoole, F. I., and J. M. A. Brown. 1976. Quantitative grab sampler for dense beds of aquatic
                macrophytes. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 10:109-118.

502. I          Duckson,  D. W., Jr., andL. J. Duckson. 1995. Morphology of bedrock step pool systems. Water
                Resources Bulletin 31:43-51.

503. L          Dudley, D. R.  1991. A state perspective on biological criteria in regulation.  Pages 15-18. EPA
                440/5-91-005 in Biological criteria: research and regulation.  Symposium proceedings. Office of
                Water, U.  S. Environment Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

504. K/G/F      Dudley, T. L, S. D. Cooper, and N. Hemphill. 1986. Effects of macroalgae on a stream invertebrate
                community.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 5:93-106.

505. I          Duff, D. A., and N. Banks. 1988. Indexed bibliography on stream habitat improvement.  U. S.
                Department of Agriculture, Forest Service.

506. H/C       Duff, D. A., F. A. Mangum, and R. Maw (editors).  1989. Fisheries Survey Handbook. U.S.
                Department of Agriculture - Forest Service, Intermountain Region, Ogden, Utah.

507. C/J        Dunham, D., and A. Collotzii  1975.  The transect method of stream survey.  U. S. Department of
                Agriculture - Forest Service, Intermountain Region, Ogden, Utah.
                                                                                                       79

-------
508. K.         Dunn, C. P., and M. L. Scott.  1987. Response of wetland herbaceous communities to gradients of
                light and substrate following disturbance by thermal pollution. Vegetatio 70:119-124.

509. B         Dunne, T., and L. B. Leopold.  1978. Water in environmental planning. W. H. Freeman and
                Company, New York, New York.

510. H/I/F      Durocher, P. D., W. C. Provine, and J. E. Kraai. 1984. Relationship between abundance of
                Largemouth Bass and submerged vegetation in Texas Reservoirs. North American Journal of
                Fisheries Management 4:84-88.

511. G/F       Dvorak, J., and E. P. H. Best.  1982. Macro- invertebrate communities associated with the
                macrophytes of Lake Vechten: structural and functional relationships. Hydrobiologia95:115-126.

512. C/L       Dycus,D.L.,andD.L.Meinert. 1993.  Monitoring and Evaluation of Aquatic Resource Health and
                Use Suitability in Tennessee Valley Authority Reservoirs.  Tennessee Valley Authority, Resource
                Group, Water Management, Chattanooga, Tennessee.

513. j         Dyer, D. P.  1978. An analysis of species dissimilarity using multiple environmental variables.
                Ecology 59:117-125.

514. M/B/1     Dynesius, M., and C. Nilsson. 1994. Fragmentation and flow regulation of river systems in the
                northern third of the world. Science 26:753-762.

515. Wl       Eadie, J. M., and A. Keast. 1984. Resource heterogeneity and fish species diversity in lakes.
                Canadian Journal of Zoology 62:1689-1695.

516. K         Eagleson, K. W., D. L. Lenat, L. W. Rusley, and R. B. Winbome.  1990. Comparison of measured
                instream biological responses and responses predicted using the Ceriodaphnia dubia chronic toxicity
                test.  Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 9: 1019-1028.

517. H/K      Eaton, J. G., J. H. McCormick, B. E. Goodno, D. G. O'Brien, H. G. Stefan, M. Hondzo, and R. M.
                 Scheller. 1995. A field information-based system for estimating fish temperature tolerances.
                Fisheries 20:10-18.

518.  C/G       Eaton, L. E., and D. R. Lenat. 1991. Comparison of a rapid bioassessment method with North
                 Carolina's qualitative macroinvertebrate collection method. Journal of the North American
                 Benthological Society 10:335-338.

 519.  BfA       Ebel, W. J., C. D. Becker, J. W. Mullan, and H. L. Raymond. 1989. The Columbia River - toward a
                 holistic understanding.  Pages 205-219 in D. P. Dodge {editor). Canadian Special Publication
                 Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 106 in Proceedings of the large river symposium.

 520.  J          Eberhardt, L. L.  1978. Appraising variability in population studies.  Journal of Wildlife Management
                 42:207-238.

 521. B/I        Ebisemiju, F. S.  1989. Response of headwater stream channels to urbanization in the humid tropics.
                 Hydrological Processes 3(3):237-253.

 522. H         Eddy, S., and J. C. Underbill. 1978. How to know the freshwater fishes. William C. Brown
                 Company, Dubuque, Iowa.

 523. K         Edmondson, W. T., and J. T. Lehman.  1981. The effect of changes in the nutrient income on the
                 condition of Lake Washington. Limnology and Oceanography 26:1 -29.

 524. D         Edmondson, W. T., and A. H. Litt 1982. Daphnia in Lake Washington. Limnology and
                 Oceanography 27:272-293.
 80

-------
525.  C          Edmondson, W. T., and G. G. Winberg.  1971. A manual on methods for the assessment pf secondary
                 productivity in freshwaters. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd., Oxford.

526.  G          Edmunds, G. F., S. L. Jensen, and L. Berner.  1976. The Mayflies of North and South Central
                 America. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, MN.

527.  K/F/I       Edwards, D.  1969. Some effects of siltation upon aquatic macrophyte vegetation in rivers.
                 Hydrobiologia 34:29-37.

528.  F          Edwards, R. W., and M. W. Brown. 1960. An aerial photographic method for studying the
                 distribution of aquatic macrophytes in shallow waters. Ecology 48:161 -163.

529.  J          Efron, B. 1979. Bootstrap methods:  another look at the jackknife. Annals of Statistics 7:1-26.

530.  J          Efron, B., and G. Gong.  1983. A leisurely look at the bootstrap, the jackknife, and cross-validation.
                 American Statistician 37:36-48.

531.  I/K         Ehrenfeld, J. G. 1983. The effects of changes in land use on swamps of the  New Jersey Pine Barrens.
                 Biological Conservation 25:353-375.

532.  M          Ehrlich, P., and E. Wilson. 1991. Biodiversity studies:  science and policy.  Science 25:758-762.

533.  K          Eilers, J. M., G. J. Lien, and R. G. Berg.  1984. Aquatic organisms in acidic environments:  a
                 literature review. Research/Management Findings Series. Wisconsin Department of Natural
                 Resources, Madison, WI.  Technical Bulletin.

534.  K          Einstein, H. A.  1972. Sedimentation (suspended solids). Pages 309-318 in R. T.  Oglesby, C. A.
                 Carlson and J. McCann (editors). River Ecology and Man. Academic Press, New York.

535.  C/O        Ellett,K. K. 1993. An Introduction to Water Quality Monitoring Using Volunteers: A Handbook for
                 Coordinators. Alliance for the Chesapeake Bay, Baltimore, Maryland.

536.  J/G         Elliott, J. M.  1977. Some methods for the statistical analysis of samples of benthic
                 macroinvertebrates. 2nd edition.  Freshwater Biological Association Scientific Publication 25:1 -156.

537.  C/J         Ellis, I C., and R. F. Lacey. 1980. Sampling:  defining the task and planning the scheme. Water
                 Pollution Control 79:452-467.

538.  O/G        Ely,E. 1991. Benthic macroinvertebrate monitoring in estuaries.  Volunteer Monitor 3:5.

539.  I           Emerson, J. W.  1971. Channelization, a case study. Science 325-326.

540.  K/G        Engblom, E., and P. E. Lingdell.  1983. Bottenfaunans anvandbarhet som pH-in-dikator. Statens
                 Naturvardsverk, Stockholm, Sweden. SNV Report No. 1741.

541.  K          Engblom, E., and P. E. Lingdell.  1984. The mapping of short-term acidification with the help of
                 biological pH indicators. Institute of Freshwater Research Drottningholm Report 61:60-68.

542.  G/L         Engle, V., J. Summers, and G. Gaston. 1994. A benthic index of environmental condition of Gulf of
                 Mexico estuaries.  Estuaries 17(2):372-384.

543-  B          Erickson, N. E., and D. M. Leslie, Jr. 1987. Soil-vegetation correlations in the sandhills and
                 rainwater basin wetlands of Nebraska. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Biology
                 Report 87(11).

544.  G          Erman, D. C., and N. A. Erman.  1975. Macroinvertebrate composition and production in some Sierra
                 Nevada minerotrophic peatlands. Ecology 56:591 -603.
                                                                                                        81

-------
545. H         Eschmeyer, W. N.  1990.  Catalog of the genera of recent fishes. California Academy of Sciences,
                Scientific Publications Department, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California.

546. G         Espinosa, L. R., and W. E. Clark.  1972. A polyprophylene light trap for aquatic invertebrates.
                California Fish and Game 58:149-152.

547. C/G       Evans, D. L.  1988. The need for taxonomic accuracy. Florida Benthological Newsletter 2(3):5-6.

548 G/K       Evans, R. A.  1989. Response of limnetic insect populations of two acidic, fishless lakes to liming and
                brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) introduction. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                46:342-351.

549 K/E/I      Evenson,W.E.,S.R.Rushforth,J.D.Brotherson,andN.Fungladda.  1981. The effects of selected
                physical and chemical factors on attached diatoms in the Uintah Basin of Utah, U.S.A. Hydrobiologia
                83:325-330.

550 W       Everest, F H F. B. Lotspeich, and W. R. Meehan.  1981. New perspectives on sampling, analysis,
                and interpretation of spawning gravel quality. Page 325-333 in N. B. Armentrout (editor). Acquisition
                and Utilization of Aquatic Habitat Inventory Information. Portland, Oregon, 28 October 1981.
                Western Division, American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

551. I/H       Everett, R. A., and G. M. Ruiz.  1993. Coarse woody debris as a refuge from predation in aquatic
                communities. Oecologia 93:475-486.

552. H/I/K     Facey, D. E., and G. D. Grossman.  1992. The relationship between water velocity, energetic costs,
                 and microhabitat use in four North American stream fishes. Hydrobiologia 23:1-6.

 553  j          Fager.E. W. 1972. Diversity:  a sampling study. American Naturalist 106:293-310.

 554. J/K/G      Faith, D. P.  1990. Benthic macroinvertebrates in biological surveillance: Monte Carlo significance
                 tests on functional groups' responses to environmental gradients.  Environmental Monitoring and
                 Assessment  14:247-64.

 555. J          Faith, D. P.,  P. R. Minchin, and L. Belbin. 1987. Compositional dissimilarity as a robust measure of
                 ecological distance.  Vegetatio 69:57-68.

 556.  G/J/K      Faith, D. P., and R. H. Norris.  1989. Correlation of environmental variables with patterns of
                 distribution and abundance of common and rare freshwater macroinvertebrates. Biological
                 Conservation 50:77-98.

 557.  A/I        Fajen, O. F., and R. E. Wehnes.  1982. Missouri's method of evaluating stream habitat. Acquisition
                 and utilization of aquatic habitat inventory information. Western Division, American Fisheries
                 Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

 558.  F/J        Farmer, A. M., and M. S. Adams.  1989. A consideration of the problems of scale in the study of 1iie
                 ecology of aquatic macrophytes. Aquatic Botany 33:177-189.

 559  F         Fasset, N. C. 1957. A Manual of Aquatic Plants. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison,
                 Wisconsin.

 560.  C         Faulkner, S. P., W. H. Patrick, Jr., and R. P. Gambrell. 1989. Field techniques for measuring wetland
                  soil parameters'. Journal of the Soil Science Society of America 53:883-890.

  561.  B/H/L     Fausch, D. O., J. R. Karr, and P. R. Yant. 1984. Regional application of an index of biotic integrity
                  based on stream fish communities.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 113:39-55.
  82

-------
562. H/K        Fausch, K. D., J. Lyons, J. R. Karr, and P. L. Angermeier.  1990. Fish communities as indicators of
                 environmental degradation. Pages 123-144 in S. M. Adams (editor), in Biological Indicators of
                 Stress in Fish. American Fisheries Society Symposium 8, Bethesda, Maryland.

563. H/I/J       Felley, J. D., and L. G. Hill. 1983. Multivariate assessment of environmental preferences of cyprinid
                 fish of the Illinois River, Oklahoma.  American Midland Naturalist 10(2):209- 221.

564. J           Felsenstein, J.  1985. Confidence limits on phytogenies:  an approach using the bootstrap. Evolution
                 39:783-91.

565. B          Fenneman, N. M.  1946.  Physical divisions of the United States.  Map (scale 1:7,000,000). U.S.
                 Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia.

566. J/G         Ferraro, S. P., F. A. Cole, W. A. DeBen, and R. C. Schwartz.  1989. Power-cost efficiency of eight
                 macrobenthic sampling schemes in Puget Sound, Washington, D. C.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries
                 and Aquatic Sciences 46:2157-2165.

567. J/G         Ferraro, S. P., and F. A. Cole. 1990. Taxonomic level and sample size sufficient for assessing
                 pollution impacts on the southern California Bight macrobenthos. Marine Ecology - Progress Series
                 67:251-262.

568. J/G         Ferraro, S. P., and F. A. Cole. 1992. Taxonomic level sufficient for assessing a moderate impact on
                 macrobenthic communities in Puget Sound, Washington, USA. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
                 Aquatic Sciences 49(6): 1184-1188.

569. G/J         Ferraro, S. P., and F. A. Cole. 1995. Taxonomic level sufficient for assessing pollution impacts on
                 the southern Califomian Bight macrobenthos - revisited. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry
                 14(6): 1031-1040.

570. G/K        Ferrington, L. C., Jr., and N. H. Crisp. 1989. Water chemistry characteristics of receiving streams
                 and the occurrence of Chironomus riparius and other Chironomidae in Kansas. Acta Biologica
                 Debrecina Oecologica Hungarica 3:115-26.

571. K/G        Fiance', S. B.  1978. Effects of pH on the biology and distribution of Ephemerella funeralis
                 (Ephemeroptera).  Oikos 31:332-339.

572. K/I         Field, R., and R. E. Pitt.  1990. Urban storm-induced discharge impacts. Water Environment and
                 Technology 2(8):64-67.

573. B/A        Finch, D. M. 1990. Habitat use and habitat overlap of riparian birds in three elevational zones.
                 Ecology 70:866- 880.

574. O          Firehock,K.  1992. Using volunteers for statewide networks. Pages 78-80 in J. Douherty (editor).
                 EPA 841 -R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens' Volunteer Water Monitoring
                 Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

575. O/N        Firehock, K., and J. West. 1995. A brief history of volunteer biological water monitoring using
                 macroinvertebrates. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 14(1): 197- 202.

576. J           Fisher, R. A., A. S. Corbet, and C. B. Williams.  1943. The relation between the number of species
                 and the number of individuals in a random sample of an animal population. Journal of Animal
                 Ecology 12:42-58.

5-77- L           Fiske, S. 1988. The Use of Biosurvey Data in the Regulation of Permitted Nonpoint Discharges in
                 Vermont.  Pages 67-74 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist, and L. J. Shepard (editor). EPA-905/9-89/003 in
                 Proceedings of the First National Workshop on Biological Criteria-Lincolnwood, Illinois, December
                                                                                                       83

-------
                 2-4,1987. Instream Biocriteria and Ecological Assessment Committee, U. S. Environmental
                 Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

578. £          Fitchko, J. 1986.  Literature review of the effects of persistent toxic substances on Great Lakes biota.
                 Report of the Health of Aquatic Communities Task Force, International Joint Commission, Windsor,
                 Ontario. 256 pages.

579. J/K         Fjellheim, A., and G. G. Raddum. 1990. Acid precipitation: biological monitoring of steams and
                 lakes. Science of the Total Environment 96:57-66.

580. B          Fjerdingstad, E. 1964. Pollution of streams estimated by benthal phytomicroorganisms. I.
                 Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie 49:63-131.

581. G/K        Flannagan, J. F., W. L. Lockhart, D. G. Cobb, and D. Metner.  1978. Stonefly (Plecoptera) head
                 cholinesterase as an indicator of exposure to fenitrothion.  Manitoba Entomologist 12: 42-48.

582. G/I         Flecker, A. S., and J. D. Allan. 1984. The importance of predation, substrate and spatial refugia in
                 determining lotic insect distributions. Oceanology (Berlin) 4: 306-313.

583. M         Fleming, D. M., W. F. Wolff, and D. L. DeAngelis. 1994. Importance of landscape heterogeneity to
                 wood storks in Florida everglades. Environmental Management 18(5):743-757.

584. D          Flensburg, T., and J. H. Spalding.  1973. The algal microflora of a string mire in relation to the
                 chemical composition of water.  Canadian Journal of Botany 51 (4):743-749.

585. C/L        Florida Department of Environmental Protection.  1994. Lake bioassessments for the determination
                 of nonpoint impairment in Florida. Draft.  Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Biology
                 Section, Division of Administrative and Technical Services, Tallahassee, Florida.

586. H/I        Floyd, K. P., R. D. Hoyt, and S. Timbrook.  1984. Chronology of appearance and habitat partitioning
                 by stream larval fishes.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 113:216-223.

587. M         Foissner, W.  1988. Axonomic and nomenclatural revision of Sladecek's list of ciliates (Protozoa:
                 Ciliphora) as indicators of water quality.  Hydrobiologia 166:1-64.

588.  A/N       Forbes, S. A.  1928. The biological survey of a river system - its objects, methods and results. Illinois
                 Natural History Survey Bulletin 17:277-284.

 589. A         Forbes, S. A.  1895. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, biennial report of the director.
                 IllinoisVish Commissioners Report for 1892-1894

 590. N         Forbes, S. A.  1887. The lake as a microcosm. Bulletin of the Peoria Scientific Association
                 (Reprinted 1925.  Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History Bulletin 15:537- 550).

 591. H/N       Forbes, S. A., and R. E. Richardson. 1908. The Fishes of Illinois. Illinois State Laboratory of
                 Natural History, Urbana, Illinois.

 592. N         Forbes, S. A., and R. E. Richardson. 1913. Studies on the biology of the upper Illinois River. Illinois
                  State Laboratory of Natural History Bulletin 9:1 -48.

 593. K          Ford, J.  1989. The effects of chemical stress on aquatic species composition and community
                  structure. Pages 99-144 in S. A. Levin,  M. A. Harwell, J. R. Kelly, and K. D. Kimball. Ecotoxicology:
                  problems and approaches.  Springer-Verlag,  New York, New York.

 594. J/L         Fore, L. S., J. R. Karr, and L. L. Conquest. 1993. Statistical properties of an index of biotic integrity
                  used to evaluate water resources. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and  Aquatic Sciences 51:1077-1087.
 84

-------
 595. D/A
 596. G/K
 597. F/J
 598.  G/J
 599.  K/G
 600.  A/K
 601.  A/K
602. K
603. J/C
604. G
60"5. J
606. G/H
607. J
608. N
609. J
610. D/G/J
 Forester, R. M.  1987. Late Quaternary paleoclknate records from lacustrine ostracdodes. In North
 America and Adjacent Oceans During the Last Degradation. Vol. K-3. Pages 261 -76 in W.F.
 Ruddiman and H.E. Wright, Jr. (eds). The Geology of North America. Geological Society of
 America, Boulder, Colorado.

 Foster, R. B., and J. M. Bates.  1978. Use of freshwater mussels to monitor point source industrial
 discharges. Environmental Science and Technology 12:958-962.

 France, R. L.  1988. Biomass variance function for aquatic macrophytes in Ontario (Canada) Shield
 Lakes. Aquatic Botany 32:217-224.

 France, R.  1992. Use of sequential sampling of amphipod abundance to classify the biotic integrity of
 acid-sensitive lakes. Environmental Management 16(2): 157-166.

 France, R. L., and P. M. Stokes. 1987. Life stage and population variation in resistance and tolerance
 of Hyalella azteca (Amphipoda) to low pH. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
 44:1102-11.

 Freda, J. 1986. The influence of acidic pond water on amphibians:  a review. Water, Air, and Soil
 Pollution 30:439- 450.

 Freda, J., and W. A. Dunson. 1986. Effects of low pH and other chemical variables on the local
 distribution of amphibians. Copeia 1986:454-466.

 Fredrickson, L. H.  1979.  Flora and faunal  changes in lowland hardwood forests in Missouri resulting
 from channelization, drainage, and improvement. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington D.C
 FWS/OBS-78/91.

 Fredrickson, L. H., and F. A. Reid. 1988a.  Considerations of community characteristics for sampling
 vegetation. Section 13.4.1. Waterfowl Management Handbook. U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish
 and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Fish and Wildlife Leaflet 13.

 Fredrickson, L. R, and F. A. Reid. 1988b.  Initial considerations for sampling wetland invertebrates.
 Section 13.3.2. Waterfowl Management Handbook. U. S. Department of the Interior, U. S. Fish and
 Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Fish and Wildlife Leaflet 13.

 Freedman, D., R. Pisan, R. Purves, and A. Adhikari. 1991. Statistics. Second Edition. W. W.
 Norton & Company, Inc., New York.

 Freeman, B. J., H. S. Greening, and J, D.  Oliver.  1984. Comparison and three methods for sampling
 fishes and macroinvertebrates in a vegetated freshwater wetland. Journal of Freshwater Ecology
 2(6):603-609.

 Freund, R. J., R. C. Little, and P. C. Spector.  1986. SAS System for Linear Models. 1986 ed. SAS
 Institute, Gary, North Carolina.

 Frey, D. G.  1975. Biological integrity of water: an historical approach.  Pages 127-40 in R. K.
 Ballentine, and L. J. Guarraia (editors) in The integrity of water.  Proceedings of a symposium, March
 10-12,1975. Office of Water and Hazardous Materials, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 Washington, D.C.

Frey, D. G.  1986. Cladocera analysis. Pages 667-92 in B. E. Berglund (editor). Handbook of
holocene palaeoecology and palaeohydrology.  John Wiley and  Sons, Inc., Chichester, England.

Frey, D. G. 1976. Interpretation of Quaternary paleoecology from Cladocera and midges, and
prognosis regarding usability of other organisms.  Canadian Journal of Zoology 54: 2208-2226.
                                                                                                        85

-------
611. J/E        Frey, D. G. 1988. Littoral and offshore communities of diatoms, cladocerans and dipterous larvae,
                and their interpretation in paleolimnology. Journal of Palaeolimnology 1: 179-91.

612. J          Frey, D. G. 1964. Remains of animals in Quaternary lake and bog sediments and their interpretation.
                Ergebnisse der Limnologie 2:1-114.

613  G/K       Friberg, F., C. Otto, and B. S. Svensson. 1980. Effects of acidification on the dynamics of
                allochthonous leaf material and benthic invertebrate communities in running waters. Pages 304-305
                in D. Drablos and A. Tollan (editors) in Ecological impact of acid precipitation. Proceedings of an
                International Conference. Sanefjord, Norway.

614. G/E       Friday, L.E.  1987. The diversity of macroinvertebrate and macrophyte communities in ponds.
                Freshwater Biology 18:87-104.

615. C         Friedrich, G.  1990. Eine Revision der Saprobiensystem (Revision of the saprobien system).
                Zeitschrift fur Wasser und Abwasser Forschung 23:141 -152.

616. C/J       Friedrich, G., D. Chapman, and A. Beim. 1992. The use of biological material. Pages 171-238 in D.
                Chapman (editor). Water quality assessments: a guide to the use of biota, sediments and water m
                environmental monitoring. Chapman and Hall, London.

617. M        Frissell, C. A. 1993. Topology of extinction and endangerment of native fishes in the Pacific
                Northwest and California (USA). Conservation Biology 7:342-354.

618 B/I        Frissell, C. A., W. J. Liss, C. E. Warren, and M. D. Hurley. 1986. A hierarchical framework for
                 stream habitat classification: viewing streams in a watershed context. Environmental Management
                 10(2):199-214.

 619. K/E/I      Fritz, S. C. 1990. Twentieth century salinity and water level fluctuations in Devils Lake, North
                 Dakota: a test of a diatom based transfer function. Limnology and Oceanography 35: 1771-1781.

 620  M/A       Fritzell E K 1987. Mammals and wetlands. Pages 213-226 in D.D. Hook, W. H. McKee, Jr., H. K.
                 Smith, J.  Gregory, V. G. Burrel, Jr.,  M. R. DeVoe, R. E. Sojka, S. Gilbert, R. Banks, L. H. Stolzy, D.
                 Brooks, T. D. Matthews and T. H. Shear (editors). The Ecology and Management of Wetlands.
                 Groom Helm, London, U.K. and Sydney, Australia.

 621  M         Frost, S. L.,  and W. J. Mitsch.  1989. Resource development and conservation history along the Ohio
                 River. Ohio Journal of Science 89:143-152.

 622. K/G       Frost, S., and L. B. Sinniah. 1982. Effect of paniculate Abate insecticide on invertebrate stream drift
                 communities in Newfoundland. International Journal of Environmental Studies 19:231 -43.

 623. D/G/B     Fryer, G.  1985. Crustacean diversity in relation to the size of waterbodies: some facts and problems.
                 Freshwater Biology 15:347-361.

 624. J         Fryer, G. 1987. Quantitative and qualitative:  numbers and reality in the study of living organisms.
                 Freshwater Biology 17:177-89.

 625. H         Funk,J. L.  1954. Movement of stream fishes in Missouri. Transactions of the American Fisheries
                  Society 85:39- 57.

  626.  B/K/G      Furse, M. T., D. Moss, J. F. Wright, and P. D. Armitage. 1984. The influence of seasonal and
                  taxonomic factors on the ordination and classification of running-water sites in Great Britain and on
                  the prediction of their macro-invertebrate communities. Freshwater Biology 14:257-80.

  627.  G         Furse, M. T., J. F. Wright, P. D. Armitage, and D. Moss. 1981. An appraisal of pond-net samples for
                  biological monitoring of lotic macroinvertebrates. Water Research 15:679- 689.
  86

-------
 628. B/I


 629. G


 630. M



 631. H


 632. K/H




 633. K



 634. G/K/L


 635. D/K/L


 636. G



 637. J


 638. J


 639. K


 640. G



 641. I/K/A


 642.  H/L
643. H
 Gabler, R. E., R. J. Sager, S. Brazier, and D. L. Wise. 1976. Essentials of Physical Geography. CBS
 College Publishers, Dryden Press, New York, New York.

 Gale, W.  F., and J. D. Thompson.  1975. A suction sampler for quantitatively sampling benthos on
 rocky substrates in rivers. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 104: 398-405.

 Gameson, A. L., and A. Wheeler.  1975. Restoration and recovery of the Thames estuary. Pages
 72-101 in J. Caims, Jr., K. L. Dickson, and E. E. Herricks (editors). Recovery and restoration of
 damaged ecosystems. University Press of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.

 Gammon, J. R.  1976.  The Fish Population of the Middle 340 km of the Wabash River. Purdue
 University Water Resources Research Center, LaFayette, Indiana.  Technical Report 86.

 Gammon, J. R., C. W. Gammon, and M. K. Schmid.  1990. Land use influences on fish communities
 in central Indiana streams. Pages 111-120 in W. S. Davis (editor). EPA 905-90-005 in Proceedings
 of the 1990 Midwest pollution control biologists meeting. Region 5, Environmental Sciences
 Division, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

 Gammon, J. R., M. D. Johnson, C.  E. Mays, D. A. Schiappa, W. L. Fisher, and B. L. Pearman.  1983.
 Effects of agriculture on stream fauna in central Indiana.  Office of Research and Development, U. S.
 Environmental Protection Agency,  Washington, D.C. EPA-600-S3-83-020.

 Garie, H.  L., and A. Mclntosh.  1986. Distribution of benthic macroinvertebrates in a stream exposed
 to urban runoff.  Water Resources Bulletin 22(3):447-455.

 Cast, H. F.,  R. E. M. Suykerbuyk, and R. M. M. Roijackers. 1990. Urban storm water discharges:
 effects upon plankton communities. Water Science Technology 22(10/11): 155- 162.

 Gates, T. E., D. J. Baird, F. J. Wrona, and R. W. Davies.  1987. A device for sampling
 macroinvertebrates in weedy ponds. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 6(2 V
 133-139.

 Gauch, H. G., Jr. 1982. Multivariate Analysis in Community Ecology.  Cambridge University Press,
 Cambridge,  England.

 Gauch, H. G., Jr., and R. H. Whittaker.  1972. Comparison of ordination techniques  Ecology
 53:868-875.

 Gaufin,  A. R.  1958. The effects of pollution on a midwestern stream. Ohio Journal of Science
 58:197-208.

 Gaufin,  A. R. 1973. Use of aquatic invertebrates in the assessment of water quality. Pages  96-116 in
 J.  Caims, Jr., and K.L. Dickson, (eds). American Society for Testing and Materials Special Technical
 Publication 528. Biological Method for the Assessment of Water Quality.

 Geier, A. R., and L. B. Best.  1980.  Habitat selection by small mammals of riparian communities:
 evaluating effects of habitat alterations. Journal of Wildlife Management 44( 1): 16-24.

 Geise, J. W., and W. E. Keith.  1989.  The use offish communities in ecoregion reference streams to
 characterize  the stream biota in Arkansas waters. Proceedings of the First National Workshop on
 Biological Criteria.  Environmental Services Division, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Chicago, Illinois. Pages 26-41 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist, and L. J. Shepard (editors) EPA
905-9-89-003.

Gerking, S. D.  1953. Evidence for the concept of a home range and territory in stream fishes
Ecology 34:347-365.
                                                                                                        87

-------
644. H         Gerking, S. D.  1959. The restricted movement offish populations. Biological Review 34:221 -242.

645. D/K       Gerritsen, J.  1980. Adaptive responses to encounter problems. The evolution and ecology of
                zooplankton communities. University Press of New England.

646. J          Gerritsen, J.  1995. Additive biological indices for resource management. Journal of the North
                American Benthologjcal Society 14(3):451-457.

647 L/B        Gerritsen, J., J. Green, and R. Preston.  1994. Establishment of regional reference conditions for
                stream biological assessment and watershed management. Proceedings: Watersheds'93. A National
                Conference on Watershed Management. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
                Pages 797-801. EPA-840-R-94-002.

648. J         Gerrodette, T.  1987. A power analysis for detecting trends. Ecology 68:1364-72.

649 B/G       Gerstmeier,R.  1989. Lake typology and indicator organisms in application to the profundal
                chironomid fauna of Stamberger See (Diptera, Chironomidae). Archiv fur Hydrobiologie
                 116:227-34.

650 A          Ghetti P. F., and O. Ravera. 1994. European perspective on biological monitoring. Pages 31 -46 in S.
                L. Loeb and A.  Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca
                Raton, Florida.

651  G/K        Gibbs,K.E.,T.M.Mingo,D.L. Courtemanch, and D.J. Stairs.  1981.  The effects on pond
                 macroinvertebrates from forest spraying of carbaryl (Sevin-4-Oil) and its persistence in water and
                 sediment Environmental Monitoring  Report. Maine Forest Service, Augusta.

 652  L          Gibson, G.R.  1990. Biological criteria. National program guidance for surface waters. Office of
                 Science and Technology, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. EPA
                 440/5-90-004.

 653  LC        Gibson, G. R. (editor). 1994. Biological criteria: technical guidance for streams and small rivers.
                 Office of Science and Technology, Health and Ecological Criteria Division, U. S. Environmental
                 Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. EPA-822- B-94-001.

 654. L          Gibson, G.R.  1992. Procedures for initiating narrative biological criteria.  Office of Science and
                 Technology, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. EPA-822- B-92-002.

 655.  L/B        Giese, J., B. Keith, M. Maner, R. McDaniel, and B. Singleton. 1987. Physical, chemical, and
                 biological characteristics of least-disturbed streams in Arkansas' ecoregions. Department of Pollution
                 Control and Ecology, Little Rock, Arkansas.

 656.  K         Giesy, IP. 1988. Clinical indicators of stress- induced changes in aquatic organisms.
                 Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Lirnnologie
                 23:1610-1618.

 657  D/J        Giguere L. A., A. K. Delage, L. M. Dill, and J. Gerritsen. 1982. Predicting encounter rates for
                 zooplankton:  a model assuming a cylindrical encounter field. Canadian Journal of Fishenes and
                 Aquatic Sciences 39(2):237-242.

 658.  J          Gilbert, R. O.  1987. Statistical methods for environmental pollution monitoring. Van Nostrand,
                 Reinhold and Company, New York, New York.

 659.  C          Gilbert, R., and J. Glew. 1985. A portable percussion coring device for lacustrine and marine
                  sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 55:607-608.
  88

-------
 660. K/G/H


 661. G/F


 662. K/G/H


 663. K/G/I


 664. A


 665. J

 666. C


 667. C


 668. H


 669. J


 670. J


 671. J


 672. I/B


 673. J/G


 674.  G/I



 675.  I


 676.  I



 677. H/K


678. H/I
 Gilinsky, E.  1984. The role offish predation and spatial heterogeneity in determining benthic
 community structure. Ecology 65:455-468.     '

 Gillespie, D. M., and C. J. D. Brown.  1966. A quantitative sampler for macroinvertebrates associated
 with aquatic macrophytes. Limnology and Oceanography 11:404-406.

 Gilliam, J. F., D. F. Fraser, and A. M. Sabat.  1989. Strong effects of foraging minnows on a stream
 benthic invertebrate community. Ecology 70:445-52.

 Gislason, J. C. 1985. Aquatic insect abundance in a regulated stream under fluctuating and stable diel
 flow patterns. North American Journal of Fish Management 5:39-46.

 Gleason, H. A. 1926. The individualistic concept of the plant association. Bulletin of the Torrey
 Botanical Club 53: 7-26.

 Gleason, H. A. 1922. On the relation between species and area. Ecology 3:158-62.

 Glew, J. R.  1989. A new trigger mechanism for sediment samplers. Journal of Palaeolimnoloey
 2:241-3.

 Glew, J. R.  1988. A portable extruding device for close interval sectioning of unconsolidated core
 samples.  Journal of Palaeolimnology 1:235-239.

 Goede, R. W.  1988. Fish Health/Condition Assessment Procedures. Utah Division of Wildlife
 Resources and Fisheries Publication, Experiment Station, Logan, Utah.

 Goodman, D.  1975. The theory of diversity-stability relationships in ecology. Quarterly Review of
 Biology 50:237- 266.

 Goodman, L. A., and W. H. Druskal.  1954. Measures of association for cross classifications. Journal
 of the American Statistical Association 49:732-764.

 Goodman, L. A., and W. H. Druskal.  1959. Measures of association for cross classifications. II:
 Further discussion and references.  Journal of the American Statistical Association 54:123-163.

 Gordon, N. D., T. A. McMahon, and B. L. Finlayson.  1992. Stream hydrology:  an introduction for
 ecologists. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., West Sussex, England.

 Gore, J. A. 1980. Ordinational analysis of benthic communities upstream and downstream of a
 prairie storage reservoir.  Hydrobiologia 69:33-44.

 Gore, J. A., and R. Judy.  1981. Predictive models of benthic macroinvertebrate density for use in
 instream flow studies and regulated flow management. Canadian Journal Fisheries and Aquatic
 Sciences 38:1363-1370.

 Gore, J. A., and G. E. Petts.  1991. Alternatives in Regulated River Management.  CRC Press, Inc.,
 Boca Raton, Florida.

 Gore, James A. 1991. Models for predicting benthic macroinvertebrate habitat suitability under
regulated flows. Pages 253-265 in J.  A. Gore and G. E. Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated river
management.  CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.

Gorman, O. T.  1986. Assemblage organization of stream fishes: the effect of rivers on adventitious
streams. American Naturalist 128:611 -616.

Gorman, O. T.  1988. The dynamics of habitat use in a guild of Ozark minnows. Ecological
Monographs 58(1): 1 -18.
                                                                                                        89

-------
679. G/H

680. G/H/C

681. H/I

682. J/I/B

683.  G


684. A

 685. J

 686. J

 687. H

 688. F/K

 689. G/J

 690. L

  691. K/A

  692. J



  693. J

  694. J

  695. H/N


  696. F/K
Gorman, 0. T.  1987. Fishes and aquatic insects of Nippersink Creek, McHenry County, Illinois.
Transactions of the Illinois Academy of Science 80:233-254.

Gorman O T  1987. A survey of the fishes and macroinvertebrates of some small streams in Cook,
Lake, and DuPage Counties, Illinois. Transactions of the Illinois Academy of Science 80:253-272.

Gorman, O. T., and J. R. Karr.  1978. Habitat structure and stream fish communities.  Ecology
59(3):507-515.
"GOSZ, J. R. 1992. Gradient analysis of ecological change in time and space:  implications for forest
management  Ecological Applications 2:248-261.
 Gottfried J andV H  Resh.  1979. Developing modules for field exercises in aquatic entomology.
 Pages 81-93  in V. H..Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (editors). Canadian Special Publications in
 Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43. Innovative teaching in aquatic entomology.

 Government of Canada.  1991. The state of Canada's environment. Canada Communication Group-
 Publishing, Ottawa, Canada.
 Gower, J. C.  1967. A comparison of some methods of cluster analysis. Biometrics 23:623-37.

 Gower, J. C.  1966. Some distance properties of latent root and vector methods used in multivariate
 analysis. Biometrika 53:325-338.
 Graham, J. H. 1993. Species diversity of fishes in naturally acidic lakes in New Jersey. American
 Fisheries Society 12:1043-1057.
 Graneli, W., and D. Solander. 1988. Influence of aquatic macrophytes on phosphorus cycling in
 lakes.  Hydrobiologia  170:245-266.
 Grassle, J. F., and W. Smith.  1976. A similarity measure sensitive of the contribution of rare species
 and its use in investigation of variation in marine benthic communities. Oecologia 25:13-22.

  Graul, W. D., and G. C. Miller.  1984. Strengthening ecosystem management approaches.  Wildlife
  Society Bulletin 12: 282-289.
  Gray, J. S. 1989. Effects of environmental stress on species rich .assemblages. Biological Journal of
  the Linnean Society 37:19-32.
  Green R. H  1978 Optimal impact study design and analysis. Pages 3-28 in K. L. Dickson, J. Caims,
  Jr  and R L. Livingston (editors). ASTM STP 652. Biological Data in Water Pollution Assessment:
  Quantitative and Statistical Analyses. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
  Pennsylvania.
  Green, R. H. 1979. Sampling Design and Statistical Methods for Environmental Biologists.  John
  Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.
   Green, R H  and G. L. Vascotto. 1978. A method for the analysis of environmental factors
   controlling patterns of species composition in aquatic communities. Water Research 12: D83O90.
   Greenfield, D.W., and J.D.Rogner.  1984. An assessment of the fish fauna of Lake Calumet and
   adjacent wetlands, Chicago, Illinois: Past, present, and future. Transactions of the Illinois Academy of
   Science 77:77-93.
   Greening, H. S., and J. Gerritsen.  1987. Changes in macrophyte community structure following
   drought in the Okefenokee Swamp, Georgia, USA. Aquatic Botany 28:113-128.
   90

-------
 697. G


 698. F/I/K


 699. K/F/G


 700. I/B


 701. B



 702. B


 703. B



 704. A


 705. B


 706. E/G/K


 707. H


 708. J/A


 709. C/N/A


 710.  H



711.  G/K


712.  C/J



713. G/I/K
 Greenstone, M H. 1979. A sampling device for aquatic arthropods active at the water surface
 Ecology 60:642-644.

 Gregg, W., and F. Rose.  1982. The effects of aquatic macrophytes on the stream microenvironment
 Aquatic Biology 14:309-324.

 Gregg, W. W., and F. L. Rose. 1985. Influences of aquatic macrophytes on invertebrate community
 structure, guild structure, and microdistribution in streams. Hydrobiologia 128: 45-56.

 Gregory, S. V., F. I Swanson, W. A. McKee, and K. W. Cummins.  1991. An ecosystem perspective
 of riparian zones.  BioScience 41 (8):540-551.

 Griffith, G. E., and J. M. Omemik.  1991.  Alabama/Mississippi Project: Geographic Research
 Component: Ecoregion/ Subregion Delineation and Reference Site Selection. .U. S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.

 Griffith, G. E., J. M. Omemik, C. Rohm, and S. M. Pierson. 1993. Florida Regionalization Project.
 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.

 Griffith, G. E., J. M. Omernik, S. M. Pierson, and C. W. Kiilsgaard.  1993. Massachusetts
 Regionalization Project. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research
 Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.

 Grigal, D. F.  1972. Plant indicators in ecology. Pages 257-267 in W. A. Thomas (editor). Indicators
 of environmental quality. Plenum Press, New York, New York.

 Grigg, D. B.  1967. Regions, models and classes. Pages 461-509. In: R. J. Choley and P. Hagget
 (eds.). Models in geography. Methven and Company, London.

 Grimm, N. B., and S. G. Fisher. 1989. Stability of periphyton and macroinvertebrates to disturbance
 by flash floods in a desert stream.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 8:293-307.

 Grossman, G. D., J. F. Dowd, and M. Crawford.  1990.  Assemblage stability in stream fishes: a
 review. Environmental Management 14:661-671.

 Guhl, W.  1987. Aquatic ecosystem characterizations by biotic indices.  Internationale Revue der
 Gesamten Hydrobiologie 72:431 -455.

 Guhl, W. 1986. Bemerkungen ueber den Saprobitaetsgrad (Remarks on the saprobity index).
 Limnologica  17:119-126.

 Gunning, G. E., and R. D. Suttkus. 1984. Stream pollution monitoring using species composition of
 fish populations and water quality data.  Pages 209-221  in R. J. Varnell (editor) in Proceedings Water
 Quality and Wetland Management Conference. Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge.

 Gupta, P. K., and M. C. Pant. 1983. Macrobenthos of Lake Naini Tal (U.P., India) with particular
reference to pollution.  Water, Air, and Soil Pollution  19:397-405.

Gurtz, M. E.  1994. Design considerations for biological components of the national water quality
assessment (NAWQA) program. Pages 323-354 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological
Monitoring of Aquatic Systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

Gurtz, M. E., and J. B. Wallace. 1984. Substrate- mediated response of stream invertebrates to
disturbance. Ecology 65(5): 1156-1569.
                                                                                                        91

-------
714. H         Guthrie, D., J. M. Hoenig, M. HolUday, C. M. Jones, M. I Mills, S. A. Moberly, K. H. Pollock, and
                D. R. Talhelm. 1991. Creel and angler surveys in fisheries management. American Fisheries Society
                Symposium 12, Bethesda, Maryland.

715. K/G/A/I    Haack, S. K., G. R. Best, and T. L. Crisman. 1989. Aquatic macroinvertebrate communities in a
                forested wetland:  interrelationships with environmental gradients. Pages 437-454 in R. R. Sharitz
                and I W. Gibbons (editors). CONF- 8603101 (NTIS #DE90005384) in Freshwater Wetlands and
                Wildlife. Proceedings of a Symposium. U. S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C.

716. H/J        Haedrich, R. L. 1983. Reference collections and faunal surveys. Pages 275-282 inL. A. Neilson and
                D. L. Johnson (editors). Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

717. L/A/I      Hall, L. W., Jr., S. A. Fischer, W. D. Killen, Jr., M. C. Scott, M. C. Ziegenfuss, and R. D. Anderson.
                1993. A pilot study to evaluate biological, physical, chemical, and land- use characteristics in
                Maryland coastal plain streams.  Chesapeake Bay Research and Monitoring Division, Maryland
                Department of Natural Resources, Annapolis, Maryland. CBRM-AD- 94-1.

718. K         Hall,R,J. 1990. Relative importance of seasonal, short-term pH disturbances during discharge
                variation on a stream ecosystem.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 47:2261-74.

719. K/I/A     Hall, R. J., C. T. Driscoll, G. E. Likens, and J. M. Pratt.  1985. Physical, chemical, and biological
                consequences of epidosic aluminum additions to a stream.  Limnology and Oceanography
                30:212-220.

720. K/G       Hall, R. J., and F. P. Ide.  1987. Evidence of acidification effects on stream insect communities in
                central Ontario between 1937 and 1985. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                44:1652-1657.

721. K         Hall, R. J., G. E.  Likens, S. B. Fiance1, and G. R. Hendrey. 1980. Experimental acidification of a
                 stream in the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire. Ecology 61: 976-989.

722. J/E        Hall, R. L, and J. P.  Smol. 1992. A weighted- averaging regression and calibration model for
                 inferring total phosphorus concentration from diatoms in British Columbia (Canada) lakes.
                 Freshwater Biology 27:417-434.

 723. F/K        Haller, W. T., D. L. Sutton, and W. C. Barlowe. 1974. Effects of salinity of growth of several aquatic
                 macrophytes.  Ecology 55:891-894.

 724. I          Halverson, H. G., D. R. DeWalle, and W. E. Sharpe. 1984. Contribution of precipitation to quality of
                 urban storm runoff. Water Resources Bulletin 20(6):859-864.

 725. J/A        Halvorson, C. H. 1984. Long term monitoring of small vertebrates:  a review with suggestions.
                 Pages 11-25. General Technical Report INT-173 in Research natural areas: baseline monitoring and
                 management. Proceedings of a symposium, Missoula, Montana. U. S. Department of Agriculture,
                 Forest Service, Ogden, Utah.

 726. K/G       Hamilton, A. L., and 0. A. Saether. 1971.  The occurrence of characteristic deformities in the
                 chironomid larvae of several Canadian lakes. Canadian Entomologist 103:363-368.

 727. E         Hamilton, P. B., and H. C. Duthie. 1984. Periphyton colonization of rock surfaces in a boreal forest
                 stream studied by scanning electron microscopy and track autoradiography.  Journal of Phycology
                 20:525-532.

 728. E/K       Hamilton, P. B., G. S. Jackson, N. K. Kaushik, and K. R. Solomon.  1987. The impact of atrazine on
                 lake periphyton communities, including carbon uptake dynamics using track autoradiography.
                 Environmental Pollution 46:83-103.
  92

-------
 729. I


 730. G


 731. B


 732. D

 733. D


 734. E


 735. M/L/C


 736. G


 737. B


 738. J/G


 739. K


 740.  D


 741.  K/G

 742.  G


 743.  H/I/L


 744.  B/I



745. J/M/A


746. J

747. G
 Hammer, T. R.  1972. Stream channel enlargement due to urbanization. Water Resources Research
 8(6): 1530-1540.

 Hammer, U. T., J. S. Sheard, and J. Kranabeter. 1990. Distribution and abundance of littoral benthic
 fauna in Canadian prairie saline lakes. Hydrobiologia 197:173-192.

 Hammond, E. H.  1970. Classes of land surface form.  Map (scale  1:7,500,000). National Atlas of
 the United State of America. U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. Pages 62-63.

 Hann,B. J. 1989. Methods in Quaternary ecology #6.  Cladocera.  Geoscience Canada 16:17-26.

 Harm, B. I, and B. G. Warner. 1987. Late Quaternary Cladocera from coastal British Columbia,
 Canada: a record of climatic or limnologic change? Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 110:161-77.

 Hanna, G. D.  1933.  Diatoms of the Florida peat deposits. Florida  State Geological Survey
 23rd-24th Annual Report. 1930-1932:65-120.

 Hansen, A. J., S. L. Garman, B. Marks, and D. L. Urban.  1993. An approach for managing
 vertebrate diversity across multiple-use landscapes. Ecological Applications. 3(3): 481 -496.

 Hanson, B. A., and G. A. Swanson. 1989. Coleoptera species inhabiting prairie wetlands of the
 cottonwood lake area, Stutsman County, North Dakota. Prairie Naturalist 21(l):49-57.

 Hanson, J. S.  1990. Landscape fragmentation and dispersal in a model of riparian forest dynamics
 Ecological Modelling 49:277-296.

 Hanson, J. M., E. E. Prepas, and W. C. Mackay.  1989. Size distribution of the macroinvertebrate
 community of a freshwater lake. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:1510-1519.

 Hanson, R. W.  1952. Effects of some herbicides and insecticides on biota of North Dakota marshes.
 Journal of Wildlife Management 16(3):299-308.

 Haris.G. P. 1986. Phytoplankton ecology: structure, function and fluctuation.  Chapman and Hall,
 London.

 Harman, W. N. 1972. Benthic substrates: their effect on fresh-water Mollusca. Ecology 53:271 -277.

 Harper, P. P., and L. Cloutier.  1986. Spatial structure of the insect community of a small dimictic
 lake in the Laurentians (Quebec).  Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie 71:655-685.

 Harr, R., and R. Nichols.  1993. Stabilizing forest roads to help restore fish habitats: a northwest
 Washington example. Fisheries 18(4): 18-22.

 Harrelson, C. C., C. L. Rawlins, and J. P. Potyondy. 1994.  Stream channel reference sites:  an
 illustrated guide to field technique.  U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forestry Service. General
 Technical Report RM-245.

 Harris, H. J., M. S. Milligan, and G. A. Fewless. 1983. Diversity: quantification and ecological
 evaluation in freshwater marshes.  Biological Conservation 27:99-110.

Harris, R. J.  1985. A primer of multivariate statistics. 2nd edition. Academic Press, New York.

Harris, T. L., and T. M. Lawrence.  1978.  Environmental Requirements and Pollution Tolerance of
Trichoptera. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA-600-4-78-063.
                                                                                                       93

-------
748. D/C       Harrison, F. W. 1988. Methods in Quaternary ecology #4. Freshwater sponges.  Geoscience Canada
                15:193-198.

749  C          Harrison, F. W. 1988. Utilization of freshwater sponges in paleolimnological studies.
                Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 62:387-397.

750. G/K       Hart, C. W., Jr., and S. L. H. Fuller (editors).  1974. Pollution Ecology of Freshwater Invertebrates.
                Academic Press, Inc., New York.

751  L          Hart,D.D. 1994. Building a stronger partnership between ecological research and biological
                monitoring. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 13(1):110-116.

752. M/I/K     Hart, D. D. 1992. Community organization in streams: the importance of species interactions,
                physical factors, and change. Oecologia 91:220-228.

753 C         Hart, D (editor)  1990. Proceedings of the third annual ecological quality assurance workshop. U.
                 S. Environmental Protection Agency, Canada Ministry of the Environment, Burlington, Ontario.

 754 K/G        Hart D D P M. McKee, A. J. Hurt, and M. J. Goffm.  1986. Benthic community and sediment
                 quality assessment of Port Hope Harbour, Lake Ontario. Journal of Great Lakes Research
                 12:206-220.

 755. K/E/D     Hart, D. D., and C. T. Robinson. 1990. Resource limitation in a stream community: phosphorus
                 enrichment effects on periphyton and grazers. Ecology 71:1494-1502.

 756. B          Hart, J. F. 1982. Comment in reply.  Annals of the Association of American Geographers 72:559.

 757. B          Hart, J. F. 1982. The highest form of the geographer's art. Annals of the Association of American
                 Geographers 72:1-29.

 758. B          Hart,J.F. 1983. More gnashing of false teeth. Annals of the  Association of American Geographers
                 3:441-443.

 759. A         Hartig, J. H., and M. A. Zarull. 1992.  Towards defining aquatic ecosystem health for the Great Lakes.
                 Journal of Aquatic Ecosystem Health 1:97-107.

 760 K/H       Hartman, W. L. 1972. Lake Erie: effects of exploitation, environmental changes and new species on
                 the fishery resources.  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 29:899-912.

 761. F         Haslam,S.M.  1982. A proposed method for monitoring river pollution using macrophytes.
                 Environmental Technical Letter 3:19-34.

 762.  I           Hassan, M., M. Church, and A. Schick.  1991. Distance of movement of coarse particles in gravel bed
                  streams.  Water Resources Research 27(4):503-511.

  763  H/K       Hassel,J.H.,R.J.Reash, and H.W. Brown.  1988. Distribution of upper and middle Ohio River
                  fishes, 1973-1975: I. Associations with water quality and ecological variables. Journal of Freshwater
                  Ecology 4(4):441-458.

  764  B         Hauer, F. R., and N. L. Poff.  1986. Leaf litter decomposition across broad thermal gradients in
                   southeastern coastal plain streams and swamps. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 3(4):545o49.

  765. M/A       Havens, K.  1992. Scale and structure in natural food webs.  Science 25:1107-1044.

  766  H/B/K      Hawkes, C. L., D. L. Miller, and W. G. Layher. 1986. Fish ecoregions of Kansas: stream fish
                   assemblage patterns and associated environmental con-elates. Environmental Biology ot Fishes
                   17:267-279.
   94

-------
767. A/N
768. A/C/I
769. J
770. I
771. K/G/I
772. H
773. F
774. I
775. C/L
776. C
777. C
778. D/K
779. D
780. H/K/I
781. C
782. H/I
 Hawkes, H. A.  1957. Biological aspects of river pollution. Pages 191-239 in L. Klein (editor).
 Aspects of river pollution. Academic Press Inc. Publishers, New York, New York.

 Hawkes, H. A.  1975. River zonation and classification. Pages 312-374 in B. A. Whitton (editor).
 River ecology. University of California Press, Berkeley, California.

 Hawkins, C. P.  1986. Pseudo-understanding of pseudoreplication: a cautionary note. Bulletin of the
 Ecological Society of America 67:184-185.

 Hawkins, C. P., J.  L. Kershner, P. A. Bisson, M. D. Bryant, L. M. Decker, S. V. Gregory, D. A.
 McCullough, C. K. Overton, G. H. Reeves, R. J. Steedman, and M. K. Young. 1993. A hierarchical
 approach to classifying stream habitat features. Fisheries 18:3-12.

 Hawkins, C. P., M. L. Murphy, and N. H. Anderson. 1982. Effects of canopy, substrate composition,
 and gradient on the structure of macroinvertebrate communities in cascade range streams of Oregon.
 Ecology 63(6): 1840-1856.

 Hayes, M. L.  1983. Active fish capture methods. Pages 123-146 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson
 (editors). Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

 Haynes, R. R.  1984. Techniques for collecting aquatic and marsh plants. Annals of the Missouri
 Botanical Gardens 71: 229-231.

 Hays, R. L, C. Summers, and W. Seitz.  1981. Estimating wildlife habitat variables. U.S. Fish and
 Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.

 Hayslip, G. A.  1993. EPA Region 10 In-Stream Biological Monitoring Handbook (for Wadable
 Streams in the Pacific Northwest). Region 10, Environmental Services Division, U.  S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Seattle, Washington. EPA- 910-9-92-013.

 Hazard, J. W., and B. E. Law. 1989. Forest survey methods used in the USDA Forest Service.  U. S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental  Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.
 EPA-600-3-89-065, NTIS PB89 220 594/AS.

 Heath, R. C.  1989. Basic ground-water hydrology. U. S.  Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
 Water-supply Paper 2220.

 Hecky, R. E., and P. Kilham.  1988. Nutrient limitation of phytoplankton in freshwater and marine
 environments:  a review of recent evidence on the effects of enrichment. Limnology and
 Oceanography 33:796-822.

Hecky, R. E., and H. J. Kling. 1981. The phytoplankton and protozooplankton of the euphotic zone of
Lake Tanganyika:  Species composition, biomass, chlorophyll content, and spatio-temporal
distribution.  Limnology and Oceanography 26: 532-547.

Heede, B. H., and J. N. Rinne.  1990. Hydrodynamic and fluvial morphologic processes, implications
for fisheries management and research.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management
 10:249-268.

Heilman, J. L.  1982. Evaluating depth to shallow groundwater using heat capacity mapping mission
(HCMM) data. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 48(12): 1903-1906.

Heins, D. 1991. Variation in reproductive investment among populations of the longnose shiner,
Notropis longirostris, from contrasting environments.  Copeia 3:736-744.
                                                                                                       95

-------
783  B/L        Heiskaiy, S. A. 1989. Integrating ecoregion concepts into state lake management programs.
                189:89-100 in Proceedings: Enhancing the State's Lake Management Programs. North American
                Lake Management Society.

784  B/J        Heiskary, S. A., C. B. Wilson, and D. P. Larsen.  1987. Analysis of regional patterns in lake water
                quality: using ecoregions for lake management in Minnesota. Lake and Reservoir Management
                3:337-344.

785  L/B        Heiskary S. A., and C. B. Wilson.  1989. The regional nature of lake water quality across Minnesota:
                an analysis for improving resource management. Journal of the Minnesota Academy of Sciences
                55:71-77.

786 C         Hellawell, J.  1977. Biological surveillance and water quality monitoring. Pages 69-88 in J. S.
                Alabaster (ed). Biological monitoring of inland fisheries. Applied Science Publishers, London.

787 C         Hellawell, J. M. 1978. Biological surveillance of rivers: a biological monitoring handbook.  Water
                Research Centre, Medmenham, England.

788. A          Hellawell, J. M. 1984. Biological indicators of freshwater pollution and environmental management.
                 Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, London and New York.

789. M/A       Helliwell, D. R. 1983. The conservation value of areas of different size: Worchestershire Ponds.
                 Environmental Management 16:179-183.

790  F          Hellquist, C. B., and G. E. Crow. 1984. Aquatic Vascular Plants of New England. University of
                 New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire.  New Hampshire Agricultural Experimental Station
                 Bulletin 525, 518,523,527.

 791  j          Heim> w T (editor). 1985. Aquatic habitat inventory: glossary of stream habitat terms. Western
                 Division, Habitat Inventory Committee, American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

 792 J          Hemain,J.C. 1986. Statistically based modeling of urban runoff quality: state of the art. Pages
                 277-303 in H. C. Torno, J. Marsalek, and M. Desbordes (editors). Urban Runoff Pollution.

 793. H         Herke,  W. H. 1969. A boat-mounted surface push-trawl for sampling juveniles in tidal marshes.
                 Progressive Fish- Culturist 31:177-179.

 794 E/K       Herman, D., N. K. Kaushik, and K. R. Solomon. 1986. Impact of atrazine on periphyton in freshwater
                 enclosures and some ecological consequences.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                 44:1917-1925.

 795. K/G       Hermann, J., and K. G. Andersson.  1986. Aluminum impact on respiration of lotic mayflies at low
                  pH. Water, Air, and Soil Pollution 30:703-709.

 796.  C          Herricks. E. E., and D. J.' Schaeffer.  1985. Can we optimize biomonitoring? Environmental
                  Management 9:487-492.

  797.  C/L        Herricks, E.E.  1984. Aspects of monitoring in river basin .management. Water Science and
                  Technology  16:259-274.

  798. J/C        Herricks, E. E., and J. Caims, Jr. 1982. Biological monitoring. Part III - Receiving system
                  methodology based on community structure. Water Research 16:141-153.

  799. G          Hershey, A. E.  1987. Tubes and foraging behavior in larval Chironomidae: implications for predator
                  avoidance. Oecologia 73:236-241.
  96

-------
800. O          Herz, M., M. Podlich, and J. Tiedmann.  1992. Enforcement and compliance monitoring.  Pages
                 88-92 in J. Douherty (editor).  EPA 841 -R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens'
                 Volunteer Water Monitoring Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
                 Washington, D.C.

801. H/N        Hesse, L. W., J. C. Schmulbach, J. M. Carr, K. D. Keenlyne, D. G. Unkenholz, J. W. Robinson, and
                 G. E. Mestl.  1989. Missouri River fishery resources in relation to past, present, and future status.
                 Proceedings of the large river symposium. Pages 352-371 in D.P. Dodge (editor). Canadian Special
                 Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 106.

802. G          Hester, F. E., and J. S. Dendy.  1962. A multiple- plate sampler for aquatic macroinvertebrates.
                 Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 91:420-421.

803. K/H/I       Hicks, B. J., R. L. Beschta, and R. D. Harr.  1991. Long-term changes in streamflow following
                 logging in western Oregon and associated fisheries implications. Water Resources Bulletin
                 27(2):217-226.

804. A/B        Hicks, B., R. McMillen, R. S. Turner, G. R. Holdren, Jr., and T. C. Strickland.  1993. A national
                 critical loads framework for atmospheric deposition effects assessment: III. Deposition
                 characterization 1993.  Environmental Management 17(3):343-353.

805. C          Hicks-Warren, W., B. R.  Parkhurst, and S. S. Baker, Jr. (editors). 1989.  Ecological assessment of
                 hazardous waste sites.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory,
                 Corvallis, Oregon. EPA 600/3-89/013.

806. K/G        Hildrew, A. G., C. R. Townsend, J.Francis, and K. Finch.  1984. Celluldlytic decomposition in
                 streams of contrasting pH and its relationship with invertebrate community structure. Freshwater
                 Biology 14:323-328.

807. K/M       Hildrew, A. G., C. R. Townsend, J. Francis, and K. Finch.  1984. Community structure in some
                 southern English streams: the influence of species interactions. Freshwater Biology 14:297-310.

808. K          Hill, I. R.  1985. Effects on non-target organisms in terrestrial and aquatic environments. Pages
                 151-162 in J. P. Leahey (editor). The pyrethroid insecticides. Taylor and Francis, Philadelphia,
                 Pennsylvania.

809. B/H        Hill, K. R.  1986. Classification of Iowa lakes and their fish standing stock.  Lake and Reservoir
                 Management 2:105-109.

810. J          Hill,M. O. 1979. DECORANA - A FORTRAN Program for.Detrended Correspondence Analysis
                 and Reciprocal Averaging. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

811. J          Hill.M. O. 1979. TWINSPAN - A FORTRAN Program for Arranging Multivariate Data in an
                 Ordered Two-Way Table by Classification  of the Individuals and Attributes. Cornell University,
                 Ithaca, New York.

812.  I          Hill, M. T., W. S. Platts,  and R. L. Beschta. 1991. Ecological and geomorphological concepts for
                 instream and out-of- channel flow requirements.  Rivers 2:198-210.

813.  G          Hilsenhoff, W. L.  1987.  An improved biotic index of organic stream pollution.  Great Lakes
                 Entomologist 20:31-39.

814.  G          Hilsenhoff, W. L. 1988.  Rapid field assessment of organic pollution with a family-level biotic index.
                 Journal of the North American Benthological Society 7:65-68.

815.  G          Hilsenhoff, W. L. 1988.  Seasonal correction factors for the Biotic Index. Great Lakes Entomologist
                 21:9-13.
                                                                                                         97

-------
816. G         Hilsenhoff, W. L. -1977. Use of arthropods to evaluate water quality of streams. Department of
                Natural Resources, Lansing, Michigan.  Technical Bulletin 100-16.

817. O         Hilsenhoff, W. L. 1982. Using a Biotic Index to Evaluate Water Quality in Streams. Wisconsin
                Department of Natural Resources, Madison, Wisconsin. Technical Bulletin No. 132.

818. J          Hipel.K. W.  1988. Nonparametric approaches to environmental impact assessment. Water
                Resources Bulletin 24(3): 487-492.

819. J          Hipel, K. W., A. I. McLeod, and R. R. Weiter. 1988. Data analysis of water quality time series in
                Lake Erie. Water Resources Bulletin 24(3):533-544.

820. J          Hirsch, R. M.  1988. Statistical methods and sampling design for estimating step trends in
                surface-water quality.  Water Resources Bulletin 24(3):493-503.

821. J          Hirsch, R. M., W. M. Alley, and W. G. Wilber.  1988.  Concepts for a national water-quality
                assessment program.  U. S. Geological Survey, Denver Colorado. Circular 1021.

822. J          Hirsch, R. M., J. R. Slack, and R. A. Smith.  1982. Techniques of trend analysis for monthly water
                quality data. Water Resources Research 18(1):107-121.

823. L/B/C     Hite.R. 1988. Overview of stream quality assessments and stream classification in Illinois. Pages
                98-120 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist and L. J. Shepard (editors). EPA 905-9-89-003 in Proceedings of
                the First National Workshop on Biological Criteria, Lincolnwood, Illinois. U.S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

824. B/C       Hite, R. L., and B. A. Bertrand. 1989. Biological Stream Characterization (BSC): A Biological
                Assessment of Illinois Stream Quality.  Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, Illinois State Water
                Plan Task Force, Springfield, Illinois. EEPA/WPC/89-275. Special Report Number 13.

825. C/J       Hocutt, C.H. 1978.  Fisheries. Methods for assessment and prediction of mineral mining impacts on
                aquatic communities - a review and analysis. U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife
                Service, Washington, D.C.  Pages 80-103 in W. T. Mason, Jr. (editor). Report FWS/OBS-78/30.

826. H         Hocutt, C. H.  1978.  Methods for the assessment and prediction of mineral mining impacts on aquatic
                communities. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C.
                Pages 80-103.

827. H/B       Hocutt, C. H., and E. O. Wiley.  1986. The zoogeography of North American freshwater fishes.  John
                 Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

828. H/J       Hoefs, N. J., and T. P. Boyle.  1992. Contribution offish community metrics to the index of biotic
                 integrity in two Ozark rivers. Pages 283-303 in D. H. McKenzie, D. E. Hyatt, and V. J. McDonald
                 (editors). Ecological Indicators. Volume 1. Elsevier Applied Science, New York.

829. D/J        Hofinann, W. 1987. Cladocera in space and time: analysis of lake sediments. Hydrobiologia
                 145:315-321.

830. J/D        Hofinann, W. 1986. Developmental history of the GroerPloner See and the Schohsee (north
                 Germany): cladoceran analysis, with special reference to eutrophication.  Archiv fur Hydrobiologie
                 Supplement 74:259-287.

831. G/J        Hofinann, W. 1988. The significance of chironomid analysis (Insecta: Diptera) for paleolimnological
                 research. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 62:501-509.
 98

-------
 832. G


 833. K/G/L



 834. A/B




 835. B


 836. G


 837. C



 838. J


 839. K/I


 840. K/H/I


 841. D/K


 842. E



 843.  B


 844.  J


 845.  K/G


 846.  L




847.  I/B


848. A/K
 Hofinann, W.  1983. Stratigraphy of subfossil Chironomidae and Ceratopogonidae (Insecta: Diptera)
 in late glacial littoral sediments from Lobsigensee 4. ftevue de Paleobiologie 2:205-209.

 Hogg, I. D., and R. H. Morris.  1991. Effects of runoff from land clearing and urban development on
 the distribution and abundance of macroinvertebrates in pool areas of a river. Australian Journal of
 Marine and Freshwater Research 42(5):507-518.

 Holdren, G. R., Jr., T. C. Strickland, B. J. Cosby, O. Marmoreck, D. Bernard, R. Santore, C. T.
 Driscoll, L. Pardo, C. Hunsaker, and R. S. Turner.  1993. A national critical loads framework for
 atmospheric deposition effects assessment: IV. Model selection, applications, and critical loads
 mapping. Environmental Management 17(3):355-363.

 Holdridge, L. R. 1959. Mapa ecologico de Central America.  Segun Publicaciones de Unidad de
 Recursos Naturalos, Department de Asuntos Ecconmicos, Union Panamericana.

 Holland, A. F.  1985. Long-term variation of macrobenthos in a mesohaline region of Chesapeake
 Bay. Estuaries 8:93-113.

 Holland, A. F. (editor).  1990.  Near coastal program plan for 1990: estuaries.  U. S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Office of Research and Development,
 Narragansett, Rhode Island. EPA-600-4-40-033.

 Hollander, M., and D. A. Wolfe.  1973. Nonparametric Statistical Methods. John Wiley and Sons,
 Inc., New York.

 Hollis, G. E.  1975. The effect of urbanization on floods of different recurrence intervals. Water
 Resources Research 11 (3):431 -435.

 Holomuzki, J.  1991. Macrohabitat effects on egg deposition and larval growth, survival, and instream
 dispersal. Copeia 3:687-694.

 Holomuzki, J. R.  1989. Salamander predation and vertical distributions of zooplankton. Freshwater
 Biology 21:41-72.

 Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C.  Robinson. 1978a. Seasonal dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in
 a marsh pond:  productivity, standing crop, and community composition.  Canadian Journal of Botany
 56:2432-2440.

 Hoorman, J. J., L.  C. Brown, and A. D. Ward. 1992. Understanding Agricultural Drainage. Ohio
 Cooperative Extensive Service, Columbus, Ohio.

 Hope, A. C. A.  1968. A simplified Monte Carlo significance test procedure. Journal of the Royal
 Statistical Society  (Series B) 30:582-98.

 Hopkins, P. S., K.  W. Dratz, and S. D. Cooper. 1989. Effects of an experimental acid pulse on
 invertebrates in a high altitude Sierra Nevada stream.  Hydrobiologia 171:45-58.

Homig, C. E., C. W. Bayer, S. R. Twidwell, J. R. Davis, R. J. Kleinsasser, G. W. Linam, and K. B.
Mayes.  1995. Development of regionally based biological criteria in Texas. Pages 145-152 in W. S.
 Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource planning
and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

Horton, R. E. 1945. Erosional developments of streams and their drainage basins: hydrophysical
 approach to quantitative morphology.  Bulletin of the Geological Society of America'56:275-370.

Hosner, J. F. 1960. Relative tolerance to  complete inundation of fourteen bottomland tree species
Forest Science 6:246-251.
                                                                                                        99

-------
849. J          Hottelling, H.  1933. Analysis of a complex of statistical variables into principal components.  Journal
                of Educational Psychology 24:417-441.

850. F/K        Hough, R. A., and M. D. Forwall. 1988. Interactions of inorganic carbon and light availability as
                controlling factors in aquatic macrophyte distribution and productivity. Limnology and Oceanography
                33(5):1202-1208.

851. I/K        Howarth, R., J. Fruci, and D. Sherman. 1991. Input of sediment and carbon to an estuarine
                ecosystem: influence of land use. Ecological Applications 1:27-39.

852. J/G        Howmiller, R. P., and M. A. Scott. 1977. An environmental index based on relative abundance of
                oligochaete species. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 49: 809-815.

853. G/J        Hruby.T. 1987. Using similarity measures in benthic impact assessments. Environmental
                Monitoring and Assessment 8:163-80.

854. G         Hubbard, M. D., and W. L. Peters. 1978. Environmental Requirements and Pollution Tolerance of
                Ephemeroptera.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
                Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA-600-4-78-061.

855. K/H       Hubbs, C. L.  1933. Sewage treatment and fish life. Sewage Works Journal 5:1033-1040.

856. H         Hubbs, C. L.,  and K. F. Lagler. 1964. Fishes of the Great Lakes region. University of Michigan
                Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

857.  H         Hubert, W. A. 1983. Passive capture techniques. Pages 95-122 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson
                (editors). Fisheries Techniques.  American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

858.  K/H/I     Hubert, W.  A., and F. J. Rahel.  1989. Relations of physical habitat to abundance of four nongame
                fishes in high-plains streams: a test of habitat suitability index models. North American Journal of
                 Fisheries Management 9:332-340.

 359,  L          Huggins, D. G., and M. Moffett.  1988.  A proposed biotic index and habitat development index for
                 use in steams in Kansas. Kansas Biological Survey, Lawrence, KS.  Rep. 36.

 860. J/K/G      Hughes, B. D. 1978. The influence of factors other than pollution on the value of Shannon's diversity
                 index for benthic macroinvertebrates  in streams.  Water Research 12: 359-364.

 861. J          Hughes, J. P., and S. P. Millard.  1988. A tau-like test for trend in the presence of multiple censoring
                 points. Water Resources Bulletin 24(3):521-531.

 862. J/B/C      Hughes, R. M.  1995. Defining acceptable biological status by comparing with reference conditions.
                 Pages 31-47 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for
                 water resource planning and decision making.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 863. B/L        Hughes, R.M.  1989. Ecoregional biological criteria. Proceedings of Water Quality Standards for the
                 21st Century. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Dallas, Texas.

 864. K/B       Hughes, R. M.  1985. Use of watershed characteristics to select control streams for estimating effects
                 of metal mining wastes on extensively disturbed streams.  Environmental Management 9:253-262.

 865. C/A       Hughes, R. M., J. H. Gakstatter, M. A. Shirazi, and J. M. Omernik.  1982. An approach for
                 determining biological integrity in flowing waters. Pages 877-888 in T. B. Braun, L.O. House, and
                 H.G. Lund (editors) in Inplace Resource Inventories: Principles and Practices. A National Workshop.
                 Society of American Foresters, Bethesda, Maryland.
  100

-------
866. K/G       Hughes, R. M., and J. R. Gammon. 1987. Longitudinal changes in fish assemblages and water quality
                in the Willamette River, Oregon. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 116:196-209.

867. B          Hughes, R. M., S. A. Heiskary, W. J. Matthews, and C. O. Yoder. 1994. Use of ecoregions in
                biological monitoring. Pages 125-154 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological Monitoring of
                Aquatic Systems.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

868. A/C       Hughes, R. M., C. B. Johnson, S. S. Dixit, A. T. Herlihy, P. R. Kaufinann, W. L. Kinney, D. P.
                Larsen, P. A. Lewis, D. M. McMullen, A. K. Moors, R. J. O'Connor, S. G. Paulsen, R. S. Stemberger,
                S. A. Thiele, T. R. Whittier, and D. L. Kugler.  1993. Development of lake condition indicators for
                EMAP- 1991  pilot. EMAP - surface waters 1991 pilot report. Office of Research and Development,
                U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon. Pages 7-90 in D. P. Larsen and S. J.
                Christie (editors). EPA-620-R-93-003.

869. B          Hughes, R. M., and D. P. Larsen.  1988. Ecoregions: an approach for surface'water protection.
                Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 60:486-493.

870. C/L/B      Hughes, R. M., D. P. Larsen, and J. M. Omernik. 1986. Regional reference sites:  a method for
                assessing stream pollution. Environmental Management 10: 629-635.

871. M/B       Hughes, R. M., and R. F. Noss. 1992. Biological diversity and biological integrity: current concerns
                for lakes and streams.  American Fisheries Society 17(3):11-19.

872. I/A        Hughes, R. M., and J. M. Omemik.  1983. An alternative for characterizing stream size. Pages
                87-101 in T. D. Fontaine and S. M. Bartell (editors). Dynamics of Lotic Ecosystems.  Ann Arbor
                Science Publishing, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

873. B          Hughes, R. M., and J. M. Omernik.  1981. A proposed approach to determine regional patterns in
                aquatic ecosystems. Pages 92-102 in N. B. Armantrout (editor),  in Acquisition and Utilization of
                Aquatic Habitat Inventory Information. Proceedings of a  Symposium. Western Division: American
                Fisheries Society, Portland, Oregon.

874. B          Hughes, R. M., and J. M. Omemik.  1981. Use and misuse of the terms watershed and stream order.
                Pages 320-326 in L.A. Krumholz (editor), in Proceedings of the Warmwater Streams Symposium.
                American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

875. B/H       Hughes, R. M., E. Rexstad, and C. E. Bond. 1987. The relationship of aquatic ecoregions, river
                basins, and physiographic provinces to the ichthyogeographic regions of Oregon. Copeia
                 1987:423-432'.

876. A         Hughes, R. M., T. R. Whittier, S. A. Thiele, J. E. Pollard, D. V. Peck, S. G. Paulsen, D. McMullen, J.
                Lazorchak, D. P. Larsen, W. L. Kinney, P. R. Kaufman, S. Hedtke, S. S. Dixit, and G. B. Collins.
                 1992. Lake and stream indicators for the United States Environmental Protection Agency's
                environmental monitoring and assessment program. Pages 305-335 in D. H. McKenzie, D. E. Hyatt,
                and V. J. McDonald (editors) in Ecological Indicators. Elsevier Science Publishers Ltd., Essex,
                England.

877. B         Hughes, R. M., T. R. Whittier, C. M. Rohm, and D. P. Larsen. 1990. A regional framework for
                establishing recovery criteria.  Environmental Management 14:673-683.

878. G         Hungerford, H. B., P. J. Spangler, and N. A. Walker. 1955. Subaquatic light traps for insects and
                other aquatic organisms. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences 58: 387-407.

879. A         Hunsaker, C. T., and D. E. Caipenter.  1990. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program:
                ecological indicators.  Office of Research and Development, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. EPA-600-3-90-060.
                                                                                                      101

-------
880. A/B/L     Hunsaker, C. T., R. 1. Graham, R. S. Turner, P. L. Ringold, G. R. Holdren, and T. C. Strickland.
                1993. A national critical loads framework for atmospheric deposition effects assessment: II.
                Defining assessment end points, indicators, and functional subregions. Environmental Management
                17(3):335-341.

881. L/M       Hunt, C. E.  1992. Down by the River: The Impact of Federal Water Projects and Policies on
                Biological Diversity.  Island Press, Washington, D.C.

882. H/I/K      Hunt, P. C., and J. W. Jones. 1972. The effect of water level fluctuations on a littoral fauna. Journal
                of Fisheries and Biology 4:385-395.

883. F/K       Hunter, M. L., Jr., J. J. Jones, J. W. Witham, and T. M. Mingo. 1986. Biomass and species richness
                of aquatic macrophytes in four Maine lakes of different acidity. Aquatic Botany 24:91-95.

884. UK.        Hupp, C. R. 1992. Riparian vegetation recovery patterns following stream channelization: a
                geomorphic perspective. Ecology 73(4): 1209-26.

885. I/C        Hupp, C. R., and E. E. Morris. 1990. A dendrogeomorphic approach to measurement of
                sedimentation in a forested wetland, Black Swamp, Arkansas. Wetlands 10:107-124.

886, I/B        Hupp, C., and W. Osterkamp. 1985. Bottomland vegetation distribution along Passage Creek,
                Virginia, in relation to fluvial landforms. Ecology 66(3):670-681.

887. I          Hupp, C. R., and A. Simon. 1991. Bank accretion and the development of vegetated depositional
                surfaces along modified alluvial channels. Ecology 17:1209-1226.

888. I          Hupp, C. R., and A. Simon. 1986. Vegetation and bank-slope development.  Pages 83-92 in
                Proceedings of the 4th Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference Vol 2. Las Vegas, Nevada.

889. M/J       Hurlbert, S. H. 1971. The nonconcept of species diversity: a critique and alternative parameters.
                Ecology 52: 577-586.

890. J          Hurlbert, S. H. 1984. Pseudoreplication and the design of ecological field experiments. Ecological
                Monographs 54:187-211.

891. K         Hurlbert, S. H. 1975. Secondary effects of pesticides on aquatic ecosystems.  Residue Reviews
                 57:81-148.

892. K/D/G    Hurlbert, S. H., M. S. Mulla, and H. R. Wilson. 1972. Effects of an organophosphorus insecticide on
                 the phytoplankton, zooplankton, and insect populations of fresh-water ponds. Ecological Monographs
                 42:269-299.

893. F          Hurley, L.  M.  1990. Field Guide to the Submerged Aquatic Vegetation of Chesapeake Bay.
                 Chesapeake Bay Estuary Program, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. Department of the Interior,
                 Annapolis, Maryland.

894.  N          Hutchinson, G. E.  1965. The ecological theater and the evolutionary play. Yale University Press,
                 New Haven, Connecticut.

895.  D          Hutchinson, G. E.  1967. A treatise on limnology.  Volume 2: Introduction to lake biology and the
                 limnoplankton. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

896.  C/A       Hutchinson, G. E. 1975. A treatise on limnology.  Volume 3 -.Limnological Botany. John Wiley and
                 Sons, Inc., New York, New York.
 102

-------
897. E/D/A/J    Hutunen, P., J. Merilainen, C. Coten, and J. Ronkko. 1988. Attempts to reconstruct lakewater pH and
                colour from sedimentary diatoms and Cladocera'  Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur
                Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 23:870-873.

898. N/A       Hynes, H. B. N.  1966. The Biology of Polluted Waters.  Liverpool University Press, Liverpool,
                England.

899. C/A       'Hynes, H. B. N.  1970. The Ecology of Running Water. University of Toronto Press, Toronto,
                Canada.

900. N/A       Hynes, H. B. N.  1994. Historical perspective and future direction of biological monitoring of aquatic
                systems. Pages 11-22 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems.
                Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

901. G         Hynes, H. B. N.  1965. The significance of macroinvertebrates in the study of mild river pollution.
                Pages 235-240 in C.M.  Tarzwell (editor) in Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Third
                Seminar-1962. U. S. Public Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio.

902. B         Hynes, H. B. N.  1975. The stream and its valley. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur
                Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 19:1-15.

903. G         Hynes, H. B. N., and U. R. Yadav. 1985. Three decades of post-impoundment data on the littoral
                fauna of Lyn Tegid, North Wales. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 104:39-48.

904. B         Ifirig, G. F., and M. Bowles.  1983. A compendium of ecological and natural subdivisions of the U. S.
                Natural Areas Journal 3:3-11.

905. H/C/J      Ingram, W. M., K. M. Mackenthun, and A. F. Bartsch.  1966. Biological Field Investigative Data for
                Water Pollution Surveys. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, Washington, D. C.

906. A         Intergovernmental Task Force on Monitoring Water Quality (ITFM). 1992.  Ambient water-quality
                monitoring in the United States. First year review, evaluation, and recommendations.  ITFM,
                Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data, Water Information Coordination Program, U. S.
                Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

907. K/G/I      Irvine, J. R. 1985. Effects of successive flow perturbations on stream invertebrates. Canadian
                Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:1922-1927.

908. J          Isom, B. G. 1991. Biomonitoring. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 63(4):746-749.

909. J          Jaccard, P. 1912. The distribution of flora in the alpine zone. New Phytologist 11:37-50.

910. H/B       Jackson, D. A., and H. H. Harvey.  1989. Biogeographical associations in fish assemblages:  local vs.
                regional processes.  Ecology 70:1472-1484.

911. J          Jackson, D. A., Harvey H. H., and K. M. Somers. 1990. Ratios in aquatic sciences: statistical
                shortcomings with mean depth and the morphoedaphic index. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
                Aquatic Sciences 47:1788-1795.

912. M         Jackson, J. B. B.  1994. Community unity? Science 26:  1412-1413.

913. J/G        Jackson, J. K., and V. H. Resh.  1988. Sequential decision plans in monitoring benthic
                macroinvertebrates:  cost savings, classification accuracy, and development of plans. Canadian
                Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 45:280-286.

914. G/J        Jackson, J. K., and V. H. Resh.  1989. Sequential decision plans, benthic macroinvertebrates, and
                biological monitoring programs. Environmental Management 13(4):455-468.
                                                                                                       103

-------
915. L          Jackson, S.  1992. Re-examining independent applicability: agency policy and current issues.  Pages
                135-138 in K. Swetlow (editor). EPA 823-R-92-009 in Water Quality Standards for the 21st Century,
                Proceedings of the Third National Conference. Office of Science and Technology, U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

916. F          Jackson, S. T., and D. F. Charles.  1988. Aquatic macrophytes in Adirondack (New York) lakes:
                patterns of species composition in relation to environment.  Canadian Journal of Botany
                66:1449-1460.

917. L          Jackson, S., and W. Davis. 1994. Meeting the goal of biological integrity in water-resource programs
                in the US Environmental Protection Agency. Journal of the North American Benthological Society
                13(4):592-597.

918. K/G/H/I    Jacobi, G. Z., D. M. Prellwitz, M. R. Headrick, D. F. Sanders, and R. N. Schmal. 1978. The effects
                of stream channelization on wildlife, fish and benthic macroinvertebrates in the Buena Vista Marsh,
                Portage County, Wisconsin. Pages 178-191 in Proceedings of the American Water Resource
                Association, Wisconsin Section, 1978. Water Resources Center, University of Wisconsin, Madison,
                Wisconsin.                                                                              ^

919. J          Jacobson, G. L., Jr., and E. C. Grimm. 1986. A numerical analysis of Holocene forest and prairie
                vegetation in central Minnesota. Ecology 67:958-966.

920. I          Jaeggi, Martin N. R.  1991. Channel engineering and erosion  control. Pages 163-183 in J. A. Gore
                and G. E. Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated river management. CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton,
                Florida.

921. A         James, A., and L. Evison (editors). 1979. Biological indicators of water quality.  John Wiley and
                Sons, Inc., Chichester, England.

922. J          James, F. C., and C. E. McCulloch.  1990. Multivariate analysis in ecology and systematics: panacea
                or Pandora's box? Annual Review of Ecology  and Systematics 21:129-166.

923. J          Jeffries, M.  1989. Measuring Tailing's 'element of chance in pond populations.'. Freshwater Biology
                20:383-393.

924. A         Jeglum, J. K.  1971. Plant indicators of pH and water level in  peatlands at Candle Lake,
                Saskatchewan. Canadian Journal of Botany 49:1661-1676.

925. H/L/J      Jenkins, R. M. 1982. The morphoedaphic index and reservoir fish production.  Transactions of the
                American Fisheries Society 111:133-140.

926. H         Jenkins, R. E., and N. M. Burkhead.  1994. The Freshwater Fishes of Virginia.  American Fisheries
                Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

927. B/J        Jensen, S.  1979. Classification of lakes in southern Sweden on the basis of their macrophyte
                composition by means of multivariate analysis. Vegetatio 39:129-146.

928. B/I        Jensen, S., R.  Ryel, and W. S.  Platts. 1989. Classification of riverine/riparian habitat and assessment
                of nonpoint source impacts North Ford Humboldt River, Nevada.  USDA Forest Service,
                Intermountain Research Station, Boise Fisheries Unit.

929. J          Johannsson, O. E., and C. K. Minns.  1987. Examination of association indices and formulation of a
                composite seasonal dissimilarity index. Hydrobiologia 150:109-121.

930. H/J        Johnson, D. L. 1983. Sampling considerations. Pages 1-22 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson
                (editors). Fisheries Techniques.  American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.
 104

-------
931.  G/H/K     Johnson, M. G., J. R. M. Kelso, 0. C. McNeil, and W. B. Morto. 1990. Fossil midge associations and
                the historical status offish in acidified lakes. Journal of Palaeolimnology 3:  113-127.

932.  G/B/J      Johnson, R. K.  1989. Classification of profundal chironomid communities in oligotrophic/humic
                lakes of Sweden using environmental data. Acta Biologica Debrecina Oecologica Hungarica
                3:16-75.

933.  G/B/J      Johnson, R. K., and T. Wiederholm. 1989. Classification and ordination of profundal
                macroinvertebrate communities in nutrient poor, oligo-mesohumic lakes in relation to environmental
                data. Freshwater Biology 21:375-386.

934.  G         Johnson, R. K., T. Wiederholm, and D. M. Rosenberg. 1993. Freshwater biomonitoring using
                individual organisms, populations, and species assemblages of benthic macroinvertebrates. Pages
                40-158 in D. M. Rosenberg and V. H. Resh (editors). Freshwater biomonitoring and benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Chapman and Hall, New York, New York.

935. G/B/J      Johnson, R. K., T. Wiederholm, and L. Eriksson.  1990. The influence of season on the classification
                and ordination of profundal communities of nutrient poor, oligomesohumic.  Swedish lakes using
                environmental data. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte
                Limnologie 24:646-652.

936. I          Johnson, W. C. 1992. Dams and riparian forests, case study from the Missouri River.  Rivers
                3:229-242.

937. K/G/D     Jonasson, P. M.  1972. Ecology and production of the profundal benthos in relation to phytoplankton
                in Lake Esrom. Oikos Supplement 14:1-148.

938. B/I        Jones, D. W., M. J. McElligott, and R. H. Mannz. 1985. Summary of biological, chemical, and
                morphological characterizations of 33 surface-mine lakes in Illinois and Missouri. Pages 211-238 in
                R. P. Brooks, D. E. Samuel, and J. B. Hill (editors). Wetlands and Water Management on Mined
                Lands. Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania.

939. E         Jones, J. G. 1978. Spatial variation in epilithic algae in a stony stream (Wilfin Beck) with special
                reference to Cocconeis placentula. Freshwater Biology 8:539-546.

940. C          Jones, K. B.  1986. Amphibians and Reptiles. Inventory and Monitoring of Wildlife Habitat Pages
                 267-290 in A. Y. Cooperrider, R. J. Boyd, and H. R. Stuart.

941. G/I/K       Jones, R. C., and C. C. Clark.  1987.  Impact of watershed urbanization on stream insect communities.
                 Water Resources Bulletin 23(6): 1047-1055.

942. J          Jongman, R. H., C. J. F. terBraak, and O. F. R. vanTongeren.  1987.  Data Analysis in Community and
                 Landscape Ecology.  Pudoc Wageningen Publishing, Netherlands.

943. J          Jorgensen, G. F.  1978. Use of biotic indices as a tool for water quality analysis in rivers.
                 Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie
                 20:1772-1778.

944. L          Jorling, T. 1977. Incorporating ecological interpretation into basic statutes. Pages 9-14 in R.K.
                 Ballentine and L. J. Guarraia (editors) in The Integrity of Water: A Symposium. U. S. Environmental
                 Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

945.  B          Joslin, J. D.  1994. Regional differences in mercury levels in aquatic ecosystems: a discussion of
                 possible causal factors with implications for the Tennessee River system  and the northern hemisphere.
                 Environmental Management 18(4):559-567.
                                                                                                        105

-------
946. G/I/K      Jowett, I., and M. Duncan. 1990. Flow variability in New Zealand rivers and its relationship to
                in-stream habitat and biota. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 24:305-317.

947, C         Jowsey.P. C. 1966. An improved peat sampler. New Phytologist 65:245-248.

948. H         Judy, R. D., Jr, P. N. Seeley, T. M. Murray, S. C. Svirsky, M. R. Whitworth, and L. S. Ischinger.
                1984.  1982 National Fisheries Survey. Volume I. Technical Report  Initial Findings.  U. S. Fish and
                •Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.  FWS/OBS-84/06.

949. C/I        Kadlec, J. A.  1984. Hydrology.  Marsh ecology research program: long-term monitoring procedures
                manual. Delta Waterfowl Research Station, Protage la Prairie, Manitoba, Canada. Pages 8-11 in
                Murkin, E. J.  and H. R. Murkin (editors).  Technical Bulletin 2.

950. C/I/K      Kadlec, R. H. 1988. Monitoring wetland responses. Increasing our wetland resources. National
                Wildlife Federation, Washington, D.C.  Pages 114-120 in J. Zelazny and J. S.-Feierabend (editors).

951. M/G/H     Kaesler, R. L., and E. E: Herricks. 1979. Hierarchical diversity of communities of aquatic insects and
                fishes. Water Resources Bulletin 1:1117-1125.

952. K/G       Kahn, T., and C. Frank. 1980. Effect of thermal pollution on the chironomid fauna in an urban
                channel.  D.A. Murray (ed) in Chironomidae.  Ecology, Systematics, Cytology and Physiology.
                Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium on Chironomidae, Dublin, August 1979.

953. J          Kamari, J., M. Forsius, and L. Kauppi.  1990. Statistically based lake survey: A representative picture
                of nutrient status in Finland. Biological surveillance of river quality using macroinvertebrates.
                Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 24:663-
                666.

954. G/I/K      Kaminski, R.  M., and H. H. Prince.  1981. Dabbling duck and aquatic macroinvertebrate responses to
                manipulated wetland habitat.  Journal of Wildlife Management 45( 1): 1 -15.

955. G/I/K      Kanehl, P., and J. Lyons.  1992.  Impacts of in- stream sand and gravel mining on stream habitat and
                fish communities, including a survey on the Big Rib River, Marathon County, Wisconsin. Wisconsin
                Department of Natural Resources. Research Report 155.

956. N/G/K     Kansanen, P.  H. 1985. Assessment of pollution history from recent sediments in Lake Vanajavesi,
                Southern Finland.  II. Changes in the Chironomidae, Chaoboridae and Ceratopogonidae (Diptera)
                fauna.  Annales Zoologii Fennici 22:57- 90.

957. G/K       Kansanen, P.  H. 1986. Information value of chironomid remains in the uppermost sediment layers of
                a complex lake basin.  Hydrobiologia 143:159-65.

958. J/G        Kansanen, P.  H., J. Aho, and L. Paasivirta. 1984. Testing the benthic lake type concept based on
                chironomid associations in some Finnish lakes using multivariate statistical methods.  Annales
                Zoologii Fennici 21:55-76.

959. A/J        Kaplan, R. H. 1981. Temporal heterogeneity of habitats in relation to amphibian ecology.  Vernal
                pools and intermittent streams. Institute of Ecology, University of California, Davis. Pages  143-154
                in S. Jain and P. Moyle (editors).  Publication #28.

960. I          Kappesser, G. B.  1994. Riffle stability index: a procedure to evaluate stream reach and watershed
                equilibrium.  U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Jefferson National Forest, Roanoke,
                Virginia.

961. B         Kareiva,  P. 1993. No shortcuts in new maps.  Nature 365:292-293.
106

-------
962. B          Karlin, E. F., and L. M. Lynn: 1988. Dwarf-shrub bogs of the southern CatskiU Mountain region of
                New York State:  geographic changes in the flora of peatlands in northern New Jersey and southern
                New York.  Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 115(3):209-217.

963. H         Karr, J. R.  1981. Assessment of biotic integrity using fish communities. Fisheries 6:21-27.

964. A/J/L      Karr, J. R.  1987. Biological monitoring and environmental assessment: a conceptual framework.
                •Environmental Management 11:249-256.

965. L          Karr, J. R.  1990. Biological integrity and the goal of environmental legislation: lessons from
                conservation biology. Conservation Biology 4:244-250.

966. A/L       Karr.J.R.  1991. Biological integrity: a long-neglected aspect of water resource management.
                Ecological Applications 1:66-84.

967. J/L        Karr, J. R.  1994. Biological monitoring:  challenges for the future. Page 357 in S. L. Loeb and A.
                Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

968. A/K/L     Karr, J. R.  1993. Defining and assessing ecological integrity beyond water quality.  Environmental
                Toxicology and Chemistry 12:1521 -1531.

969. A/J/L      Karr, J. R.  1993. Measuring biological integrity: lessons from streams. Pages 83-104 in S. Woodley,.
                J. Kay, and G. Francis (editors). Ecological integrity and the management of ecosystems.  St. Lucie
                Press, Delray Beach, Florida.

970. A/L       Karr, J. R.  1995. Protecting aquatic ecosystems:  clean water is not enough. Pages 7-13 in W. S.
                Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for water resource
                planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

971. J/A        Karr, J. R., and M. Dionne.  1991. Designing surveys to assess biological integrity in lakes and
                reservoirs.  Pages 62-72. EPA-440-5-91-005 in Biological criteria: research and regulation.
                Proceedings of a symposium, 12-13 December 1990, Arlington, Virginia. Office of Water, U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

972. A         Karr, J. R., and D. R. Dudley. 1981. Ecological perspectives on water quality goals. Environmental
                Management 5: 55-68.

973. H/J        Karr, J. R., K. D. Fausch, P. L. Angermeier, P. R. Yant, and I. J. Schlosser.  1986. Assessment of
                biological integrity in running waters:  A method and its rationale. Illinois Natural History Survey,
                Champaign, Illinois.  Special Publication 5.

974. K/H       Karr, J. R., R. C. Heidinger, and E. H. Helmer. 1985. Sensitivity of the index of biotic integrity to
                changes in chlorine and ammonia levels from wastewater treatment facilities. Journal of the Water
                Pollution'Control Federation 57:912-915.

975. L/G       Karr, J. R., and B. L. Kerans.  1991. Components of biological integrity:  their definition and use in
                development of an invertebrate IBI. Pages 1-16 in W. S.  Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). EPA
                905-R-92-003 in Proceedings of the 1991 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists Meeting. U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Sciences Division, Chicago, Illinois.

976. K/I        Karr, J. R., and I. J. Schlosser.  1977.  Impact of Nearstream Vegetation and Stream Morphology on
                Water Quality and Stream Biota.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research
                Laboratory, Athens, Georgia.  EPA-600-3- 77-097.

977. K/I        Karr, J. R., and I. J. Schlosser.  1978.  Water resources  and the land-water interface. Science
                201:229-234.
                                                                                                       107

-------
978. H         Karr, J. R., L. A. Toth, and D. R. Dudley. 1985. Fish communities of midwestern rivers: a history of
                degradation. BioScience 35:90-95.

979. J/H        Karr, J. R., P. R. Yant, K. D. Fausch, and I. J. Schlosser. 1987. Spatial and temporal variability of the
                Index of Biotic Integrity in three midwestern streams. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society
                116:1-11.

980. I          -Kaufman, P.  1993. Physical habitat.  Stream Indicator and Design Workshop. U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. Pages 59-71  in R. M.
                Hughes (editor). -EPA600-R-93-138.

981 B         Kaufinann, P. R., A. T. Herlihy, J. W. Elwood, M. E. Mitch, W. S. Overton, M. J. Sale, J. J. Messer,
                K. A. Cougan, D. V. Peck, K. H. Reckhow, A. J. Kinney, S. J. Christie, D. D. Brown, and C. A.
                Hagley.  1988.  Chemical Characteristics of Streams in the Mid-Atlantic and Southeastern United
                States. Volume I: Population Descriptions and Physico-Chemical Relationships. U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Washington, D.C.
                EPA-600-3-88-021a.

982 A/J/L     Kay.J.J. 1990. A non-equilibrium thermodynamic framework for discussing ecosystem integrity.
                An ecosystem approach to the integrity of the Great Lakes in turbulent times. Great Lakes Fisheries
                 Committee, Ann Arbor, Michigan.  Pages 209- 37 in C. J. Edwards and H. A. Regier (editors).
                 Special Publication 90-4.

983. C          Kazyak, P. F., and P. T. Jacobson.  1994.  Maryland Biological Stream Survey Sampling Manual.
                 Chesapeake Bay Research and Monitoring Division, Maryland Department of Natural Resources,
                 Annapolis, Maryland.

984  O/C        Kellogg L., and W. Davis.  1992. Meeting scientific standards for biological monitoring.  Pages
                 108-113 in J. Douherty (editor). EPA 841 -R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens'
                 Volunteer Water Monitoring Conference. Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                 Washington, D.C.

 985  A/K        Kelly, J. R., and M. A. Harwell. 1989. Indicators of ecosystem response and recovery. Pages 9-35 in
                 S. A. Levin, M. A. Harwell, J. R. Kelly, and K. D. Kimball. Ecotoxicology: problems and
                 approaches.  Springer-Verlag, New York, New York.

 986. A/K       Kelly, J. R., and M. A. Harwell. 1990. Indicators of ecosystem recoveiy. Environmental
                 Management 14(5):527-545.

 987. H         Kendall, R.L.  1988. Taxonomic changes in North American trout names. North American Journal
                 of Fisheries Management 8:389.

 988. C/L        Kennedy, A. J., and W. A. Ross.  1992. An approach to integrate impact scoping with environmental
                 impact assessment. Environmental Management 16(4):475-484.

 989. B         Kennedy, R. H., K. W. Thornton, and D. Ford.  1985. Characterization of the reservoir ecosystem. In
                 D.  Gunnison, ed. Microbial processes in reservoirs. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Boston, MA.

 990. B         Kennedy, R. H., and W. W. Walker. 1990. Reservoir nutrient dynamics. Pages 109-131  in K.W.
                 Thornton, D.L. Kimmel and F.E. Payne, eds. Reservoir limnology: Ecological perspective. John
                  Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, NY.

 991.  C          Kent, R. T., and K. E. Payne.  1988. Sampling groundwater monitoring wells: special quality
                  assurance and quality control consideration. Pages 231 -46 in L.H. Keith (editor).  ACS Professional
                  Reference Book. Principles of environmental sampling. American Chemical Society, Washington,
                  D.C.
  108

-------
993. C



994. J


995. G/J



996. G


997. J/I


998. A


999. D/E/K



1000. C


100 1 . L


1002. E/J



1003. E/J



1004. J

1005. C/J

1006. N

1007. K/I


1008. J


1009. G
Kentucky Department of Environmental Protection.  1992. Kentucky Report to Congress. Division
of Water, Kentucky Department of Environmental Protection, Frankfort, Kentucky.

Kentucky Department of Environmental Protection.  1993. Methods for Assessing Biological
Integrity of Surface Waters.  Division of Water, Kentucky Department of Environmental Protection,
Frankfort, Kentucky.

Keppel, G.  1973. An introduction to the design and analysis of experiments. Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

Kerans, B. L., J. R. Karr, and S. A. Ahlstedt.  1992. Aquatic invertebrate assemblages:  spatial and
temporal differences among sampling protocols.  Journal of the North American Benthological
Society 11:377-390.

Kerans, B. L., and J.R. Karr. 1994. Development and testing of a benthic index of biotic integrity
(B-IBI) for rivers of the Tennessee Valley.  Ecological Applications 4(4):768-785.

Kibler, D. F.,D.  C. Froelich, and G. Aron.  1981. Analyzing urbanization impacts on Pennsylvania
flood peaks.  Water Resources Bulletin 1 7(2):270-274.

Kimball, K. D., and S. A. Levin.  1 985. Limitation of laboratory bioassays: the need for
ecosystem-level testing. BioScience 35:165-171.

Kimmel, B. L., and A. W. Groeger.  1984.  Factors controlling primary production in lakes and
reservoirs: a perspective.  Lake and Reservoir Management. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, D.C. Pages 277-281. EPA 440/57 84-001.

King, D. L., and R. C. Ball.  1964. A quantitative biological measure of stream pollution. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control  Federation 36:650-653.

Kingdon, J. W.  1 984. Agendas, Alternatives and Public Policies.  Little, Brown and Co., Boston,
Massachusetts.

Kingston, J. C. 1986. Diatom analysis. Paleoecological investigation of recent lake acidification:
Methods and project descriptions. Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA.  D.F.Charles and
D.R. Whitehead, eds. EA-4906, Res. Proj. 2174-10.

Kingston, J. C., and H. J. B.  Birks. 1990. Dissolved organic carbon reconstructions from diatom
assemblages in PIRLA project lake, North America. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society
of London (Series B) 327:279-288.

Kish, L. 1987. Statistical design for research.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

Kish, L. 1967. Survey sampling.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

Klein, L.  1957. Aspects of river pollution.  Academic Press, Inc. Publishers, New York.

Klein, R. D.  1979. Urbanization and stream quality impairment. Water Resources Bulletin
15(4):948-963.

Kleinbaum, D. G., and L. L. Kupper. 1978. Applied regression analysis and other multivariable
methods. Duxbury Press, North Scituate, Massachusetts.

Klemm, D. J., and J. K. Hiltunen.  1992. The freshwater Annelida (Polychaeta, Naidid and Tubificid
Oligochaeta, and Hirudinea) of the Great Lakes region - an overview. EPA 905/R-92/003 in
Proceedings of the 1991 midwest pollution control biologists meeting. Environmental indicators.
                                                                                       109

-------
                Measurement and assessment endpoints. Environmental Science Division, U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois.

1010. A/C       Klemm, D. I, and J. M. Lazorchak editors. 1994. Environmental Monioring and Assessment
                Program. Surface waters and Region 3 regional environmental monitoring and assessment program.
                1994 pilot field operations and methods manual for streams. Office of Research and Development, U.
                S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.

1011. G         Klemm, D. I, P. A. Lewis, F. Fulk, and J. M. Lazorchak. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and
                Laboratory Methods for Evaluating the Biological Integrity of Surface Waters. U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.
                EPA-600-4-90-030.

1012. H         Klemm, D. 1, Q. J. Stober, and J. M. Lazorchak. 1992. Fish field and laboratory methods for
                evaluating the biological integrity of surface waters.  Environmental Monitoring and Support
                Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA/600/R-92/111.

1013.F/I/K      Klosowski, S.  1985. Habitat requirements and bioindicator value of the main communities of aquatic
                vegetation in north-east Poland. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii 32(l):7-29.

1014. L         Knapp, C. M., W. P. Saunders, D. G. Heimbuch, H. S. Greening, and G. J. Filbin. 1988.  Maryland
                Synoptic stream chemistry survey: estimating the number and distribution of streams affected by or at
                risk from acidification.  Prepared by International Science and Technology, Inc., Reston, Virginia for
                the Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Power Plant Research Program, Annapolis,
                Maryland. Report #AD-88-2.

1015. D         Knovvlton, M. F., and J. R. Jones.  1989. Comparison of surface and depth-integrated composite
                samples for estimating algae biomass and phosphorus vales and notes on the vertical distribution of
                algae and photosynthetic bacteria in midwestem lakes. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie Supplement
                83:175-196.

1016. L/M/A    Knutson, Leopold, and Smardon.  1993. Selecting islands and shoals  for conservation based on
                biological and aesthetic criteria. Environmental Management 17(2):199-210.

1017. D/N      Kofoid, C. A. 1903. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with introductory notes upon the
                hydrography of the Illinois River and its basin. Part I. Quantitative investigations and general results.
                Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History 6:1-535.

1018. D/N      Kofoid, C. A. 1908. The plankton of the Illinois River, 1894-1899, with introductory notes upon the
                hydrography of the Illinois River and its basin. Part II. Constituent organisms and their seasonal
                distribution. Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History 8:1-535.

1019. G/I/K     Kohlhepp, G. W., andR. A.  Hellenthal. 1992. The effects of sediment deposition on insect
                populations and production in a northern Indiana stream. EPA 905/R-92/003 in Proceedings of the
                1991 midwest pollution control biologists meeting. Environmental indicators. Measurement and
                assessment endpoints. Region V, Environmental Protection Agency,  Chicago, Illinois.

1020. E         Kolbe, R. W. 1927. Zur okologie, morphologic, und systematik der brackwasser-diatomeen.
                Pflanzenforschung 7:1-146.

1021. N         Kolkwitz, R. 1950. Oekologie der saprobien. (Ecology of the saprobien). Schriftenreihe des Vereins
                fur Wasserhygiene.

1022. D/N      Kolkwitz, R., and M. Marsson.  1908. Okologie der pflanzlichen saprobien. [Ecology of plant
                saprobia.]. 26a:505- 519. [Translated 1967]. Pages 47-52. in L.E.Keup, W.M. Ingram and K.M.
                Mackenthum (editors). Berichte der Deutshcen botanischen Gesellschaft. [Biology of water
                pollution]. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, Washington, D.C.
110

-------
1023. N          Kolkwitz, R., and M. Marsson. 1909. Okologie der tierischen saprobien. [Ecology of animal
                 saprobia]. 2:126-152. [Translated 1967]. Pages 485-95  in L. E. Keup, W. M. Ingram and K. M.
                 Mackenthum (editors). Beitrage zur Lehre von der biologischen Gewaasserbeurteilung.
                 Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrogeographie. [Biology of Water
                 Pollution]. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, Washington, D.C.

1024. K/L/M/I   -Kondolf, G. M. 1994. Livestock grazing and habitat for a threatened species:  land-use decisions
                 under scientific uncertainty in the White Mountains, California, USA.  Environmental Management
                 18(4):501-509.

1025. H/J        Koonce, J. F. 1990. Commentary on fish community health: monitoring and assessment in large
                 lakes. Journal of Great Lakes Research 16:631 -634.

1026. O          Kopec, J. S. 1992. The advantages of integrating various monitoring programs.  Pages 72-73 in J.
                 Douherty (editor).  EPA 841-R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens' Volunteer
                 Water Monitoring Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington,
                 D.C.

1027. O/C        Kopec, J. S. 1989. The Ohio Scenic Rivers Program: citizens in action.  Pages 123-127 in W.S.
                 Davis and T.P.Simon (editors). EPA-905-9-89-007 in Proceedings of the 1989 Midwest Pollution
                 Control Biologists Meeting. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 5, Environmental
                 Sciences Division, Chicago, Illinois.

1028. O/C        Kopec, J. S., and S. Lewis. 1983. Stream quality monitoring.  Ohio Department of Natural
                 Resources, Division of Natural Areas and Preserves, Scenic Rivers Program, Columbus, Ohio.

1029. E          Korte, B. L., and D. W. Blinn. 1983. Diatom colonization on artificial substrata in pool and riffle
                 zones studied by light and scanning electron microscopy. Journal of Phycology 19:332-341.

1030. A/J/B/L    Kratzner, C. R., and P. L. Brezonik.  1981. A Carlson-type trophic state index for nitrogen in Florida
                 lakes. Water Resources Bulletin 17(4):713-715.

1031. B          Kraus, M. 1994. A comparison of wetland classification systems currently used in -wetland regulatory
                 programs. Wetland Journal 6( 1 ):7-8.

1032. D/K        Krause-Dellin, D., and C.  Steinberg.  1986. Cladoceran remains as indicators of lake acidification.
                 Hydrobiologia 143:129-34.

1033. C         Krebs, C. J.  1989. Ecological Methodology. Harper and Row Publishers, New York.

1034. J          Krebs, C. J.  1985. Ecology. The experimental analysis of distribution and abundance. Harper and
                Row, New York.

1035. G/K       Kreis, R. D., and W. C. Johnson.  1968. The response of macrobenthos to irrigation return water.
                Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 40:1614-1621.

1036. J/A/K     Kremen, C.  1992. Assessing the indicator properties of species assemblages for natural areas
                monitoring.  Ecological Applications 2(2):203-217.

1037. G/K       Krieger, K. A.  1984. Benthic macroinvertebrates as indicators of environmental degradation in the
                southern nearshore zone of the central basin of Lake Erie. Journal of Great Lakes Research
                 10:197-209.

1038. K/C       Krueger, H.  O., J. P. Ward, and S. H. Anderson.  1988. A Resource Managers Guide for Using
                Aquatic Organisms to Assess Water Quality for Evaluation of Contaminants. U.  S. Fish and Wildlife
                Service, Fort Collins, Colorado. Biological Report 88(20).
                                                                                                       Ill

-------
1039. M/I       Kruess, A., and T. Tschamtke.  1994. Habitat fragmentation, species loss, and biological control.
               Science 26:1581-1584.

1040. H        Krumholz, L. A.  1981. The Warmwater Streams Symposium, A National Symposium on Fisheries
               Aspects of Warmwater Streams, Knoxville, Tennessee, 9 March 1980. Lawrence, Kansas, Southern
               Division, American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

1041. J         Kruskal.J.B.  1964. Multidimensional scaling by optimizing goodness of fit to a non-metric
               hypothesis. Psychometrika 29:1-27,

1042. J         Kruskal,J.B.  1964. Non-metric multidimensional scaling: a numerical method.  Psychometrika
               29:115-129.

1043. B        Kuchler.A. W. 1964. Potential natural vegetation of the conterminous United States. American
               Geographical Society. A. Hoen & Co., Baltimore, Maryland.  Special Publication No. 36.

1044.B        Kuchler.A. W. 1970. Potential natural vegetation. Map (scale 1:7,500,000). Plates 90-91.  National
               Atlas of the United States of America. U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

1045. H        Kuehne, R. A., and R. W. Barbour. 1983.  The American darters. University Press Kentucky,
               Lexington, Kentucky.

1046. G        Kurtenbach, J. 1991. A method for rapid bioassessment of streams in New Jersey using benthic
               macroinvertebrates. Page 138. EPA-440-5-91-005 in Biological Criteria: Research and Regulation,
               Proceedings of a Symposium, 12-13 December 1990, Arlington, Virginia. Office of Water, U. S.
               Environmental Protection Agency,'Washington, D.C.

1047.H         Kushlan,J.A. 1976. Environmental stability and fish community composition. Ecology 57:821-825.

1048. H         Kushlan, J. A. 1974. Quantitative sampling offish populations in shallow freshwater environments.
                Transactions of the North American Fisheries Society 103:348-352.

1049. H/I        Kwak, T. J. 1988. Lateral movement and use of floodplain habitat by fishes of the Kankakee River,
                Illinois. American Midland Naturalist 120(2):241-249.

1050. K/G/I     Lafont, M. 1984. Oligochaete communities as biological descriptors of pollution in the fine sediments
                of rivers. Hydrobiologia 115:127-129.

1051. K/E       Lamberti, G. A., L. R. Ashkenas, S. V. Gregory, and A. D. Steinman.  1987. Effects of three
                herbivores on periphyton communities in laboratory streams. Journal of the North American
                Benthological Society 6:92-104.

1052. G         Lamberti, G. A., and J. W. Moore. 1984.  Aquatic insects as primary producers. Pages 164-95 in
                V.H. Resh and D.M. Rosenburg, eds. The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Scientific, New York,
                New York.

 1053. K/D/G    Lamberti, G. A., and V. H. Resh.  1985. Distribution of benthic algae and macroinvertebrates along a
                thermal stream gradient. Hydrobiologia 128:13-21.

 1054. G/I/K     Lamberti, G. A., and V. H. Resh.  1979. Substrate relationship, spatial distribution patterns, and
                sampling variability in a stream caddisfly population. Environmental Entomology 8:561-567.

 1055. G        Lammers, R.  1977. Sampling insects with a wetland emergence trap: design and evaluation of the
                trap with preliminary results. American Midland Naturalist 97:381-389.
 112

-------
1056. D/K/E     Lampkin, A. J. Ill, and M. R. Sommerfeld.  1982. Algal distribution in a small intermittent stream
                receiving acid mine-drainage. Journal of Phycology 18:196-199.

1057. J          Lance, G. N., and W. T. Williams. 1966. A generalized sorting strategy for computer classifications.
                Nature (London) 212:218.

1058. B         Landers, D. H., W. S. Overton, R. A. Linthurst, and D. F. Brakke.  1988. Eastern Lake Survey:
                regional estimates of lake chemistry. Environmental Science and Technology 22:128-135.

1059. M/A      Landres, P. B., J. Verner, and J. W. Thomas. 1988. Ecological uses of vertebrate indicator species: a
                critique. Conservation Biology 2:316-328.

1060. F/K       Lang, G. C.  1985. Eutrophication of Lake Geneva indicated by the oligochaete communities of the
                profundal. Hydrobiologia 126:237-43.

1061. H/L       Langdon, ,R.  1989. The development offish population-based biocriteria in Vermont.  Pages 12-25 in
                T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist, and L. J. Shepard (editors). EPA 905-9-89-003 in Proceedings of the First
                National Workshop on Biological Criteria. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5,
                Environmental Sciences Division, Chicago, Illinois.

1062. A/J       Lange-Bertalot, H. 1979. Pollution tolerance as a criterion for water quality estimation. Nova
                Hedwigia 64:285- 304.

1063. G         Langton,P.H.  1991. A Key to Pupal Exuviae of West Palaeartic Chironomidae. P.RLangton,
                Huntington, England.

1064. K/G       Lapoint, T. W., S. M. Melacon, and M. K. Morris.  1984. Relationships among observed metal
                concentrations, criteria and benthic community structural responses in 15 streams. Journal of the
                Water Pollution Control Federation 56:1030-1038.

1065. G/H/K/N   Larimore, R. W., W.  S. Childers,  and C. Heckrotte. 1957. Destruction and reestablishment of stream
                fish and invertebrates affected by  drought.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society
                88:261-269.

1066. K/H/I      Larimore, R. W., and P. W. Smith. 1963. The fishes of Champaign County, Illinois, as affected by 60
                years of stream changes. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 28:299- 382.

1067. L/C/J      Larsen, D. P. 1995. The role of ecological sample surveys in the implementation of biocriteria. Pp.
                287-300 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria.  Tools for
                water resource planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1068. C         Larsen, D. P., and S.  J. Christie.  1993. EMAP- surface waters 1991 pilot report. Environmental
                Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon.
                EPA-620-R-93-003.

1069. B/A/L     Larsen, D. P., D. R. Dudley, and R. M. Hughes.  1988. A regional approach for assessing attainable
                surface water quality: Ohio as a case study. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation 43:171 -176.

1070. B         Larsen, D. P., and H. Mercier.  1976. Phosphorus retention capacity of lakes. Journal of the Fisheries
                Research Board of Canada 33:742-750.

1071. H/B       Larsen, D. P., J. M. Omerriik, R. M. Hughes, C. M. Rohm, T. R. Whittier, A. J. Kinney, A. L. Gallant,
                and D. R. Dudley.  1986.  The correspondence between spatial patterns in fish assemblages in Ohio
                streams and aquatic ecoregions. Environmental Management 10:815-828.

1072. H         Larsen, E. W., D. L. Johnson, and W. F. Lynch, Jr.  1986. A buoyant pop net for accurately sampling
                fish at artificial habitat structures. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 115(2):351 -355.
                                                                                                      113

-------
1073. G/0       Lathrop, J. E.  1989. A naturalists key to stream macroinvertebrates for citizen monitoring programs
                in the midwest. Pages 107-118, in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). EPA 905-9-89-007 in
                Proceedings of the 1989 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists Meeting, Chicago, Illinois. U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Instream Biocriteria and Ecological Assessment
                Committee, Chicago, Illinois.

1074. 0/C/G     .Lathrop, J. E., and A- Markowitz. 1995. Monitoring water resource quality using volunteers. Pages
                303-314 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for
                water resource planning and decision making.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1075. C/J        Lauenstein, G. G., and T. P. O'Connor.  1988. Measuring the health of U. S. coastal waters.
                Technology 29(5): 29-32.

1076. G         Lauritsen, D. D., S. C. Mazley, and D. S. White. 1985. Distribution of oligochaetes in Lake Michigan
                and comments on their use as indices of pollution. Journal of Great Lakes Research 11:67-76.

1077.1          Layher, W. G., and K. L. Brunson. 1992. A modification of the habitat evaluation procedures for
                determining instream flow requirements for warmwater streams. North  American Journal of Fisheries
                Management 12:47-54.

1078. K/I/H     Layher, W. G., and O. E. Maughan.  1985. Relations between habitat variables and channel catfish
                populations in prairie streams. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 114:771-781.

1079.1/B        Leach, J. H., and R. C. Herron.  1992. A review of lake habitat classification. Pages 27-57, in W.D.N.
                Busch and P.G. Sly, eds. The development of an aquatic habitat classification system for lakes.  CRC
                Press, Boca Raton, Florida.

1080. G         Learner, M. A., G. Lochhead, and B.'D. Hughes.  1978. A review of the biology of British Naididae
                (Oligochaeta) with emphasis on the lotic environment. Freshwater Biology 8:357-375.

1081. E         Leclercq, L., and E. Depiereux.  1987. Typologie des rivieres oligotrophes du massif Ardennais
                (Belgique) par 1'analyse multivariee de releves de diatomees benthiques. Hydrobiologia
                 153:175-192.

1082. H         Lee, D. S., C. R. Gilbert, C. H. Hocutt, R. E. Jenkins, D. E. McAllister,  and R. Stauffer. 1980. Atlas
                of North American freshwater fishes. North Carolina State Museum Natural History, Raleigh, North
                Carolina.  Publication 1980-2012.

1083. L/A       Lee, K. N. 1993. Compass and gyroscope:  integrating science and politics for the environment.
                Island Press, Washington, D.G.

1084. J          Legendre, L., and P. Legendre.  1983. Numerical ecology. Developments in environmental
                modelling. Elsevier, New York.

1085. G         Legner, E. F., R. A. Medved, and R. D. Sjogren.  1975. Quantitative water column sampler for insects
                in shallow aquatic habitats. Proceedings of the California Mosquito Control Association 43:110-115.

1086. G/D/K    Lehman, J. T. 1980. Nutrient recycling as an interrace between algae and grazers in freshwater
                communities. Pages 251-63 in W.C. Kerfoot, ed. in Evolution and Ecology of Zooplankton
                 Communities. Special Symposium Vol. 3. American Society of Limnology and Oceanography.
                University Press of New England, Hanover, New Hampshire.

1087. G         Lehmkuhl, D. M. 1979. How to Know the Aquatic Insects. William C. Brown Company Publishers,
                Dubuque, Iowa.
114

-------
  1088. N
  1089. J
  1090. E/G
  1091. G/K
 1092. G/J/K
 1093. G



 1094. G/J


 1095. G/J




 1096. G/K


. 1097. G


 1098. G/J



 1099. M/G/H


 1100. H/J


 1101.N
 Leighton, M. O.  1907. Pollution of Illinois and Mississippi Rivers by Chicago Sewage: A Digest of
 the Testimony Taken in Case of the State of Missouri versus the State of Illinois of the Sanitary
 District of Chicago. Water Supply and Irrigation Paper No. 194. U. S. Geological Survey,
 Washington, D.C.  Series L, Quality of Water, 20.

 Leland, H. V., J. L. Carter, and S. V. Fend. 1986. Use of defended correspondence analysis to
 evaluate factors controlling spatial distribution of benthic insects.  Hydrobiologia 131:113-123.

 Leland, H. V., S. V. Fend, J. L. Carter, and A. D. Mahood.  1986.  Composition and abundance of
 periphyton and aquatic insects in a Sierra Nevada, California, stream. Great Basin Naturalist
 46:595-611.

 Leland, H. V., S. V. Fend, T. L. Dudley, and J. L. Carter. 1989. Effects of copper on species
 composition of benthic insects in a Sierra Nevada, California, stream  Freshwater Biology
 21:163-179.

 Lemdahl, G, and B. Liedberg-Jonsson.  1988.  A later Weichselian palaeoenvironmental
 reconstruction, based on biostratigraphic studies at a site in SW Skne, S Sweden. Palaeoclimatic and
 Palaeoecological Studies Based on Subfossil Insects from Late Weichselian Sediments in Southern
 Sweden, G. Lemdahl, Appendix III. Department of Quaternary Geology, Lund University  Lund
 Sweden.  LUNDGQUA Thesis 22.

 Lenat, D. R.  1993. A biotic index for the southeastern United States: derivation and list of tolerance
 values, with criteria for assigning water quality rating. Journal of the North American Benthological
 Society 12:279-290.

 Lenat, D. R.  1983. Chironomid taxa richness:  natural variation and use in pollution assessment.
 Freshwater Invertebrate Biology 2(4): 192-197.

 Lenat, D. R.  1990. Reducing variability in freshwater macroinvertebrate data.  Pages 19-32 in W. S.
 Davis (editor).  EPA-905-9-90-005 in Proceedings of the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists
 Meeting. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Environmental Sciences Division,
 Chicago, Illinois.

 Lenat, D. R.  1993. Using mentum deformities of Chironomus larvae to evaluate the effects of toxicity
 and organic loading in streams. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 12(3):265-269.

 Lenat, D. R.  1988. Water quality assessment of streams using a qualitative collection method for
 benthic macroinvertebrates. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 7(3):222-233.

 Lenat, D. R., and M. T. Barbour.  1994. Using benthic macroinvertebrate community structure for
 rapid, cost- effective, water quality monitoring:  rapid bioassessment. Page 187  in S. L. Loeb and A.
 Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Lenat, D. R., and D. L. Penrose. 1980. Discussion: 'Hierarchical diversity of communities of aquatic
 insects and fishes.'by R. L. Kaesler and E. E. Hericks.  Water Resources Bulletin 16:361 -362.

 Leonard, P. M., and D. J. Orth.  1986. Application and testing of an index of biotic integrity in small,
 coolwater streams.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 115:401 - 414.

 Leopold, A.  1949. A Sand County Almanac and Sketches Here and There. Oxford Press, New York.
1102.1
Leopold, L. B., M. G. Wolman, and J. P. Miller.  1964. Fluvial Processes in Geomorphology. W. H.
Freeman and Company, San Francisco, California.
                                                                                                       115

-------
1103.J          Lettenmaier.D.P. 1988. Multivariate nonparametric tests for trend in water quality. Water
                Resources Bulletin 24(3):505-512.

1104.J          Levin,S.A.  1992. The problem of pattern and scale in ecology. Ecology 73:1943-1967.

1105. D         Lewis, W.M., Jr.  1979. Zooplankton community analysis.  Springer-Verlag, New York, New York.

1106.F/I        Lieffers, V. J. 1984. Emergent plant communities of oxbow lakes in north eastern Alberta: salinity,
                water-level fluctuation, and succession. Canadian Journal of Botany 62:310-316.

1107. B/I       Likens, G. E., and F. H. Bormann. 1974. Linkages between terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
                BioScience 24:447-456.

1108.H/K      Limburg,K.E., and R.E. Schmidt. 1990. Patterns of fish spawning in Hudson River tributaries:
                response to an urban gradient? Ecology 71(4):1238-1245.

1109 J         Line J M. andH. J.B.Birks. 1990. WACALIB version 2.1 -A computer program to reconstruct
                environmental variables from fossil assemblages by weighted averaging. Journal of Palaeolimnology
                3:170-173.

1110. J         Link, W. A., R. J. Barker, J. R. Sauer, and S. Droege. 1994. Within-site variability in surveys of
                wildlife populations. Ecology 75(4):1097-1108.

1111 B/I       Linthurst, R. A., D. H. Landers, J. M. Eilers, D. F, Brakke, W. S.  Overton, E. P. Meier, and R. E.
                 Crowe.  1986.  Characteristics of lakes in the eastern United States. Volume#l:  Population
                 descriptions and physico-chemical relationships. Office of Research and Development, U. S.
                 Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  EPA/600/4-86/007a.

 1112. K/Hfl     Listen, C. R., and S. Chubb.  1984. Relations of water level fluctuations and fish. Pages 121-140 in
                 H. H. Prince and F. M. D'ltrl (editors). Coastal Wetlands. Lewis Publications, Inc., Chelsea,
                 Michigan.

 1113. C         Livingstone, D. A.  1955. A lightweight piston sampler for lake deposits. Ecology 36:137-139.

 1114. G/J       Lo ek, V. 1986. Mollusca analysis. Pages 729-40 in B.E. Berglund, ed. Handbook of holocene
                 palaoecology and palaeohydrology.  John Wiley, Chichester, England.

 1115. H/I       Lobb, M. D. I., andD. J. Orth.  1991. Habitat use by an assemblage offish in a large warmwater
                 stream.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120:65-78.

 1116 L         Loeb, S. L.  1994. An ecological context for biological monitoring. Pages 3-10 in S. L. Loeb and A.
                 Spade (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 1117. C        Loeb, S. L., and A. Spacie.  1994. Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis Publications,
                 Boca Raton, Florida.

  1118.J         Loehle, C.,J. Gladden, and E. Smith.  1990. An assessment methodology for successional systems. I.
                 Null models and the regulatory framework.  Environmental Management 14(2):  249-258.

  1119.J         Loehle, C., and E. P. Smith. 1990. An assessment methodology for successional systems. II.
                  Statistical tests and specific examples. Environmental Management 14(2):259-268.

  1120. K/G      Loffler, H.  1983. Changes of the benthic fauna of the profundal zone of Traunsee (Austria) due to salt
                 mining activities. Hydrobiologia 103:135-139.

  1121. D/J       Loffler, H.  1986. Ostracod analysis. Pages 693-702 in B.E. Berglund, ed. Handbook of holocene
                  palaeoecology and palaeohydrology. John Wiley, Chichester, England.
  116

-------
1122. J          Loftis, J. C., G. B. McBride, and J. C. Ellis. 1991. Considerations of scale in water quality monitoring
                and data analysis. Water Resources Bulletin 27(2~):255-264.

1123. J          Loftis, J. C., R. C. Ward, D. Phillips, and C. H. Taylor. 1989. An evaluation of trend detection
                techniques for use in water quality monitoring programs.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Office of Research and Development, Corvallis, Oregon.  EPA-600-3-89-037.

1124. J          Loftis, J. C., and R. C. Ward.  1980. Sampling frequency selection for regulatory water quality
                monitoring. Water Resources Bulletin 16(3):501-507.

1125. J/L        Loftis, J. C., R. C. Ward, and G. M. Smilie. 1983. Statistical models for water quality regulation.
                Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 55(8):1098-1104.

1126. J/C        Lonard,  R. I., E. J. Clairain, Jr., R. T. Huffman, J.  W. Hardy, L. D. Brown, P. E. Ballard, and J. W.
                Watts. 1981. Analysis of methodologies used for  the assessment of wetlands values.  U. S. Water
                Resources Council, Washington, D.C.

1127. K/G       Long, C. 1989. Effects of small-scale sedimentary patchiness on the distribution of tubificid and
                lumbriculid worms in Lake Geneva.  Freshwater Biology 21:477-481.

1128. K/G/J     Long, E. R., and P. M. Chapman. 1985. A sediment quality triad: measures of sediment
                contamination, toxicity and infaunal composition in Puget Sound.  Marine Pollution Bulletin
                16:405-415.

1129. F/K       Loveland, D. G., and I. A. Ungar. 1983. The effect of nitrogen fertilization on the production of
                halophytes in an inland salt marsh. American Midland Naturalist 109(2):346-354.

1130. B/I        Loveland, T. R., J. W. Merchant, D. O. Ohlen, and J. F. Brown. 1991. Development of a land-cover
                characteristics database for the conterminous.  U.  S. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote
                Sensing 57:1453-1463.

1131.1/B        Lowrance, R. R., R. Todel, J. Fail, O. Hendrickson, Jr., O. R. Leonard, and L. Asmussen. 1984.
                Riparian forests as nutrient filters in agricultural watersheds. BioScience 34:374- 377.

1132. O         Ludicello, S.  1992. Reaching the decision makers.  Volunteer Monitor 4:15.

1133. J          Ludwig, J. A., and J. F. Reynolds. 1988. Statistical ecology: a primer on methods and computing.
                John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1134. M/H/B     Luey, J.  B.,  and I. R. Adelman.  1980. Downstream natural areas as refuges for fish in drainage
                development watersheds. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 109: 332-335.

1135. B/H       Lyons, J. 1989. Correspondence between the distribution offish assemblages in Wisconsin streams
                and Omemik's ecoregions. American Midland Naturalist 12:122-163.

1136. H         Lyons, J. 1992. The length of stream to sample with a towed electrofishing unit when fish species
                richness is estimated.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management 12: 198-203.

1137. H/J        Lyons, J. 1992. Using the Index of Biotic Integrity (IBI) to Measure Environmental Quality in
                Warmwater Streams of Wisconsin. North Central Forest Experimental Station, U. S. Department of
                Agriculture, St. Paul, Minnesota.  General Technical Report NC-149.

1138.1/H/J      Lyons, J., and C. C. Courtney. 1990. A Review of Fisheries Habitat Improvement Projects in
                Warmwater Streams, with Recommendations for Wisconsin. Wisconsin Department of Natural
                Resources, Madison, Wisconsin.
                                                                                                      117

-------
1139, H/L       Lyons, J., A. M. Forbes, and M. D. Staggs. 1988. Fish Species Assemblages in Southwestern
                Wisconsin Streams with Implications for Smallmouth Management.  Wisconsin Department of
                Natural Resources, Madison, Wisconsin.

1140. O         Maas, R., D. Kucken, and P. F. Gregutt.  1991. Developing a rigorous water quality database through
                volunteer a monitoring network.  Lake and Reservoir Management 7:123-124.

1141. B         .MacArthur, R. H. 1972. Geographical ecology.  Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.

1142. M        MacArthur, R. H., and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The theory of island biogeography. Princeton University
                Press, Princeton, NJ.

1143 C/J/K     MacDonald, L. H., A. W. Smart, and R. C. Wissmar. 1991.  Monitoring guidelines to evaluate effects
                of forestry activities on streams in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska.  U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Region 10, Seattle, WA. EPA 910/9-91-001.

1144. K/G/H    Macek, K. J., D. F. Walsh, J. W. Hogan, and D. D. Holz.  1972. Toxicity of the insecticide Dursban to
                fish and aquatic invertebrates in ponds. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 101:420-427.

 1145. A        Maciorowski, A. F.  1988. Populations and communities: linking toxicology and ecology in a new
                synthesis. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry 7:677-678.

 1146. G/K      Mackay, R. J., and K. E. Kersey.  1985. A preliminary study of aquatic insect communities and leaf
                decomposition in acid streams near Dorset, Ontario. Hydrobiologia 122:3-11.

 1147. C        Mackereth, F. J. H.  1985. A portable core sampler for lake deposits. Limnology and Oceanography
                3:181-191.

 1148. G        Mackey, A. P.  1977. Growth and development of larval Chironomidae.  Oikos 28:270-275.

 1149. F/K      Madsen, J. D., and M. S. Adams.  1989. The distribution of submerged aquatic macrophyte biomass
                in a eutrophic stream, Badfish Creek: the effect of environment. Hydrobiologia 171:111-119.

 1150. J/A      Magnuson, J. J., B. J. Benson, and T. K. Kratz.  1990. Temporal coherence in the limnology of a suite
                of lakes in Wisconsin, U.S.A. Freshwater Biology 23:145-159.

 1151. M/C      Magurran, A. E. 1988. Ecological diversity and its measurement. Princeton University Press,
                Princeton, New Jersey.

 1152. L/C/3     Maine Department of Environmental Protection. 1987. Methods for Biological Sampling and
                Analysis of Maine's Waters. Maine Department of Environmental Protection. Augusta, Maine.

 1153. C/K/A    Malley, D. F., and K. H. Mills.  1992. Whole-lake experimentation as a tool to assess ecosystem
                health, responses to stress, and recovery: the Experimental Lakes Area experience. Journal of Aquatic
                Ecosystem Health 1:159-174.

 1154. F/I/K      Mallik, A. U., and R. W. Wein.  1986. Response of a Typha marsh community to draining, flooding,
                 and seasonal burning. Canadian Journal of Botany 64:2136-2143.

 1155. K         Maltby, L., D. M. Forrow, A. B. A. Boxall, P. Calow, and C. I. Betton.  1995. The effects of
                 motorway runoff on freshwater ecosystems: 1. Field study. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry
                 14(6): 1079-1092.

 1156. H/J       Mangel, M., and P. E. Smith.  1990. Presence-absence sampling for fisheries management. Canadian
                 Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 47:1875-1887.
  118

-------
  1157. G



  1158. G


  1159. G



  1160.J


  1161. M

  1162. M

 1163.K/I/G



 1164. G



 1165.G


 1166. G


 1167.J/G/K



 1168.J



 1169. L




 1170.J

 1171.K/D/J



 1172.J

1173. CM
  Mangum, F. A. 1986. Macroinvertebrates. Chapter 32, Inventory and Monitoring of Wildlife
  Habitat. U. S. Department of the Interior - Bureau of Land Management, Denver, Colorado. A. Y.
  Cooperrider, et al. (editors)^

  Mangum, F. A. 1986. Use of aquatic macroinvertebrates in land management. U. S. Department of
  Agriculture - Forest Service, Wildlife & Fish Ecology Unit, Fort Collins, Colorado.

 .Mangum, F. A. 1990. Use of aquatic macroinvertebrates in evaluations of environmental quality in
  aquatic ecosystems and associated terrestrial habitats. U. S. Department of Agriculture - Forest
  Service, Prove, Utah.

  Manly, B. F. J. 1986. Multivariate statistical methods. A primer.  Chapman and Hall, London,
  England.

 Mann, C. C.  1991. Extinction: are ecologists crying wolf? Science 25:736-738.

 Mann, C., and M. Plummer.  1993. The high cost of biodiversity. Science 26:1868-1871.

 Marchant, R.  1989. Changes in the benthic invertebrate communities of the Thomson River,
 southeastern Australia, after dam construction.  Regulated Rivers:  Research and Management
 4:71-89.

 Marchant, R.  1988. Seasonal and longitudinal patterns in the macroinvertebrate communities of
 cobbles from the upper La Trobe River, Victoria. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur
 Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 23:1389-1393.

 Marchant, R. 1989. A subsampler for samples of benthic invertebrates. Bulletin of the Australian
 Society of Limnology 12:49-52.

 Marchant, R. 1988. Vertical distribution of benthic invertebrates in the bed of the Thomson River,
 Victoria.  Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 39:775-784.

 Marchant, R., P. Mitchell, and R. Morris.  1984. Distribution of benthic invertebrates along a
 disturbed section of the La Trobe River, Victoria: an analysis based on numerical classification.
 Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 35:355-374.

 Marcus, M. D., and L.  L. McDonald.  1992.  Evaluating the statistical bases for relating receiving
 water impacts to effluent and ambient toxicities. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry
 11:1389-1402.                                                                  J

 Maret, T.  1988. A stream inventory process to classify use support and develop biological standards
 in Nebraska. Pages 55-66 in T. P. Simon, L. L. Hoist and L. J. Shepard (editors). EPA 905-9-89-003
 in Proceedings of the First National Workshop on Biocriteria. Lincolnwood, Illinois. U. S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Chicago, Illinois.

 Margalef, J. L. 1958. Information theory in ecology. General Systems 3:36-71.

 Marmorek, D.  1984. Changes in the temporal behavior and size structure of plankton systems in acid
 lakes. Pages 23-41 in G. R. Hendrey (editor). Early biotic responses to advancing lake acidification.
 Butterworth Publications, Boston, Massachusetts.

Marriott, F. H. C.  1974. The interpretation of multiple observations. Academic Press, London.

Marshall, K. E. (editor). 1993. The literature of biomonitoring.  Chapman and Hall, New York  New
York.
                                                                                                      119

-------
1174 G         Marshall K E  1980 Online computer retrieval of information on Ephemeroptera: A comparison of
                different sources. Pages 467-89 in J.F. Flanagan and K.E. Marshall, eds. Advances in Ephemeroptera
                Biology. Plenum Press, New York, New York.

1175 C/K       Mason  W.T.,.Jr. 1979. A rapid procedure for assessment of surface mining impacts to aquatic life.
                Pages 310- 323 in Coal conference and Expo V, proceedings of a symposium, Louisville, Kentucky,
                October 23-25,1979. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.

1176 J/G       Mason  W T., P. A. Lewis, and C. I. Weber. 1985. An evaluation of benthic macroinvertebrate
                biomass methodology. Part 2.  Field assessment and data evaluation. Environmental Monitoring and
                Assessment 5:399-422.

1177 M        Master, L. L. 1991- Aquatic animals: endangerment alert. Nature Conservancy March/April, pages
                26-27.'

1178.M        Master, L.L. 1991. Assessing threats and setting priorities for conservation. Conservation Biology
                5(4):559-563.

1179.M        Master, L. 1990. The imperiled status of North American aquatic animals. Biodiversity Network
                News (Nature Conservancy) 3:1-2,7-8.

1180. G        Masters, A. E. 1992. Reservoir vital signs monitoring, 1991 - Benthic macroinvertebrate community
                results. Tennessee Valley Authority, Water Resources. TVA/WR-92/3.

 1181. H        Matthews, W. I 1990. Fish community structure and stability in warmwater midwestem streams.
                Biological Report 90:16-17.

 1182. H        Matthews, W. J. 1986. Fish fauna structure in an Ozark stream, stability, persistence, and a
                catastrophic flood. Copeia 1986:388-397.

 1183. H        Matthews, W. I, andD. C. Heins. 1989. Community and evolutionary ecology of North American
                stream fishes. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman, Oklahoma.

 1184. H/B      Matthews, W. X, andH. W. Robison. 1988. The distribution of the fishes of Arkansas: a multivariate
                 approach. Copeia 1988:358-373.

 1185. K         Matthews, W. I, and E. G. Zimmerman. 1990. Potential effects of global warming on native fishes of
                 the southern Great Plains and the Southwest. Fisheries 15:26-31.

 1186. C         Maughan,!. T. 1993. Ecological assessment of hazardous waste sites. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New
                 York, New York.

 1187 K/G       Mayack, D. T., and J. S. Waterhouse. 1983. The effects of low concentrations of particulates from
                 paper mill effluent on the macroinvertebrate community of a fast-flowing stream. Hydrobiologia
                 107:271-282.

 1188. D/K       Mazumder, A.  1994. Patterns of algae biomass in dominant odd- vs. even-link lake ecosystems.
                 Ecology 75(4):1141-1149.

  1189. J         McBride,B.B., J. C.Loftis,andN. C. Adkins.  1993. What do significance tests really tell us about
                 the environment? Environmental Management 17:423-432.

  1190. G        McCafferty, W. P. 1981. Aquatic entomology.  The fisherman's and ecologists' illustrated guide to
                 insects and their relatives. Science Books International, Boston, Massachusetts.

  1191.A/K      McCarthy, J. F. 1990. Biomarkers of environmental contamination. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.
  120

-------
 1192.K/A/C



 1193.K/G/I


 1194.E


 1195.1


 1196.F/I


 1197.K/H


 1198. J/G



 1199. G



 1200.F/K


 1201. A



 1202. C/G/J


 1203.H/D


 1204. H



 1205.1



1206.K/G


1207.H/K


1208.K/H/I
 McCarthy, J. F. 1990. Concluding remarks: implementation of a biomarker-based environmental
 monitoring program. Pages 429-39 in J. F. McCarthy and L.R. Shugart (editors). Biomarkers of
 environmental contamination.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 McClellan, W. T:, and M. A. Brusven.  1980. Effects of sedimentation on the behavior and
 distribution of riffle insects in a laboratory stream. Aquatic Insects 2:161-169.

 McCormick, P. V.> and R. J. Stevenson. 1992. Mechanism of benthic algal succession in lotic
 environments.  Ecology 72:1835-1858.

 McCrain, G. R. 1992. Habitat evaluation procedures (HEP) applied to mitigation banking in North
 Carolina. Environmental Management 35:153-162.

 McDermid, K. I, andR. J. Naiman.  1983. Macrophytes: freshwater forests of lakes and rivers. The
 American Biology Teacher 45(3):144-150.

 McDonald, D. G., and J. G. Robinson.  1993. Physiological responses of lake trout to stress: effects
 of water hardness and genotype. American Fisheries Society 12:1146- 1155.

 McElravy, E. P.,- G. A. Lamberti, and V. H. Resh.  1989.  Year-to-year variation in the aquatic
 macroinvertebrate fauna of a northern California stream. Journal of the North American
 Benthological Society. 8:51-63.

 Mclntyre, A.  D., J. M. Elliott, and D. V. Ellis. 1984. Introduction: Design of sampling programmes.
 Pages 1 -26. in N.A. Holme and A.D. Mclntyre, eds. Methods for the study of marine benthos.
 Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, England.

 McKee, K. L., and I. A. Mendelssohn. 1989. Response of a freshwater marsh plant community to
 increased salinity and increased water level. Aquatic Botany 34:301-316.

 McKenzie, D. H., D. E. Hyatt, and V. J. McDonald (editors).  1992. Ecological indicators.
 Proceedings of the international symposium on ecological indicators. Elsevier Science Publishers
 Ltd., Essex, England.

 McManus, P. 1990. Measuring ecological stress: variation on a theme by R. M. Warwick  Marine
 Biology 10:305- 308.

 Meador, M. R., and J. S. Bulak.  1987. Quantifiable ichthyoplankton sampling in congested
 shallow-water areas. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4:65-69.

 Meador, M. R., T. F. Cuffney, and M. E. Gurtz. 1993. Methods for Sampling Fish Communities as
 Part of the National Water-Quality Assessment Program. U. S. Geological Survey, Raleigh, North
 Carolina. Open-File Report 93-104.

 Meador, M. R., C. R. Hupp, T. F. Cuffney, and M. E. Gurtz. 1993. Methods for Characterizing
 Stream Habitat as Part of the National Water-Quality Assessment Program. U. S. Geological Survey,
 Raleigh, North Carolina. Open File Report 93-408.

 Meckles, H. A., H. R. Murkin, and J. A. Cooper. 1990. Influences of seasonal flooding on
 macroinvertebrate abundance in wetland habitats.  Freshwater Biology 23:311 -322.

 Meffe, G. K.,  and A. L. Sheldon. 1988. The influence of habitat structure on fish assemblage
composition in southeastern blackwater streams.  American Midland Naturalist 120:225-240.

Meffe, G. K.,  and A. L. Sheldon. 1990. Post- defaunation recovery offish assemblages in
southeastern blackwater streams. Ecology 71 (2):657-667.
                                                                                                     121

-------
1209 J/G/K/C    Meire, P. M., and J. Dereu.  1990. Use of the abundance/biomass comparison method for detecting
                environmental stress:  some considerations based on intcrtidal macrozoobenthos and bird
                communities. Journal of Applied Ecology 2.7:210-223.

1210.0         Mellanby.K. 1974. A water pollution survey, mainly b> British schoolchildren. Environmental
                Pollution 6:161-173.

1211 G/J       Menhinick, E. F. 1964. A comparison of some species-individuals diversity indices applied to
                samples of field insect. Ecology 45:859-861.

1212 G         Merritt R. W., K. W. Cummins, and V. H. Resh. 1984. Collecting, sampling, and rearing methods
                for aquatic insects. Pages 11 -26 in R.W. Merritt and K.W. Cummins. An Introduction to the Aquatic
                Insects of North America, 2nd edition. Kendall/Hunt Publishing, Dubuque, LA.

1213 G         Merritt, R. W., andK. W. Cummins (editors).  1984. An Introduction to the Aquatic Insects of North
                America.  2nd edition. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, Dubuque, Iowa.

 1214 B/C       Messer, J. J., C. W. Ariss, J. R. Baker, S. K. Drous, K. N. Eshleman, P. R. Kaufinann, R. A. Linthurst,
                J  M. Omernik, W. S. Overton, M. J. Sale, R. D. Schonbrod, S. M. Stambaugh, and J. R. Tuschall, Jr.
                 1986. National Surface Water Survey: National Stream Survey, Phase I-Pilot Survey.  U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Washington, D.C.
                EPA-600-4-86-026.

 1215. C         Messer, J. J., R. A. Linthurst, and W. S. Overton.  1991. An EPA program for monitoring ecological
                 status and trends. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 17:67-78.

 1216 G/N       Metcalfe, J. L.  1989. Biological water quality  assessment of running waters based on
                 macroinvertebrate communities: history and present status in Europe. Environmental Pollution
                 60:101-139.

 1217 G         Metcalfe, J. L., M. E. Fox,  and J. H. Carey.  1988. Freshwater leeches (Hirudinea) as a screening tool
                 for detecting organic contaminants in the environment. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
                 11:147-169.

 1218  G         Metzeling, L., A. Grasser,  P. Suter, and R. Marchant. 1984. The distribution of aquatic
                 macroinvertebrates in the upper catchment of the La Obe River, Victoria. Occasional Papers from the
                 Museum of Victoria 1:1 -62.

 1219.F/J/A     Michener, M. C.  1983. Wetland site index for summarizing botanical studies. Wetlands 3:180-191.

 1220  L/G/I     Mid-Atlantic Coastal Streams Workgroup. 1993. Standard Operating Procedures and Technical
                 Basis: Macroinvertebrate Collection and Habitat Assessment for Low- Gradient Nontidal Streams.
                 Draft Report Delaware Department Natural Resources and Environmental Conservation, Dover,
                 Delaware.

  1221. K/G      Milbrin, G.  1983. Characteristic deformities  in tubificid oligochaetes inhabiting polluted bays of Lake
                  Vanern, southern Sweden. Hydrobiologia 106:169-184.

  1222. J          Millard, S. P., andD. P. Lettenmaier. 1986. Optimal design of biological sampling programs using
                  the analysis of variance. Estuarine, Coastal, and Shelf Sciences 22:637-656.

  1223 J          Millard  S P  J R.  Yearsley, and D. P. Lettenmaier. 1985. Space-time correlation and its effects on
                  methods for detecting aquatic ecological change.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                  42:1391-1400.
  122

-------
  1224. G


  1225. H/B





  1226. G


  1227. M/H


  1228.D/H



  1229.H/K


 1230. J


 1231. L.





 1232. G/I/K


 1233.M/B/I


 1234.1


 1235.1/B



 1236. I/A



 1237. G


 1238.K


 1239. O/I

1240. N
  Miller, B. B., and A. F. Bajc. 1989. Methods in Quaternary ecology #8.  Non-marine molluscs.
  Geoscience Canada 16:165-175.

  Miller, D. L., P. M. Leonard, R. M. Hughes, J. R. Karr, P. B. Moyle, L. H. Schrader, B. A. Thompson,
  R. A. Daniel, K. D. Fausch, G. A. Fitzhugh, J. R. Gammon, D. B. Halliwell, P. L. Angermeier, and D.'
  J. Orth. 1988. Regional applications of an Index of Biotic Integrity for use in water resource
  management. Fisheries 13(5): 12-20.

  Miller, R. F., and A. V. Morgan. 1982. A postglacial coleopterous assemblage from Lockport Gulf
  New York. Quaternary Research 17:258-274.

  Miller, R. R., J. D. Williams, and J. E. Williams.  1989. Extinctions of North American fishes during
  the past century. Fisheries 14:22-38.

  Mills, E. L., D. M. Green, and A. Schiavone, Jr.  1987. Use of zooplankton size to asses the
  community structure offish populations in freshwater lakes. North American Journal of Fisheries
  Management 7:369-378.

 Mills, H. B., W. C. Starrett, and F. C. Bellrose. 1966. Man's effect on the fish and wildlife of the
 Illinois River. Illinois Natural History Survey Biological Notes 57.

 Minchin, P. R. 1987. An evaluation of the relative robustness of techniques for ecological ordination
 Vegetatio 69:89-108.

 Miner, R., and D. Borton. 1991. Considerations in the development and implementation of
 biocriteria.  Pages 115-119 in G.H. Flock (editor) in Water Quality Standards for the 21st Century,
 Proceedings of a Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office Science and
 Technology, Washington, D.C.

 Minshall, G. W. 1984. Aquatic insect-substratum relationships. Pages 358-400 in V.H. Resh and
 D.M. Rosenberg, eds. The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Publishers, New York.

 Minshall, G. W. 1988. Stream ecosystem theory:  a global perspective. Journal of the North
 American Benthological Society 7(4):263-288.

 Minshall, G. W.  1993. Stream-riparian ecosystems: rationale and methods for basin-level
 assessments of management effects.  Ecosystem Management II: 153-177.

 Minshall, G. W., K. W. Cummins, R. C. Petersen, C. E. Gushing, D. A. Bruns, J. R. Sedell, and R. L.
 Vannote.  1985. Developments in stream ecosystem theory.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
 Aquatic Sciences 42:1045-1055.

 Minshall, G. W., S. E. Jensen, and W. S. Platts.  1989. The ecology of stream and riparian habitats of
 the great basin region:  A community profile. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Nat. Wetland Research
 Center, Slidell, Louisiana. Biological Report 85(7.24).

 Minshall, G. W., and R. C. Petersen, Jr.  1985. Towards a theory of macroinvertebrate community
 structure in stream ecosystems.  Archiv fur Hydrobiologie  10(1 ):49-76.

Minton, S. A.,. Jr.  1968. The fate of amphibians and reptiles in a suburban area Journal of
Herpetology2(3-4):113-116.

Moen, C., and J. Schoen.  1994. Habitat monitoring. Volunteer Monitor 6(2): 1 -7.

Monitoring Assessment Research Centre.  1985. Historical monitoring. Monitoring and Assessment
Research Centre, London.  MARC Report No. 31.
                                                                                                      123

-------
1241. J          Montgomery, R. H., and K. H. Reckhow.  1984. Techniques for detecting trends in lake water quality.
                Water Resources Bulletin 20(1 ):43-52.

1242. G/K       Moore, J. W.  1981. Factors influencing the species composition, distribution and abundance of
                benthic invertebrates in the profunda zone of a eutrophic northern lake. Hydrobiologia 85:505-510.

1243.1/K        Moore, J. N., S. N. Luoma, and D. Peters. 1991. Downstream effects of mine effuent on an
                .intermontane riparian system. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 48: 222-232.

1244. C         Moore, P. D., and S. B. Chapman. 1986. Methods in plant ecology.  Blackwell Scientific
                Publications, Oxford, England.

1245. G         Morgan, A. V., and A. Morgan. 1980. Beetle bits, the science of paleoentomology. Geoscience
                Canada 7:22-29.

1246. G         Morgan, A., A. V. Morgan, and S. A. Elias.  1985. Holocene insects and paleoecology of the Au
                Sable River, Michigan. Ecology 66:1817-1828.

 1247. E/L       Morgan, M. D. 1987. Impact of nutrient enrichment and alkalinization on periphyton communities in
                the New Jersey pine barrens. Hydrobiologia 144(3):233-241.

 1248. D/K      Morgan, M. D., and K. R. Phillipp.  1986. The effect of agricultural and residential development on
                aquatic macrophytes in the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Biological Conservation 35:143-158.

 1249. G/J       Morin, A.  1985. Variability of density estimates and the optimization of sampling programs for
                stream benthos. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:1530-1534.

 P50 D/H      Morin, P. J. 1987. Salamander predation, prey facilitation and seasonal succession in
                microcrustacean communities. Pages 174-187 in W. C. Kerfoot, and A. Sih (editors). Predation:
                direct and indirect impacts on aquatic communities. University Press of New England, Hanover, New
                Hampshire.

 1251.1          Moring, J.  R., G. C. Garman, and J. Mullen.  1985. The value of riparian zones for protecting aquatic
                 systems: general concerns and recent studies in Maine.  Riparian ecosystems and their management:
                 reconciling conflicting uses. USDA Forest Service, Fort Collins, Colorado. Pages 315-319 in R. R.
                 Johnson, C. D. Ziebell, D. R. Patton, P. F. Folliott, R. H. Hamre (technical coordinators).  General
                 Technical Report RM-120.

 1252.1          Morisawa, M. 1968. Streams, Their Dynamics and Morphology. McGraw-Hill Publishers, New
                 York.

 1253. G         Morrisey, D. J., L. Howitt, A. J. Underwood, and J. S. Stark. 1992. Marine Ecology Program
                 81:197-204.

 1254. H         Moser, H. G., W. J. Richards, D. M. Cohen, M. P. Fahay, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and S. L. Richardson.
                 1984. Ontoge, NY and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists
                 Special Publication 1.

 1255. G         Moss, D., M. T. Furse, J. F. Wright, and P. D. Armitage. 1987. The predication of the
                 macroinvertebrate fauna of unpolluted running-water sites in Great Britain using environmental data.
                 Freshwater Biology 17:41-52.

 1256. G/K      Mossberg, P., and P. Nyberg.  1979. Bottom fauna of small acid forest lakes.  Institute of Freshwater
                 Research Drottningholm Report 58:77-87.
  124

-------
  1257, H/M



  1258.M/H



  1259. M/H


  1260. C/B

  1261. K/G


  1262. E/K



 1263. G/H/B/L




 1264.E/G/K



 1265. G/C



 1266. I/A



 1267.J


 1268. K/G



1269.B


1270.L


1271.1/B


1.272. G
  Moyle, P. B. 1994. Biodiversity, biomonitoring, and the structure of stream fish communities. Pages
  171-186 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems. Lewis
  Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.                 '

  Moyle, P. B., and R. A. Leidy. 1992. Loss of aquatic ecosystems: evidence from fish faunas. Pages
  127-169 in P. L. Fielder and S. K. Jain (editors). Conservation biology: The theory and practice of
  nature conservation, preservation and management.  Chapman and Hall, New York.

  Moyle, P. B., and J. E. Williams. 1990. Biodiversity loss in the temperate zone: decline of the native
  fish fauna of California. Conservation Biology 4:275-284.

  Mueller-Dombois,  D., and H. Ellenberg. 1974. Aims and methods of vegetation ecology.

  Muirhead-Thomson, R. C.  1987. Pesticide impact on stream fauna:  with special reference to
  macroinvertebrates. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England.

  Mulholland, P. J., J. W. Elwood, and A. V. Palumbo. 1986. Effect of stream acidification on
  periphyton composition, chlorophyll, and productivity.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic
  Sciences 43:1846-1858.

  Mullholland, P. I, C. T. Driscoll, J. W. Elwood, M. P. Osgood, A. V. Palumbo, A. D. Rosemond, M.
  E. Smith, and C. Schofield. 1992. Relationships between stream acidity and bacteria,
  macroinvertebrates, and fish: a comparison of north temperate and south temperate mountain
 streams, U.S.A. Hydrobiologia 23:7-24.

 Mundie, J. H., K. S. Simpson, and C. J. Perrin. 1991. Responses of stream periphyton and benthic
 insects to increases  in dissolved inorganic phosphorus in a mesocosm. Canadian Journal of Fisheries
 and Aquatic Sciences 48:2061-2072.

 Murkin, E. J., and H. R. Murkin (editors). 1989. Relationships between waterfowl and
 macroinvertebrate densities in a northern prairie marsh. Journal of Wildlife Management
 50(2):212-217.                                                          e

 Murphy, M. L., and K. V. Koski.  1989. Input and depletion of woody debris in Alaska streams and
 implications for streamside management. North American Journal of Fisheries Management
 9:427-436.

 Murphy, P. M.  1978. The temporal variability in biotic indices. Environmental Pollution
 17:227-236.

 Murphy, P. M., and R. W. Edwards. 1982. The spatial distribution of the freshwater
 macroinvertebrate fauna of the River Ely, South Wales, in relation to pollutional discharges
 Environmental Pollution 29:11 i -124.

 Musgrove, M., and J. L. Banner.  1993. Regional ground-water mixing and the origin  of saline fluids-
 midcontinent, United States. Science 25:1877.

 Myers, N. 1993. Ultimate Security: The Environmental Basis of Political Stability.  Norton New
 York, New York.

Myers, T. J., and S. Swanson. 1991. Aquatic habitat condition index, stream type, and livestock bank
damage in northern Nevada. Water Resources Bulletin 27(4):667-677.

Myslinski, E., and W. Ginsburg. 1977. Macroinvertebrates as indicators of pollution.  Journal of the
American Water Works Association 69:538-544.
                                                                                                     125

-------
1273 M/B/I     Naiman, R. J., H. Decamps, J. Pastor, and C. A. Johnston.  1988. The potential importance of
                boundaries to fluvial ecosystems.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society
                7(4):289-306.

1274.1/M       Naiman, R. J., H. Decamps, and M. Pollack. 1993. The role of riparian corridors in maintaining
                regional biodiversity. Ecological Applications 3(2):209-212.

1275. M/B      Naiman, R. J., D. G. Lonzarich, T. J. Beechie, and S. C. Ralph. 1992. General principles of
                classification and the assessment of conservation potential in rivers. Pages 93-123 in P. J. Boon, P.
                Calow and G. E. Petts (editors). River conservation and management. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
                New York, New York.

 1276 I         Naiman, R. J., G. Pinay, C. A. Johnston, and J. Pastor.  1994. Beaver influences on the Jong-term
                biogeochemical characteristics of Boreal Forest drainage networks. Ecology 75(4):905-921.

 1277. J         Naif, R. P., E. L. Lange, and R. C. Wildman. 1984. Statistical procedures for applying Hilsenhoff s
                biotic index. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 2:441 -448.

 1278. A        National Academy of Sciences. 1986. Ecological knowledge and environmental problem-solving.
                 National Academy Press, Washington, D.C.

 1279. A         National Research Council.  1993. A biological survey for the nation. National committee on the
                 formation of the national biological survey. National Academy Press, Washington, D.C.

 1280. A         National Wetlands Working Group.  1986. Canada wetland regions (maps). Canada Map Office,
                 Ottawa, Ontario.

 1281. G/J       Needham, P. R., and R. L. Usinger.  1956. Variability in the macrofauna of a single riffle in Prosser
                 Creek, California, as indicated by the Surber sampler.  Hilgardia 24:383-409.

 1282. M/H      Nehlsen, W., J. E. Williams, and J. A. Lichatowich.  1991. Pacific salmon at the crossroads: stocks at
                 risk from California, Oregon, Idaho, and Washington.  Fisheries 16:4-21.

 1283. G/K      Nehring, R. B. 1976. Aquatic insects as biological monitors of heavy metal pollution.  Bulletin of
                 Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 15:147-154.

 1284. G/K      Nehring, R. B., R. Nisson, and G. Minasian.  1979.  Reliability of aquatic insects versus water samples
                 as measures of aquatic lead pollution. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology
                 22:103-108.

 1285. H        Nelson, J. S. 1976. Fishes of the world. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

 1286. G/I       Nelson, J. W., and J. A. Kadlec.  1984. A conceptual approach to relating habitat structure and
                 macroinvertebrate production in freshwater wetlands. Transactions of the North America Wildlife
                 Natural Resources Conference 49:262-270.

 1287. H/I        Nelson, R. L., W. S. Platts, D. P. Larsen, and S. E. Jensen. 1992. Trout distribution and habitat in
                  relation to geology and geomorphology in the north fork Humboldt River drainage, northeastern
                  Nevada. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 121(4):405-426.

  1288. J          Nemec,  A. F. L., and R. O. Brinkhurst. 1988. The Fowlkes-Mallows statistic and the comparison of
                  two independently determined dendrograms. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                  45:971-975.

  1289.1          Nestler, J. M., R. T. Milhouse, and J. B. Layzer. 1991. Instream habitat modeling techniques. Pages
                  295-315 in J. A. Gore and G. E. Petts  (editors). Alternatives in regulated river management. CRC
                  Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.
  126

-------
 1290.I/G



 1291. K/I


 1292.L



 1293. H


 1294. N/F


 1295.K



 1296. K/A


 1297.1


 1298. O

 1299. O/C/J



 I300.J


 1301. K



 1302. G/J



 1303. J




1304.K/G



1305. O/J
 Newbury, R. W.  1984. Hydrologic determinants of aquatic insect habitats. Pages 232-57 in V.H.
 Resh and D.M. Rosenberg (editors). The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Scientific, New York,
 New York.

 Newcombe, C. P., and D. D. MacDonald.  1991. Effects of suspended sediments on aquatic
 ecosystems. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 11:72-82.

 Newton, B. 1992. The U. S. Clean Water Act: programmatic needs and experiences. Pages
 1211-1217 in D. H. McKenzie, D. E. Hyatt and V. J. McDonald (editors) in Ecological indicators/
 Elsevier Applied Science, New York, New York.

 Nielsen, L. A., and D. L. Johnson (editors).  1985. Fisheries techniques. American Fisheries Society,
 Bethesda, Maryland.

 Niemeier, P. E., and W. A. Hubert.  1986. The 85- year history of the aquatic macrophyte species
 composition in a eutrophic prairie lake (United States). Aquatic Botany 25:83-89.

 Niemi, G. J., P. DeVore, N. Detenbeck, D. Taylor, A. Lima, J. Pastor, J. D. Yount, and R. J. Naiman.
 1990. Overview of case studies on recovery of aquatic ecosystems from disturbance. Environmental
 Management 14:571-588.

 Nilsson, C., and G. Grelsson. 1990. The effects of litter displacement on riverbank vegetation.
 Canadian Journal of Botany 68:735-741.

 Nilsson, C., G. Grelsson, M. Johansson, and U. Sperens. 1989. Patterns of plant species richness
 along riverbanks.  Ecology 70( 1 ):77-84.

 Norris, G.  1992. Monitoring data lead to stream protection order. Volunteer Monitor 4(l):4-5.

 Norris, G., M. Kelly, and J. Schloss.  1992. Deciding  data objectives. Pages 43-50 in J. Douherty
 (editor). EPA 841-R-92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens' Volunteer Water
 Monitoring Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

 Norris, R. H. 1995. Biological  monitoring: the dilemma of data analysis. Journal of the North
 American Benthological Society 14(3):440-450.

 Norris, R. H. 1986. Mine waste pollution of the Molonglo River, New South Wales and the
 Australian Capital Territory: effectiveness of remedial works at Captains Flat mining area.
 Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 37:147-157.

 Norris, R. H., and A. Georges.  1993. Analysis and interpretation of benthic macroinvertebrate
 surveys. Pages 234- 285 in D.M. Rosenberg and V.H. Resh (editors). Freshwater biomonitoring and
 benthic macroinvertebrates.  Chapman and Hall, New York.

 Norris, R. H., and A. Georges.  1986. Design and analysis for assessment of water quality. Pages
 555-72 in P. DeDeckker and W. D. Williams (editors). Limnology in Australia.  Commonwealth
 Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Melbourne, Australia, and Junk Publications,
 Dordrecht, The Netherlands.

 Norris, R. H., P. S. Lake, and R. Swain.  1982. Ecological effects of mine effluents on the South Esk
 River, north-eastern Tasmania.  III. Benthic macroinvertebrates. Australian Journal of Marine and
 Freshwater Research 33:789-809.

Norris, R. R, E. P. McElravy, and V. H. Resh. 1992. The sampling problem. Pages 282-306 in J.
Petts and P. Calow (editors). The rivers handbook.  Volume 1. Blackwell Scientific Publications,
 Oxford. England.
                                                                                                     127

-------
1306. L         North Carolina Division of Environmental Management. 1978. 208 Phase I Results.  Raleigh, North
                Carolina.

1307. C/L       North Carolina Department of Health and Natural Resources.  1990. Standard Operating Procedures,
                Biological Monitoring. Environmental Science Branch, Ecosystems Analysis Unit, Biological
                Assessment Group, Water Quality Section, Environmental Management, Raleigh, North Carolina.

1308. A         Noss,R.F. 1990. Indicators for monitoring biodiversity: a hierarchical approach. Conservation
                Biology 4: 355-364.

1309. J/G       Novak, M. A., and R. W. Bode. 1992. Percent model affinity, a new measure of macroinvertebrate
                community composition. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 11:80-85.

1310.M/K      NRC.  1992. Restoration of aquatic ecosystems.  National Research Council. National Academy
                Press, Washington, D.C.

1311. H         Nyer, D. E. 1983. Fish eggs and larvae. Pages 165-198 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson (editors).
                Fisheries techniques. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

1312. H/B      Oberdorff, T., andR. M. Hughes. 1992. Modification of an index of biotic integrity based on fish
                assemblages to characterize rivers of the .Seine Basin, France. Hydrobiologia 228:117-130.

1313. H         O'Brien, W. J. 1990. Perspectives on fish in reservoir ecosystems. Pages 209-22 in K. W. Thornton,
                B.L. Kirnmel, and F.E. Payneln, editors. Reservoir limnology: Ecological perspectives. John Wiley
                and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1314. D/H/K    O'Brien, W. J. 1979. The predator-prey interaction of planktivorous fish and zooplankton. American
                Scientist 67:572-581.

1315. K/A      Odum, E. P.  1985. Trends expected in stressed ecosystems. BioScience 35:419-422.

 1316. K/I       Odum, E. P., J. T. Finn, and E. H. Franz. 1979. Perturbation theory and the subsidy-stress gradient.
                BioScience 29:349-352.

 1317. J          Odum, H. T., J. E. Cantlon, and L. S. Komicker. 1960. An organizational hierarchy postulate  for the
                 interpretation of species-individual distributions, species entropy, ecosystem evolution, and the
                 meaning of a species- variety index. Ecology 41:395-399.

 1318.D/H/J     Oglesby.R. T. 1977. Relationships of fish yield to lake phytoplankton standing crop, production, and
                 morphoedaphic factors.  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board-of Canada 34:( 12)2271-2279.

 1319. D/H       O'Gorman, R., E. L. Mills, and J. S. DeGisi.  1991. Use of zooplankton to asses the movement and
                 distribution of alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus)  in south-central Lake Ontario in spring.  Canadian
                 Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 48: 2250-2257.

 1320. C/L       Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1989. Addendum to biological criteria for the protection of
                 aquatic life, volume II: users manual for biological field assessment of Ohio surface water. Ohio
                 EPA, Division of Water Quality Planning and Assessment, Ecological Assessment Section,
                 Columbus, Ohio.

 1321. L         Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1987. Biological Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic Life:
                 Volumes I-III. Volume I. The role of biological data in water quality assessment.  Volume II: Users
                 manual for biological field assessment of Ohio surface waters. Volume III. Standardized biological
                 field sampling and laboratory methods  for assessing fish and macroinvertebrate communities.  Ohio
                 EPA, Division of Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment, Surface Water Section, Columbus, Ohio
                 (updated 1988,1989).
  128

-------
 1322. L



 1.323. C/I/L




 1324.L




 1325. L



 1326. L/C



 1327. L



 1328. L



 1329.1



 1330.E/K/J



1331. G



1332.1/J


1333.M/B



1334.B



1335. B
 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Biological and Water Quality Study of the Hocking
 River Mainstem and Selected Tributaries. Ohio EPA, Division of Water Quality Planning and
 Assessment, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio EPA Technical Report EAS/1991-10-6.

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1992. Biological and Habitat Investigation of Greater
 Cincinnati Area Streams (Hamilton and Clermont Counties, Ohio). Ohio Environmental Protection
 .Agency, Division of Water Quality Planning and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio EPA Technical
 Report EAS/1992-5-1.

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1992. Biological and water quality study of the Ottawa
 River, Allen, Auglaize, and Putnam Counties, Ohio. Ohio Environmental Protection Agency
 Technical Report, Division of Water Quality Planning and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio
 EAS/1992-9-2.

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1993. Biological and Water Quality Study of the Cuyahoga
 River and Selected Tributaries. Ohio EPA, Division of Surface Water, Columbus, Ohio.  Technical
 Report EAS/1993-12-10.

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. The cost of biological field monitoring. Division
 Water Quality Planning and Assessment, Ecological Assessment Section, Ohio Environmental
 Protection Agency, Columbus, Ohio.

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1988. Ohio water quality inventory - 1988 305(b) report,
 volume I and executive summary.  Ohio EPA, Division of Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment,
 Columbus, Ohio.  E.T.Rankin, C.O. Yoder and D.A. Mishne (editors).

 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1990. The use of biocriteria in the Ohio EPA surface water
 monitoring and assessment program. Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Division of Water
 Quality Planning and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio.

 Ohmart,R. D., and B.W.Anderson. 1986.  Riparian Habitats.  Inventory and monitoring of wildlife
 habitat. U.S.D.I. Bureau of Land Management, Washington, D.C.  Pages 169-200 in A. Y.
 Cooperrider, R. J. Boyd, and H. R. Stuart.

 Oksanen, J., E. Laara, P. Huttunen, and J. Merilainen.  1988. Estimation of pH optima and tolerances
 of diatoms in lake sediment by the methods of weighted averaging, least squares and maximum
 likelihood, and their use for the production of lake acidity.  Journal of Palaeolimnology  1:39-49.

 Oliver, D. R., and M. E. Roussel.  1983. The Insects and Arachnids of Canada. Part 11. The Genera
 of Larval Midges of Canada; Diptera: Chironomidae. Agriculture Canada Publication 1746 Ottawa,
 ON.

 Olson-Rutz,  K. M., and C. B. Marlow.  1988. Analysis and interpretation of stream channel
 cross-sectional data. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 12:55-61.

 Omemik, J. M.  1995. Ecoregions: A spatial framework for environmental management. Pages 49-62
 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource
 planning  and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Omemik, J. M., and A. F. Gallant.  1987.  Ecoregions of the South-Central States. Environmental
 Research Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis Oregon  EPA-
 600-D-87-315.

 Omernik, J. M., and A. L. Gallant.  1988.  Ecoregions of the Upper Midwest States. U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis Oregon
EPA-600-3-88-037.
                                                                                                    129

-------
1336. B/I        Omemik, J. M., and G. E. Griffith. 1991. Ecological regions versus hydrologic units: frameworks for
                managing water quality.  Journal of Soil and Water Conservation 46(5):334-340.

1337. B         Omemik, J. M., and G. E. Griffith. 1986. Total alkalinity of surface waters: a map of the Upper
                Midwest region. Map (scale 1:2,500,000).  Environmental Management 10:829-839.

1338. B         •Omemik, J. M., and C. F. Powers. 1983. Total alkalinity of surface waters - a national map. Annals
                ofthe Association of American Geographers 73:133-136.

1339. J         Oreskes, N., K. Shrader-Frechette, and K. Belitz. 1994. Verification, validation, and confirmation of
                numerical models in the earth sciences. Science 26:641-646.

1340. G/K/I/J    Ormerod, S. J. 1987. The influences of habitat and seasonal sampling regimes on the ordination and
                classification of macroinvertebrate assemblages in the catchment ofthe River Wye, Wales.
                Hydrobiologia 150:143-151.

1341. K         Ormerod, S. J., P. Boole, C. P. McCahon, N. S. Weatherley, D. Pascoe, and R. W. Edwards.  1987.
                Short-term experimental acidification of a Welsh stream: comparing the biological effects of
                hydrogen ions and aluminum. Freshwater Biology 17:341 -356.

1342. G/K/I/J    Ormerod, S. J., and R. W. Edwards.  1987. The ordination and classification of macroinvertebrate
                assemblages in the catchment ofthe River Wye in relation to environmental factors. Freshwater
                Biology 17:533-546.

1343.1         Orth, D. J. 1983. Aquatic habitat measurements. Pages 61-84 in L. A. Neilson and D. L. Johnson
                (editors). Fisheries Techniques.  American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

1344. K/F       Orth, R. J., and J. W. Moore.  1983; Chesapeake Bay: An unprecedented decline in. submerged
                aquatic vegetation.  Science 263:641-647.

1345. K/B/I     Osbome, L. L. 1988. Empirical relationships between  land use/cover and stream water in an
                agricultural watershed. Environmental Management 26:9-27.

 1346. K/G      Osborne, L. L., and R. W. Davies. 1987. The effects of a chlorinated discharge and a thermal outfall
                on the structure and composition ofthe aquatic macroinvertebrate communities in the Sheep River,
                Alberta, Canada. Water Research 21:913 -921.

 1347. J/M      Osborne, L. L., R. W. Davies, and K. J. Linton.  1980. Use of hierarchical diversity indices in lotic
                community analysis. Journal of Applied Ecology 17:567-580.

 1348.1         Osbome, L. L., B. Dickson, M. Ebbers, R. Ford, J. Lyons, D. Kline, E. Rankin, D. Ross, R. Sauer, P.
                Seelbach, C. Soeas, T. Stefanavage, J. Wait, and S. Walker.  1991. Stream habitat assessment
                programs ofthe AFS in North Central Division. Fisheries 16(3):28-35.

 1349. K/I/G     Osborne, L. L., and E. E. Herricks. 1983.  Streamflow and velocity as determinants of aquatic insect
                distribution and benthic community structure in Illinois. Water Resources Center, University of
                Illinois. U. S. Department ofthe Interior, Bureau of Reclamation.  Report #UILU-WRC-83-l 83.

 1350. H/B/I     Osbome, L. L., S. L. Kohler, P. B. Bayley, D. M. Day,  W. A. Bertrand, M. J. Wiley, and R. Sauer.
                 1992. Influence of stream location in a drainage network on the index of biotic integrity.  Transactions
                ofthe American Fisheries Society 12: 635-643.

 1351. N/F      Ostendorp, W.  1989. Die-back of reeds in Europe-A critical review of literature.  Aquatic Botany
                35:5-26.
 130

-------
 1352. I/A


 1353. L




 1354.J/C



 1355.I/B



 1356. H


 1357. E/K


 1358. J


 1359. F


 1360.D/K/A


 1361. D/K


 1362.L/M/J


 1363. E


 1364. E



1365.M


1366.E



1367. E


1368.L
 Osterkamp, W. R., and C. R. Hupp.  1984. Geomorphic and vegetative characteristics aiong three
 northern Virginia streams.  Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America 95:1093- 1101.

 Overton, J. 1991. Utilization of biological information in North Carolina's water quality regulatory
 program. Biological Criteria: Research and Regulation. Proceedings of a Symposium. U. S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C. Pages 19-24
 EPA-440-5-91-005.

 Overton, W. S., D. .White, and D. L. Stevens, Jr.  1991. Design Report for EMAP, the Environmental
 Monitoring and Assessment Program. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research
 and Development, Washington, D.C. EPA-600-3- 91-053.

 Padgett, W. G., Ar-P. Youngblood, and A. H. Winwood. 1989.  Riparian community type
 classification of Utah and southeastern Idaho.  Intermountain Research Station, Forest Service, U. S.
 Department of Agriculture, Ogden, Utah. R4-Ecol- 89-01.

 Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr.  1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of
 Mexico.  Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts.

 Palmer, C. M.  1969. A composite rating of algae tolerating organic pollution.  Journal of Phycology
 5:78-82.

 Palmer, M. W. 1993. Putting things in even better order: The advantages of canonical
 correspondence analysis. Ecology 74(8):2215-2230.

 Pandit, A. K.  1984. Role of macrophytes in aquatic ecosystems and management of freshwater
 resources. Environmental Management 18:73-88.

 Parise, G., and A. Riva. 1982. Cladocera remains in recent sediments  as indices of cultural
 eutrophication of Lake Como. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Hydrologie 44:277-287.

 Patalas, K.  1971. Crustacean plankton and the eutrophication of St. Lawrence Great Lakes. Journal
 of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 29:1451 -1462.

 Patil, G. P., and C. Taillie.  1976. Ecological diversity: concepts, indices and applications. 9:383-411
 in Proceedings of the International Biometrics Conference.

 Patrick, R.  1950. Biological measure of stream conditions.  Sewage and Industrial Wastes
 22:926-938.

 Patrick, R.  1977. Ecology of freshwater diatoms. Pages 284-332 in D. Werner (editor). Botanical
 Monographs Volume 13. The biology of diatoms. University of California Press, Berkeley,
 California.

 Patrick, R.  1988. Importance of diversity in the functioning and structure of riverine communities.
Limnology and Oceanography 33:1304-1307.

Patrick, R.  1949. A proposed biological measure of stream conditions, based on a survey of the
 Conestoga Basin, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences  101:277-341.

Patrick, R. 1968. The structure of diatom communities in similar ecological conditions. American
Naturalist 102:173-183.

Patrick, R. 1992. Surface Water Quality: Have the Laws Been Successful? Princeton University
Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
                                                                                                    131

-------
1369. K/D/G/H  Patrick, R., J. Cairns, Jr., and A. Scheier.  1968. The relative sensitivity of diatoms, snails, and fish to
                twenty common constituents of industrial wastes. Progressive Fish-Culturist 30:137-140.

1370. B/E       Patrick, R., and N. A. Roberts.  1979. Diatom communities in the Middle Atlantic States, U. S. A.
                Some factors that are important to their structure. Nova Hedwigia 64:265-283.

1371. C/A/H/J7L Paulsen, S.G., and R. A. Linthurst  1994. Biological monitoring in the environmental monitoring and
                assessment program. Pages 297-322 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological Monitoring of
                Aquatic Systems. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1372. G/J       Pearson, R. G.  1984. Temporal changes in the composition and abundance of the macroinvertebrate
                communities of the River Hull.  Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 100:273-298.

1373. J         Pearson, T. H., J. Gareth, and C. F. A. Pinkham.  1992. Strategy for data analysis in environmental
                surveys emphasizing the index of biotic similarity and BIOSIML Water Environmental Resource.
                64(7):901-909.

1374. J/G       Pearson, T. H., J. S. Gray, and P. J. Johannessen. 1983. Objective selection of sensitive species
                indicative of pollution-induced change in benthic communities: 2. Data analyses. Marine Ecology
                Progress Series 12:237-255.

1375.1/H       Pearsons, T. N., H. W. Li, and G. A. Lamberti. 1992. Influence of habitat complexity on resistance to
                flooding and resilience of stream fish assemblages.  Transactions of the American Fisheries Society
                 121:427-436.

1376. Gfl/K.     Pearson, T. H., and Rosenberg.  1978. Macrobenthic succession in relation to organic enrichment and
                pollution of the marine environment. Oceanographer Marine Biology Annual Review 16:229-311.

1377. H        Pearson, W. D., and B. M. Pearson.  1989. Fishes of the Ohio River. Ohio Journal of Science
                 89:181-187.

1378. K/I       Pechmann, J. H. K., D. E. Scott, J, W. Gibbons, and R. D. Semlitsch.  1988. Influence of wetland
                 hydroperiod on diversity and abundance of metamorphosing juvenile amphibians. Wetlands
                 Ecological Management 1(1):3-11.

1379. G         Peckarsky, B. L.  1986. Colonization of natural substrates by stream benthos.  Canadian Journal of
                 Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43:700-709.

1380. G         Peckarsky, B. L.  1984. Sampling the stream benthos. Pages 131-60 in J.A. Downing and F.H.Rigler,
                 eds.  IBP Handbook 17. A manual on methods for the assessment of secondary productivity in fresh
                 waters.  Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, England.

1381. G         Peckarsky, B. L., P. R. Fraissinet, M. A. Penton, and D. J. Conklin, Jr. 1990. Freshwater
                 macroinvertebrates of northeastern North America. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York.

 1382. OIL       Penrose, D., and S. M. Call. 1995. Volunteer monitoring of benthic macroinvertebrates: regulatory
                 biologists perspectives.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 14(1):203-209.

 1383. G         Penrose, D. L., and J. R. Overton. 1988. Semiqualitative collection techniques for benthic
                 macroinvertebrates: uses for water pollution assessment in North Carolina. Pages 77-88 in T. P.
                 Simon, L. L. Hoist, and L. J. Shepard (editors). 129 pages in Proceedings of the First National
                 Workshop on Biological Criteria - Lincolnwood, Illinois, December 2-4,1987. U.S. Environmental
                 Protection Agency, Region 5, Instream Biocriteria and Ecological Assessment Committee, Chicago,
                 Illinois.

 1384.1/B        Peterjohn, W. T., and D. L. Correll. 1984. Nutrient dynamics in an agricultural watershed,
                 observations on the role of a riparian forest. Ecology 65:1466-147 5.
 132

-------
1385. J          Petennan, R. M.  1990. The importance of reporting statistical power:  the forest decline and acidic
                 deposition example.  Ecology 71 -.2024-2027.

1386. C          Peters, J. A.  1988. Quality control infusion into stationary source sampling. L.H. Keith, ed. Principles
                 of environmental sampling. American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C.

1387. G         -Peterson, L. B. M., and R. C. Petersen. 1983. Anomalies in hydropsychid capture nets from polluted
                 streams. Freshwater Biology 13:185-191.

1388. G/I/J       Petersen, R. C., Jr. 1992. The RCE: a riparian, channel, and environmental inventory for small
                 streams in the agricultural landscape.  Freshwater Biology 27:295-306.

1389.1/G        Petersen, R. C., and K. W. Cummins.  1974. Leaf processing in a woodland stream. Freshwater
                 Biology 4:343-368.

1390. K          Peterson, C. H., and R. Black.  1988. Density- dependent mortality caused by physical stress
                 interacting with biotic history.  American Naturalist 131 -.257-270.

1391. K/E        Peterson, C. G., and R. J. Stevenson.  1990. Post- spate development of epilithic algal communities in
                 different current environments. Canadian Journal of Botany 68:2092-2102.

1392. G/K        Pettigrove, V. 1989. Larval mouthpart deformities in Procladius paludicole Skuse (Dipera:
                 Chironomidae) from the Murray and Baling rivers, Austrailia. Hydrobiologia 179:111-117.

1393. L          Petts, G. E.  1991. Perspectives for ecological management of regulated rivers. Pages 3-26 in J. A.
                 Gore and G. E. Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated river management.  CRC Press, Inc., Boca
                 Raton, Florida.

1394. K          Phillips,  D. J. H.  1980. Quantitative Aquatic Biological Indicators. Their Use to Monitor Trace
                 Metal and Oranochlorine Pollution. Applied Science Publishers, London.

1395. A          Phillips,  D. J. H., and D. A. Segar. 1986. Use of bio-indicators in monitoring conservative
                 contaminants: program design imperatives.  Marine Pollution Bulletin 17:10-17.

1396. C          Phillips,  E. A. 1959. Methods of vegetation  study. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, Inc., New  York.

1397. K/F/J       Phillips,  G. L., D. Eminson, and B. Moss.  1978. A mechanism to account for macrophyte decline in
                 progressively eutrophicated freshwaters. Aquatic Botany 4:103-126.

1398. M/J        Pielou, E. C. 1975. Ecological diversity.  Wiley- Interscience Publications, John Wiley and Sons,
                 Inc., New York, New York.

1399. J           Pielou, E.G. 1984. The interpretation of ecological data: a primer on classification and ordination.
                 John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

1400. J          Pielou, E.G. 1977. Mathematical ecology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1401. A          Pierce, B. A. 1985. Acid tolerance in amphibians. BioScience 35:239-243.

1402. M         Pimm, S. L., and J. L. Gittleman.  1992. Biological diversity: where is it? Science 25:940.

1403. C          Pinder, L. C. V.  1989. Biological surveillance of chalk-streams. Freshwater Biological Association
                 57th Annual Report. Freshwater Biological Association, Ambleside, England.  Pages 81-92.
                                                                                                       133

-------
1404. G         Finder, L. C. V., and I. S. Fair.  1987. Biological surveillance of water quality-2. Temporal and
                spatial variation in the macroinvertebrate fauna of the River Frome, a Dorset chalk stream. Archiv fur
                Hydrobiologie 109:321-331.

1405. J/C       Pinkham, C. F. A., and J. G. Pearson. 1976. Applications of a new coefficient of similarity to
                pollution surveys. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 48: 717-723.

1406. F         -Pip, E.  1987. Species richness of aquatic macrophytes in central Canada. Hydrobiological Bulletin
                21:159-165.

1407. F         Pip.E.  1979. Survey of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophytes in central Canada. Aquatic
                Botany 7:339-357.

1408. N/B       Pitzer, D. E. 1989. The original boatload of knowledge down the Ohio River: William Maclure's and
                Robert Owen's transfer of science and education to the midwest, 1825-1826.  Ohio Journal of
                Science 89:128-142.

1409. G         Plafkin, J. L., M. T. Barbour, K. D. Porter, S. K. Gross, and R. M. Hughes.  1989.  Rapid
                Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers. Benthic Macroinvertebrates and Fish. Office
                of Water Regulations and Standards, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  EPA
                440-4-89-001.

1410. C         Plafkin, J. L., D. L. Kuhn, J. Cairns, and W. H. Yongue, Jr.  1980. Protozoan species accrual on
                artificial islands in differing lentic and wetland systems. Hydrobiologia 75:161 -178.

1411. K/E       Planas, D., L. Lapierre, G. Moreau, and M. -Allard. 1989. Structural organization and species
                composition of a lotic periphyton community in response to experimental acidification. Canadian
                Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:827-835.

1412. G         Plante, C., and J. A. Downing.  1989. Production of freshwater invertebrate populations in lakes.
                Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:1489-1498.

1413. D/J       Platt, T., L. M. Dickie,  and R. W. Trites. 1970. Spatial heterogeneity of phytoplankton n a near-shore
                environment. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 27:1453-1473.

1414.1/H       Plaits, W. S. 1980. A plea for fishery habitat classification. Fisheries 5:2-6.

1415. J/I       Platts, W. S. 1981. Stream inventory garbage in - reliable analysis out, only in fairy tales. Pages
                75-84 in N. B. Armentrout (editor). Acquisition and Utilization of Aquatic Habitat Inventory
                 Information. Western Division, American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.

1416. M/I       Platts, W. S., C. Armour, G. D. Booth, M. Bryant, J. L. Bufford, P. Cuplin, S. Jensen, G. W.
                Lienkaemper, G. W. Minshall, S. B. Morsen, R. L. Nelson, J. R. Sedell, and J. S. Tuhy.  1987.
                 Methods for evaluating riparian habitats with applications to management.  U. S. Department of
                 Agriculture, Forest Services, Odgen Utah. Gen. Technical Report INT-221.

1417. J/I/C      Platts, W. S., W. F. Megahan, and  G. W. Minshall. 1983.  Methods for evaluating stream, riparian,
                 and biotic conditions. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Intermountain Forest and
                 Range Experiment Station, Ogden, Utah. General Technical Report No. INT-138.

 1418. H/J        Platts, W. S., and R. L. Nelson.  1988. Fluctuations in trout populations and their implications for
                 land-use evaluation. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 8: 333-345.

 1419.1/M        Platts, W. S., and J. N. Rhine.  1985. Riparian and stream enhancement management and research in
                 the Rocky Mountains.  North American Journal of Fisheries Management 5:115- 125.
 134

-------
 1420. K/I/H      Platts, W. S., R. J. Torguemada, M. L. McHenry, and C. K. Graham.  1989. Changes in salmonid
                 spawning and rearing habitat from increased delivery of fine sediment to the South Fork Salmon
                 River, Idaho. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 118:274-283.

 1421.L/B        Plotnikoff, R. W.  1992. Timber/fish/wildlife ecoregion bioassessment pilot project. Washington
                 Department of Ecology. Olympia, Washington.

 1422. K/H/I     JPoe, T. P., C. O. Hatcher, C. L. Brown, and D. W. Schloesser. 1986. Comparison of species
                 composition and richness offish assemblages in altered and unaltered littoral habitats.  Journal of
                 Freshwater Ecology 3(4):525-536.

 1423. D/K       Poff, N. L., N. J. Voetz, and J. V. Ward. 1990. Algal colonization under four experimentally
                 controlled current regimes in a high mountain stream. Journal of the North American Benthological
                 Society 9:303-318.

 1424. K/I/G      PofF, N. L., and J. V. Ward. 1989. Implications of streamflow variability and predictability for lotic
                 community structure, a regional analysis of streamflow patterns. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
                 Aquatic Sciences  46:1805-1818.

 1425. G/K       Pontasch, K. W., and M. A. Brusven. 1988. Diversity and community comparison indices: assessing
                 macroinvertebrate recovery following a gasoline spill. Water Research 22:619-626.

 1426. J          Poole, R. W. 1974. An introduction to quantitative ecology. McGraw-Hill, New York.

 1427. J/A        Porcella, D. B., S. A. Peterson, and D. P. Larsen.  1979. Proposed method for evaluating the effects
                 of restoring lakes. Limnological and socioeconomic evaluation of lake restoration projects:
                 approaches and preliminary results. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington  D C
                 Pages 265-310. EPA 600/3-79-005.

 1428. M         Porter, K. G. 1977. The plant-animal interface in freshwater ecosystems. American Scientist
                 65:159-170.

 1429. E/J/D      Porter, S. D., T. F. Cuffhey, M. E. Gurtz, and M. R. Meador. 1993. Methods for collecting algal
                 samples as part of the national water-quality assessment program.  U. S. Geological Survey. Open
                 File Report 93-409.

 1430. H         Portt, C. B., E. K.  Balon, and D. L. G. Noakes. 1986. Biomass and production of fishes in natural and
                channelized streams. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43: 1926-1934.

 1431. K/I/A     Possardt, E. E., and W.  E. Dodge.  1978. Stream channelization impacts on songbirds and small
                mammals in Vermont. Wildlife Society Bulletin 6:18-24.

 1432.1/K        Potter, K. W. 1991. Hydrological impacts of changing land management practices in a
                moderate-sized agricultural catchment.  Water Resources Research 27(5):845-855.

1433.1          Potyondy, J., and T. Hardy. 1994. Use of pebble counts to evaluate fine sediment increase in stream
                channels. Water Resources Bulletin 30(3):509-520.

1434. H/K/M    Power, M. E. 1990. Effects of fish in river food webs. Science 25:811-814.

1435. M/I/B     Power, M. E., R. J. Stout, C. E. Gushing, P. P. Harper, F. R. Hauer, W. J. Matthews, P. B. Moyle, B.
                Statzner, and I. R.  Wais deBadgen.  1988. Biotic and abiotic controls in river and stream
                communities. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 7(4):456-479.

1436. H         Powers, D. A.  1989. Fish as model systems. Science 24:352-358.
                                                                                                      135

-------
1437. C/B       Pratt, J. R., and J. Cairns, Jr.  1985a. Functional groups in the protozoa: roles in differing ecosystems.
                Journal of Protozoology 32:415-423.

1438. G/K       Pratt,J.M.,R.A. Color, and P. J.Godfrey. 1981. Ecological effects of urban stormwater runoff on
                benthic macroinvertebrates inhabiting the Green River, Massachusetts. Hydrobiologia 83:29-42.

1439. J/C        Prepas, E. E.  1984. Some statistical methods for the design of experiments and analysis of samples.
                Pages 266-335 in J.A. Downing and F.H. Rigler, eds.  IBP Handbook 17. A manual on methods for
                the assessment of secondary productivity in fresh waters. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford,
                England.

1440. D/E       Prescott, G. W.  1968. The algae: a review. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston.

1441. M        Preston, F. W. 1948. The commonness andrarity of species. Ecology 29:24-83.

1442. G/C       Price, P. W. 1975. Insect Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1443. G/L       Primrose, N.  1989.  Routine benthic biomonitoring protocol: a proposal. Maryland Department of
                the Environment, Annapolis, Maryland.

1444. G/L       Primrose, N. L., W. L. Butler, and E. S. Friedman. 1991. Assessing biological integrity using EPA
                rapid bioassessment protocol II: theMaryland experience.  Biological Criteria: Research and
                Regulation, Proceedings of a Symposium. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
                Washington, D.C. Pages 131-132. EPA-440-5-91-005.

1445. Mfl/B     Pringle, C. M., R. J. Naiman, G. BretschM, J. R. Karr, M. W. Oswood, J. R. Webster, R. L.
                Welcomme,andMJ. Winterbourn.  1988. Patch dynamics in lotic systems: the stream as a mosaic.
                Journal of the North American Benthological Society 7(4):503-524.

1446 E        Pryfogle, P. A., and R. L. Lowe. 1979. Sampling and interpretation of epilithic lotic diatom
                communities. Pages 77-89 in R.L. Weitzel (editor). ASTM STP 690. Methods and measurements of
                periphyton communities: A review.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia,
                Pennsylvania.

 1447.K/A/M   Pulliam,H.R. 1988. Sources, sinks, and population regulation. American Naturalist 132:652-661.

 1448. N/D      Purdy, W. C. 1922. A Study of the Pollution and Natural Purification of the Ohio River.  I. The
                Plankton and Related Organisms. U. S. Public Health Service, Washington, D.C. Public Health
                 Service Bulletin No. 131.

 1449.E/N      Purdy, W. C. 1930. A Study of the Pollution and Natural Purification of the Illinois River. U.S.
                Public Health Service, Washington, D.C. Public Health Bulletin No. 198.

 1450. M/UL     Rabe,B. G.  1986.  Fragmentation and integration in state environmental management. The
                 Conservation Foundation, Washington, D.C.

 1451. G/K       Rabeni, C. F., S. P. Davies, and K. E. Gibbs. 1985. Benthic invertebrate response to pollution
                 abatement:  structural changes and functional implications. Water Resources Bulletin 21:489-497.

 1452. K/G       Rabeni, C. F., and G. W. Minshall.  1977. Factors affecting micro-distribution of stream benthic
                 insects. Oikos 29:33-43.

 1453. K         Raddum, G. G., and A. Fjellheim. 1984. Acidification and early warning organisms in freshwater in
                 western Norway. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte
                 Limnologie 22:1973-1980.
 136

-------
1454. K/C       Raddum, G. G., A. Fjellheim, and T. Hesthagen.  1988. Monitoring of acidification by the use of
                aquatic organisms. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte
                Limnologie 23:2291-2297.

1455. K/G       Raddum, G. G., and O. A. Saether.  1981. Chironomid communities in Norwegian lakes with different
                degrees of acidification. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und
                Angewandte Limnologie 21:399-405.

1456. D         Radwan, S., and B. Popiolek. 1989. Percentage of rotifers in spring zooplankton in lakes of different
                trophy. Hydrobiologia 186/187:235-238.

1457. H         Rafinesque,  C. S.  1820. Ichthyologia Ohioensis, or Natural History of the Fishes Inhabiting the River
                Ohio and its Tributary Streams, Preceded by a Physical Description of the Ohio and its Branches.
                W.G. Hunt, Lexington, Kentucky.

1458. H/B       Rahel, F. J.  1986. Biogeographic influences on fish species composition of northern Wisconsin lakes
                with applications for lake acidification studies. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                43:124-134.

1459. K/I/H     Rahel, F. I,  and W. A. Hubert. 1991. Fish assemblages and habitat gradients in a Rocky
                Mountain-Great Plains stream: biotic zonation and additive patterns of community change.
                Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120:319- 332.

1460.C         Ralph, C.J., and J.M. Scott (editors). 1981. Estimating numbers of terrestrial birds.  Studiesin
                Avian Biology #6. Alien Press, Lawrence, Kansas.

1461. G/K       Ranasinghe, J. A., S. B. Weisberg, J. Gerritsen, and D. M. Dauer. 1994. Assessment of Chesapeake
                Bay benthic macroinvertebrate resource condition in relation to water quality and watershed stressors.
                Maryland Department of Natural  Resources, Chesapeake Bay Research and Monitoring Division,
                Annapolis, Maryland.

1462. N         Randolph, I. 1921. The Sanitary District of Chicago, and the Chicago Drainage Canal: A Review of
                Twenty Years of Engineering Work. The Chicago Sanitary District,  Chicago, Illinois.

1463.1          Rankin, E. T. 1995. Habitat indices in water resource quality assessments. Pages  181 -208 in W.D.
                Davis and T.P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource planning
                and decision making.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1464.1          Rankin, E. T. 1989. The qualitative habitat evaluation index [QHEI]: rationale, methods, and
                application.  Division of Surface Water, Ecological Assessment Section, Ohio Environmental
                Protection Agency, Columbus, Ohio.

1465.1/L        Rankin, E. T. 1991. The use of the qualitative habitat evaluation index for use attainability studies in
                streams and rivers in Ohio. Biological Criteria:  Research and Regulation. Office of Water, U. S.
                Environ. Prot. Agency, Washington, D.C.  Page 133. EPA-440/5-91-005.

1466. L/I        Rankin, E. T. 1991. The use of biocriteria in the assessment of nonpoint and habitat impacts in
                warmwater streams. Division of Surface Water, Ecological Assessment Section, Ohio Environmental
                Protection Agency, Columbus, Ohio.

1467. J          Rankin, E. T., and C: 0. Yoder. 1992.  Calculation and uses of the area of degradation value (AD V).
                Ohio EPA, Division of Water Quality Planning & Assessment,  Columbus, Ohio.

1468. J/H        Rankin, E. T., and C. O. Yoder. 1990. The nature of sampling variability in the index of biotic
                integrity in Ohio streams. Pages 9-18 in W. S. Davis (editor). EPA 905'-9-90-005 in Proceedings of
                the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists Meeting. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Region 5, Environmental Sciences Division, Chicago, Illinois.
                                                                                                      137

-------
1469. L         Rankin, E. T., C. O. Yoder, and D. A. Mishne. 1992. Ohio water resource inventory, Volume I:
                Summary, Status and Trends, 1992.  Ohio EPA, Division of Water Quality Planning and Assessment,
                Ecological Assessment Section. Columbus, Ohio.

1470.M         Raven, P. H., and E. O. Wilson. 1992. A fifty-year plan for biodiversity surveys. Science
                25:1099-1100.

1471. L         Reash, R. J.  1995. Biocriteria: A regulated industry perspective. Pages 153-166In W.S. Davis and
                T.P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource planning and
                decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1472. K/B/H     Reash, R. J., and J. H. VanHassel. 1988. Distribution of upper and middle Ohio River fishes,
                1973-1985.  II. Influence of zoogeographic and physiochemical tolerance factors.  Journal of
                Freshwater Ecology 4:459-476.

1473. C         Reasoner, M. A. 1986. An inexpensive, lightweight percussion core sampling system. Geographic
                Physique et Quaternaire 40:217-219.

1474. J         Reckhow, K. H., K. Kepford, and W. Warren-Hicks.  1993. Statistical methods for the analysis of
                lake water quality trends. U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
                EPA841-R-93-003.

1475.1         Reed, D. J.  1992. Effect of weirs on sediment deposition in Louisiana coastal marshes.
                Environmental Management  16( 1 ):55-65.

1476. F/A       Reed, P. B., Jr.  1988. National list of plant species that occur in wetlands. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
                Services, Washington, D.C. Biological Report,33(24).

1477. K         Regier, H. A., and J. D. Meisner.  1990. Anticipated effects of climate change on freshwater fishes
                and their habitat Fisheries 15(6):10-15.

1478. K/G/H/I   Reice, S. R. 1991. Effects of detritus loading and fish predation on leafpack breakdown and benthic
                macroinvertebrates in a woodland stream. Journal of the North American Benthological Society
                10:42-56.

1479. G         Reice, S. R. 1981. Interspecific association in a woodland stream. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
                Aquatic Sciences 38:1271-1280.

1480.1/G       Reice, S. R. 1983. Predation and substratum: factors in lotic community structure. Pages 325-45 in
                T.D. Fontaine, and S.M. Bartell, eds. Dynamics of lotic ecosystems. Ann Arbor Science Publishers,
                Ann Arbor,  Michigan.

1481. G/I       Reice, S. R. 1980. The role of substratum in benthic macroinvertebrate microdistribution and litter
                decomposition in a woodland stream. Ecology 61 (3):580-590.

1482. G/H      Reice, S. R., and R. L. Edwards.  1986. The effect of vertebrate predation on lotic macroinvertebrate
                communities in Quebec, Canada.  Canadian Journal ofZoology64:1930-1936.

 1483.F         Reimold, R. J., and W. H. Queen (editors).  1974. Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New
                York.

 1484. C/J/M     Resh, V. H. 1979. Biomonitoring, species diversity indices, and taxonomy. Pages 241 -53 in IF.
                Grassle, G.P. Patil, W. Smith, and C. Taillie. Ecological diversity in theory and practice. International
                Co-operative Publishing House, Fairland, MD.
 138

-------
1485. G         Resh, V. H. 1995. Freshwater benthic macroinvertebrates and rapid assessment procedures for water
                quality monitoring in developing and newly industrialized countries. Pages 167-177 in W. S. Davis
                and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for water resource planning and
                decision making.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1.486. G/J       Resh, V. H. 1979. Sampling variability and life history features: basic consideration in the design of
                aquatic insect studies.  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 36:290-311.

1487. M/I/B     Resh, V. H., A. V. Brown, A. P. Covich, M. E. Gurtz, H. W. Li, G. W. Minshall, S. R. Reice, A. L.
                Sheldon, J. B. Wallace, and R. C. Wissmar. 1988. The role of disturbance in stream ecology. Journal
                of the North American Benthological Society 7(4):433-455.

1488. G/K       Resh, V. H., and G. Grodhaus.  1983. Aquatic insects in urban environments. Pages 247-76 in G.W.
                Frankie and C.S. Koehler, eds. Urban entomology: Interdisciplinary perspectives. Praeger Publishers,
                New York.

1489. K/G       Resh, V. H., J. K. Jackson, and E. P. McElravy.  1990. Disturbance, annual variability, and lotic
                benthos: examples from a California stream.influenced by a Mediterranean climate. Pages 309-329
                in R. de Bemardi, G. Giussani, and L. Barbanti (editors). Scientific Perspectives in Theoretical and
                Applied Limnology. Memorie d 11' Instituto Italiano di Idroboilogia, Payyanza, Italy.

1490. G         Resh, V. H., and J. K. Jackson. 1993. Rapid assessment approaches to biomonitoring using benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Pages 195-233 in D.M. Rosenberg and V.H. Resh (editors). Chapter 6,
                Freshwater Biomonitoring and Benthic Macroinvertebrates. Chapman and Hall, New York.

1491. G/J/K     Resh, V. H., J. K. Jackson, and E. P. McElravy.  1988. The use of long-term ecological data and
                sequential decision plans in monitoring the impact of geothermal energy development on benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte
                Limnologie 23:1142-1146.

1492. G         Resh, V. H., R. H. Norris, and M. T. Barbour.  1995. Design and implementation of rapid assessment
                approaches using benthic macroinvertebrates. Australian Journal of Ecology 20: 108-121.

1493. G/J       Resh, V. H., and D. G. Price.  1984. Sequential sampling:  a cost-effective approach for monitoring
                benthic macroinvertebrates in environmental impact assessments. Environmental Management
                8(1):75-80.

1494. K/G       Resh, V. R, and D. M. Rosenberg.  1984. The Ecology of Aquatic Insects. Introduction. Pages 1-9
                in V. H. Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (editors). Praeger Publishers, New York.

1495. G         Resh, V. H., D. M. Rosenberg, and J. W. Feminella. 1985. Th'e processing of benthic samples:
                responses to the 1983 NABS questionnaire. Bulletin of the North American Benthological Society
                2:5-11.

1496. J/G       Resh, V. H., and D. M. Rosenberg.  1989. Spatial- temporal variability and the study of aquatic
                insects.  Canadian Entomologist 121:941-963.

1497. G         Resh, V. H., and J. D. Unzicker.  1975. Water quality monitoring and aquatic organisms: the
                importance of species identification. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation 49:9-19.

1498. D         Reynolds, C. S. 1984. The ecology of freshwater phytoplankton. Cambridge University Press,
                Cambridge, MA.

1499. H         Reynolds, J. B. 1983. Electrofishing. Pages 147- in L. A. Neilson andD. L. Johnson (editors).
                Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland.
                                                                                                       139

-------
1500.1/G        Reynoldson, T. B.  1987. Interactions between sediment contaminants and benthic organisms.
                Hydrobiologia 149: 53-66.

1501. O         Reynoldson, T., L. Hampel, and I Martin.  1986. Biomonitoring networks operated by
                schoolchildren. Environmental Pollution (Series A) 41:363-380.

1502. J          Rice, W. R. 1989. Analyzing tables of statistical tests. Evolution

1503. GfUL      Richards, C., and G. Host.  1994. Examining land use influences on stream habitat and
                macroinvertebrates: a GIS approach.  Water Resources Bulletin 30(4):729-738.

1504. G/N       Richardson, R. E.  1928. The bottom fauna of the Middle Illinois River, 1913-1925: its distribution,
                abundance, valuation, and index value in the study of stream pollution. Illinois Natural History
                Survey Bulletin 17:387-472.

1505. G/N       Richardson, R. E.  1921. Changes in the bottom and shore fauna of the middle and lower Illinois
                River and its connecting lakes since 1913 -1915 as a result of the increase southward of sewage
                pollution. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 14:33-75.

1506. G         Richardson, R. E.  1925. Illinois River bottom fauna in 1923. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin
                 15:391-422.

1507. G/N       Richardson, R. E.  1921. The small bottom and shore fauna of the middle and lower Illinois River and
                its connecting lakes, Chillicothe to Grafton:. its valuation; its sources of food; and its relation to the
                fishery. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 13:363-524.

1508.1          Risser, R. J., and R. R. Harris.  1991. Mitigation for impacts to riparian vegetation on western
                montane streams. Pages 235-250 in J. A. Gore and G. E. Petts, eds. Alternatives in regulated river
                management.  CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida.

1509. C         Ritchie, J. C., J. R. McHenry, and A. C. Gill.  1973. Dating recent reservoir sediments.  Limnology
                and Oceanography 18:254-263.

1510. G         Roback, S. S. 1974. Insects  (Arthropoda: Insecta). Pages 313-376 in C.W. Hart, Jr. arid S.L.H.
                Fuller, eds. Pollution ecology of freshwater invertebrates. Academic Press, New York.

1511. K/G       Robbins, J. A., T. Keilty, D.  S. White, and D. N. Edgington.  1989. Relationships among tubificid
                abundances, sediment composition, and accumulation rates in Lake Erie.  Canadian Journal of
                Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 46:223-231.

1512. F/K       Roberts, D. A., R.  Singer, and C. W. Boylen.  1985. The submerged macrophyte communities of
                Adirondack Lakes of varying degrees of acidity. Aquatic Botany 21:219-23 5.

1513. H         Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey,  C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott.
                 1991. Common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada.  American
                 Fisheries Society, Bethesda,  Maryland. Special Publications No. 20.

1514. M/I/K     Robinson, G. R., R. D. Holt, M. S. Gaines, S. P. Hamburg, M. L. Johnson, H. S. Fitch, and E. A.
                 Martinko. 1992. Diverse and contrasting effects of habitat fragmentation. Science 25:524-526.

 1515. H/B        Robison,H. W.  1986. Zoogeographic implications of the Mississippi River basin.  Pages 267-285  in
                 C. H. Hocutt and E. O. Wiley (editors). The zoogeography of North American freshwater fishes. John
                 Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

 1516.1/H/K      Rochester, H., Jr., T. Lloyd,  and M. Fair. 1984. Physical impacts of small-scale hydroelectric
                 facilities and their effects on fish and wildlife. U. S. Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C.
                 FWS/OBS-84-19.
 140

-------
1517.D/G/K
1518. B/L
1519. L/B
1520.J
1521.K/F/E/G
1522. G/K
1523.E/L
1524.K/E
1525. G
1526. G
1527. A
1528. G
1529. J/K
1530.K/G
1531.1/B
  j
Roff, J. C., and R. E. Kwiatkowski. 1977. Zooplankton and zoobenthos communities of selected
northern Ontario lakes of different acidities. Canadian Journal of Zoology 55:899-911.

Roggenbuck, J. W., D. R. Williams, and A. E. Watson. 1993. Defining acceptable conditions in
wilderness. Environmental Management 17(2):187-197.

Rohm, C. M.( J. W. Giese, and C. C. Bennett.  1987. Evaluation of an aquatic ecoregion classification
of streams in Arkansas.  Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4(1): 127-140.

Romesburg, C. H. 1990. Cluster analysis for researchers. Krieger Publication Company, Inc.,
Melbourne, Florida.

Roos, C., and E. J. B. Uunk. 1987. Effects of stormwater sewer discharges on the aquatic community
in urban canals in Lelystad. Hydrobiological Bulletin 21 (2):207-212.

Rosemond, A. D., S. R. Reice, J. W. Elwood, and P. J. Mulholland. 1992. The effects of stream
acidity on benthic invertebrate communities in the southeastern U. S. Freshwater Biology
27:193-209.

Rosen, B. H.  1995. Use of periphyton in the development of biocriteria. Pages 209-215 in  W. S.
Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for water resource
planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

Rosen, B. H., and R. L. Lowe. 1984. Physiological and ultrastructural responses of Cyclotella
meneghiniana (Bacillariophyta) to light intensity and nutrient limitation. Journal of Phycology
20:173-183.

Rosenberg, D. M, H. V. Danks, and D. M. Lehmkuhl. 1986. Importance of insects in environmental
impact assessment. Environmental Management 10:773-783.

Rosenberg, D. M., and V. H. Resh. 1993. Introduction to freshwater biomonitoring and benthic
macroinvertebrates. Pages 1-8 in D. M. Rosenberg and V. H. Resh (editors). Freshwater
biomonitoring and benthic macroinvertebrates. Chapman and Hall, New York.

Rosenberg, D. M., V. H. Resh, S. S. Balling, M. A. Bamby, J. N. Collins, D. V. Durbin, T.  S. Flynn,
D. D. Hart, G. A. Lamberti, E. P. McElravy, J. R. Wood, T. E. Blank, B. M. Schultz, D. L. Marrin,
and D. G. Price.  1981. Recent trends in environmental impact assessment.  Canadian Journal of
Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 38:591-624.

Rosenberg, D. M., and V. H. Resh. 1982. The use of artificial substrates in the study of freshwater
benthic macroinvertebrates. Pages  175-235  in J. Cairns, Jr. (editor).  Artificial Substrates.  Ann
Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Rosenberg, D. M., and N. B. Snow. 1977. A design for environmental impact studies with special
reference to sedimentation in aquatic systems of the Mackenzie  and Porcupine River drainages.
Pages 67-78 in Proceedings of the  Circumpolar Conference on Northern Ecology. National  Research
Council of Canada, Ottawa, ON.

Rosenberg, D. M., and A. P. Wiens. 1976. Community and species responses of Chironomidae
(Diptera) to contamination of fresh waters by crude oil and petroleum products, with special reference
to the Trail River, Northwest Territories.  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
33:1955-1963.

Rosgen, D. L. 1994. A classification of natural rivers. Catena 22:169-199.
                                                                                                      141

-------
1532. L         Ross, L. T., and D. A. Jones (editors). 1979. Biological aspects of water quality in Florida.
                Department of Environmental Regulation, State of Florida, Tallahassee, Florida. Technical Series
                4(3).

1533. L/K/H     Ross, S. T. 1991. Mechanisms structuring stream fish assemblages: are there lessons from introduced
                species? Environmental Biology of Fishes 30:359-368.

1534. J/G        -Rossaro, B., and A. Pietrangelo. 1993. Macroinvertebrate distribution in streams:  a comparison of
                CA ordination with biotic indices. Hydrobiolpgia 26:109-118.

1535.E         Round,F.E.   1991. Diatoms in river water-monitoring studies. Journal of Applied Phycology
                3:129-'l45.

1536. J         Routledge, R. D. 1979. Diversity indices: which ones are admissible? Journal of Theoretical
                Biology 76:503-515.

1537 L         Ruffier.P. J.  1992. Re-examining independent applicability:  regulatory policy should reflect a
                weisht of evidence approach. Pages 139-147 in K. Swetlow (editor). EPA 823-R-92-009 in Water
                Q'-Jiiiy Standards for the 21st Century, Proceedings of the Third National Conference. U. S.
                En ironmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, D.C.

 1538. G/H/I     Ruiz, G. M., A. H. Hines, and M. H. Posey. 1993. Shallow water as a refuge habitat for fish and
                crustaceans in nonvegetated estuaries:  an example from Chesapeake Bay.  Marine Ecology Program
                99:1-16.

 1539. K/E       Rushfbrth, S. R., J. D. Brotherson, N. Fungladda, and W. E. Evenson.  1981. The effects of dissolved
                heavy metals on attached diatoms in the Uintah Basin of Utah, U.S.A. Hydrobiologia 83:313-323.

 1540. J         Ryder, R. A.  1982. The morphoeclaphic index - use, abuse, and fundamental concepts. Transactions
                of the American Fisheries Society 111:154-164.

 1541. A        Ryder, R. A., and C. J. Edwards. 1985. A conceptual approach for the application of biological
                indicators of ecosystem quality in the Great Lakes basin. Report to the Great Lakes Science Advisory
                Board. Windsor, Ontario.

 1542. H/J       Ryder, R. A., S. R. Kerr, K. H. Loftus, and H. A. Regier. 1974. The morphoedaphic index, a fish
                yield estimator - review and evaluation. Journal  of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
                28:663-688.

 1543. B         SAB (Science Advisory Board). 1991. Evaluation of the ecoregion concept: report of the ecoregions
                 subcommittee of the ecological processes and effects committee. Science Advisory Board,
                 Washington, D.C. EPA-SAB-EPEC-91-003.

 1544.  L         SAB (Science Advisory Board). 1993. An SAB Report: Evaluation of Draft Technical Guidance on
                 Biological Criteria for Streams and Small Rivers. Prepared by the Biological Criteria Subcommittee
                 of the Ecological Processes and Effects Committee.  Science Advisory Board, Washington, D.C.
                 EPA-SAB-EPEC-94-003.

 1545. G/A       Saether, 0. A.  1979. Chironomid communities  as water quality indicators. Holarctic Ecology
                 2:65-74.

 1546. K/G       Saether, O.  A.  1980. The influence of cutrophication on deep lake benthic invertebrate communities.
                 Progress in Water Technology 12:161 -180.

 1547.A/G/B     Saether, O.  A.  1975. Nearctic chironomids as indicators of lake topology.   Verhandlungen
                 Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie  19:3127-3133.
  142

-------
1548.F         Satake.K. 1987. A small dredge for sampling aquatic macrophytes. Hydrobiologia 150:141-142.

1549. H/I/J      Savitz, I, P. A. Fish, and R. Weszely. 1983. Habitat utilization and movement offish as determined
                by radiotelemetry. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 2-165-174.

1550. M         Sawhill, J., P. Raven, B. Babbit, J. Bird, and T. Lovejoy.  1994. Understanding biodiversity. Nature
                Conservancy 44(l):l-38.

1551. H/L       Saylor, C. F., and S. A. Ahlstedt. 1990. Application of Index of Biotic Integrity (IBI) to Fixed Station
                Water Quality Monitoring Sites. Tennessee Valley Authority, Water Resources, Norris, Tennessee.
                Aquatic Biology Department Publication.

1552. G         Saylor, C. F., D. M. Hill, S. A. Ahlstedt, and A. M. Brown.  1988. Middle Fork Holston River
                Watershed Biological Assessment, Summers of 1986 and 1987. Tennessee Valley Authority, Office
                of Natural Resources and Economic Development, Division of Air and Water Resources, Norris,
                Tennessee. TVA/ONRED/AWR 88/25.

1553. H/J       Saylor, C. F., and E. M. Scott, Jr. 1987. Application of the Index of Biotic Integrity to Existing
                Tennessee Valley Authority Data.  Tennessee Valley Authority, Office of Natural Resources and
                Economic Development, Water Resources, Norris, Tennessee. T VA/ONRED/AWR 87/32. Aquatic
                Biology Department Publication.

1554.1/M       Schaefer, J. M., and M. T. Brown. 1992. Designing and protecting river corridors for wildlife.
                Rivers 3:14-26.

1555. A         Schaeffer, D. J., E. E. Herricks, and H. W. Kerster.  1988. Ecosystem health:  I. measuring ecosystem
                health. Environmental Management 12(4):445-455.

1556. F         Schefer, J., M. R. deRedelijkheid, and F. Noppert. 1992. Distribution and dynamics of submerged
                vegetation in a chain of shallow eutrophic lakes. Aquatic Botany 42:199-216.

1557. D         Schelske, C. L.  1984. In situ and natural phytoplankton assemblage bioassays. Pages 15-47 in L.E.
                Shubert, ed. Algae as ecological indicators. Academic Press, London, England.

1558. A/M/K    Schindler, D.  W.  1987. Detecting ecosystem responses to anthropogenic stress.  Canadian Journal of
                Fisheries and  Aquatic Sciences 44:6-25.

1559.K         Schindler, D.  W.  1988. Effects of acid rain on freshwater ecosystems. Science 238:149-158.

1560. K         Schindler, D.  W.  1974. Eutrophication and recovery in experimental lakes:  implications for lake
                management.  Science 184:897-899.

1561. A         Schindler, D.  W.  1977. Evolution of phosphorous limitation in lakes. Science 195:260-262.

1562. K         Schindler, D.  W., S. E. M. Kasian, and R. H. Hesslein. 1989.  Biological impoverishment in lakes of
                the midwestern and northeastern United States from acid rain. Environmental Science and
                Technology 23:573-580.

1563. K/H      Schlosser, I. J. 1990. Environmental variation, life history attributes, and community structure in
                stream fishes, implications for environmental management and assessment. Environmental
                Management  14:621-628.

1564. K/I/H     Schlosser, I. J. 1982. Fish community structure and function along two habitat gradients in a
                headwater stream. Ecological Monographs 52:395-414.

1565. K/I/H     Schlosser, I. J. 1985. Flow regime, juvenile abundance, and the assemblage structure of stream
                fishes. Ecology 66:1484-1490.
                                                                                                       143

-------
1566. H/B       Schlosser, I. J.  1991. Stream fish ecology: a landscape perspective.  BioScience 41:704-712.

1567. H/K       Schlosser, I. J.  1982. Trophic structure, reproductive success, and growth rate of fishes in a natural
                and modified headwater stream. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 39:968-978.

1568.1          Schlosser, I. J., and J. R. Karr.  1981. Riparian vegetation and channel morphology impact on spatial
                •patterns of water quality in agricultural watersheds. Environmental Management 5:233-243.

1569. F/J        Schmid, W. D. 1965. Distribution of aquatic vegetation as measured by line intercept with SCUBA.
                Ecology 46: 816-823.

1570. L         Schmidt, W. A.  1992. Water quality protection requires independent application of criteria.  Pages
                157-164  in K. Swetlow (editor). EPA 823-R-92-009 in Water Quality Standards for the 21st
                Century, Proceedings of the Third National Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Office of Science and Technology, Washington, D.C.

1571. J/C        Schmoldt, D. L., D. L. Peterson, and D. G. Silsbee. 1994. Developing inventory and monitoring
                programs based on multiple objectives.  Environmental Management 18(5):707-727.

1572. J/A        Schneider, E. D.  1992. Monitoring for ecological integrity: the state  of the art. Pages 1403-1419 in
                D.H. McKenzie, D.E. Hyatt and V.J. McDonald (editors) in Ecological indicators. Proceedings of the
                International Symposium on Ecological Indicators. Elsevier Science Publishers Ltd., Essex, England.

1573. J          Schneider, S. H.  1994. Detecting climatic change signals: are there  any'fingerprints'? Science
                26:341-347.

1574. E         Schoeman. F. R.  1976. Diatom indicator groups in the assessment of water quality in the
                Juskei-Crocodile river system (Transvaal, Republic of South Africa). Journal of the Limnological
                Society of Southern Africa 2:21 -24.

1575. E/I        Schoenberg, S. A., and J. D. Oliver.  1988. Temporal dynamics and spatial variation of algae in
                relation to hydrology and sediment characteristics in the Okefenokee  Swamp, Georgia. Hydrobiologia
                162:123-133.

1576. K/M      Schoener, T. 1983. Rate of species turnover decreases from  lower to high organisms: a review of the
                data. Oikos 41:372-377.

1577. MIL       Schonewald-Cox, C., J. Buechner, R. Sauvajot, and B. A. Wilcox. 1992; Cross-boundary
                management between national parks and surrounding lands:  a review and discussion. Environmental
                Management 16(2):273-282.

1578. L         Schregardus, D: R. 1992. Re-examining independent applicability:  biological criteria are the best
                measure of the integrity of a water body and should control when there is a conflict. Pages 149-156
                inK. Swetlow (editor). EPA 823-R-92- 009 in Water Quality Standards for the 21st Century,
                Proceedings of the Third National Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
                Science and Technology, Washington, D.C.

1579. J         Schuster, E. G., and H. R. Zuuring.  1986. Quantifying the unquantifiable: or, have you stopped
                abusing measurement scale? Journal of Forestry  1986:25-30.

1580, G         Schwenneker, B. W., and R. A. Hellenthal. 1984. Sampling consideration in using stream insects for
                monitoring water quality. Environmental Entomology 13:741-750.

1581. C         Schwoerbel, J. 1970. Methods of hydrobiology.  Pergamon Press, London, England.
144

-------
 1582. H         Scott, E. M., G. D. Hickman, and A. M. Brown.  1992.  Reservoir vital signs monitoring, 1991, fish
                 community results. Tennessee Valley Authority, Water Resources, Chattanooga, Tennessee.
                 TVA/WR-92/5.

 1583. K/H       Scott, 1 B., C. R. Steward, and Q. J. Stober. 1986. Effects of urban development on fish population
                 dynamics in Kelsey Creek, Washington. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society
                 115:555-567.

 1584. K         Seager, J., and R. G. Abrahams.  1990. The impact of storm sewage discharges in the ecology of a
                 small urban river. Water Science Technology 22(10):163-171.

 1585. K/G       Sebastien, R. J., R. A. Brust, and D. M. Rosenberg. 1989. Impact of methoxychlor on selected
                 nontarget organisms in a riffle of the Souris River, Manitoba. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
                 Aquatic Sciences 46:1047-1061.

 1586. F          Seddon, B. 1972. Aquatic macrophytes as limnological indicators. Freshwater Biology 2:107-130.

 1587. O         Sefton, D.  1992. Volunteers and nonpoint source monitoring.  Pages 124-126 in J. Douherty (editor).
                 EPA 841 -R- 92-004 in Proceedings of the Third National Citizens' Volunteer Water Monitoring
                 Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

 1588. A         Severinghause, W. D. 1981. Guild theory development as a mechanism for assessing environmental
                 impact. Environmental Management 5:187-190.

 1589. L          Shackleford, B.  1988. Rapid bioassessments of lotic macroinvertebrate communities:  biocriteria
                 development. Biomonitoring section, Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology, Little
                 Rock, Arkansas.

 1590.1          Shankman, D., and S. A. Samson.  1991. Channelization effects on Obion River flooding, western
                 Tennessee. Water Resources Bulletin 27(2):247-254.

 1591. J          Shannon, C. E.  1948. A mathematical theory of communication. Bell System Technical Journal
                 27:379-423,623-656.

 1592. J          Shannon, C. E., and W. Weaver.  1949. The Mathematical Theory of Communication. University of
                 Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois.

,1593. G         Shaughnessy, A. T., J. A. Ranasinghe, H. Wilson, B. J. Balcom, M. T. Barbour, R. A. Connelly, and
                 M. J. Bickerton.  1992.  Long-term benthic monitoring studies in the freshwater portion of the
                 Potomac River.  State of Maryland, Department of Natural Resources, Chesapeake Bay Research and
                 Monitoring Division, Annapolis, Maryland.

 1594. J          Sheldon, A. L. 1984. Cost and precision in a stream sampling program. Hydrobiologia 111:147-152.

 1595. G/J        Sheldon, A. L. 1985. Perlid stoneflies (Plecoptera) in an Appalachian drainage: a multivariate
                 approach to mapping stream communities. American Midland Naturalist 113:334-42.

 1596. F/K        Sheldon, S. P.  1986. The effects of short-term disturbance on a freshwater macrophyte community.
                 Journal of Freshwater Ecology 3(3):309-317.

 1597. A/C       Sherwood-Pike, M. A. 1988. Freshwater fungi:  fossil record and paleoecological potential.
                 Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 62:271-285.

 1.598. H         Shurrager, P. S.  1932. An ecological study of the fishes of the Hocking River 1931 -1932. Bulletin of
                 the Ohio Biological Survey 5:377-409.

 1599.1          Siegel, M. D.  1994. Natural stabilization of a streambank. Land and Water May/June:28-32.
                                                                                                      145

-------
1600. J         Siegel, S. 1956. Nonparametric statistics for the behavioral sciences. McGraw-Hill, New York.

1601.1          Simenstad, C., C. Tanner, R. Thorn, and L. Conquest. 1991. Estuarine habitat assessment protocol.
                Puget Sound Estuary Program. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10, Office of Puget
                Sound, Seattle, Washington.

1602.1/L        Simmons, D. L., and R. J. Reynolds.  1982. Effects of urbanization on base flow of selected
                southshore streams, Long Island, New York. Water Resources Bulletin 18(5):797-805.

1603. E         Simola, H. 1977. Diatom succession in the formation of annually laminated sediment in Lovojarvi, a
                small eutrophicated lake.  Annals Botanici Fennici 14:143-148.

1604.1         Simon, A.  1989. The discharge of sediment in channelized alluvial streams. Water Resources
                Bulletin 25(6): 1117-1187.

1605.1         Simon, A.  1989. A model of channel response in disturbed alluvial channels. Earth Surface
                Processes andLandforms 14:11-26.

1606.1         Simon, A., and C. R. Hupp. 1987. Geomorphic and vegetative recovery process along modified
                Tennessee streams: an interdisciplinary approach to disturbed fluvial systems.  International
                Association of Hydrological Scientists 167:251-262.

1607. B/H      Simon, T. P. 1991. Development of Ecoregion Expectations for the Index of Biotic Integrity.  I.
                Central Com Belt Plain. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Chicago, Illinois. EPA
                905-9-91-025.

1608. H/L      Simon, T. P. 1992. Development of Biological Criteria for Large Rivers with an Emphasis on an
                Assessment of the White River Drainage, Indiana. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5,
                Chicago, Illinois. EPA 905-R-92- 026.

1609. H        Simon, T. P. 1990. Instream water quality evaluation of the Upper Illinois River basin using the
                Index of Biotic Integrity.  Proceedings of the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists Meeting. U.
                S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Environmental Sciences Division, Chicago, Illinois.
                Pages 124-142 in W. S. Davis (editor). EPA 905-9-90-005.

1610. H        Simon, T. P. 1986. A listing of regional guides, keys, and selected comparative descriptions of
                freshwater and marine larval fishes. American Fisheries Society 7:10-15. Early Life History Section
                Newsletter.

1611. H        Simon, T. P. 1990. Rationale for a family-level ichthyoplankton index for use in evaluating water
                quality.  Pages 41-65  in W. S.  Davis and T. P. Simon (editors).  EPA 905-9-89- 007 in Proceedings
                of the 1989 Midwest Pollution  Control Biologists Meeting. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Environmental Sciences Division, Region 5, Chicago, Illinois.

1612. H/J       Simon, T. P., and J. Lyons. 1995. Application of the index of biotic integrity to evaluate water
                resource integrity in freshwater ecosystems. Pages 245-262 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors).
                Biological assessment and criteria. Tools for water resource planning and decision making. Lewis
                Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1613. J          Simpson, E. H. 1949. Measurement of diversity. Nature 136:688.

 1614. K/G       Simpson, K. W. 1980. Abnormalities in the tracheal gills of aquatic insects collected from streams
                 receiving chlorinated crude oil  wastes. Freshwater Biology 10:581-583.
 146

-------
1615. G         Simpson, K. W., and R. W. Bode. 1980. Common larvae of Chironomidae (Diptera) from New York
                State streams and rivers with particular reference to the fauna of artificial substrates. New York State
                Museum Bulletin 439:1-105.

1616. K         Skagen, S. K., R. L. Knight, and G. H. Orians.  1991. Human disturbance of an avian scavenging
                guild. Ecological Applications l(2):215-225.

1617. B/I        -Skole, D., and C. Tucker.  1993. Tropical deforestation and habitat fragmentation in the Amazon:
                satellite data from 1978-1988. Science 26:1905-1910.

1618. C         Sladecek, V. 1991. Atlas of Freshwater Saprobic Organisms. Hokuryukan Co, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan.

1619. J          Sladedek, V. 1988. Conversions on the scale of saprobity.  Verhandlungen Internationale
                Vereinigung fur Theoretische und Angewandte Limnologie 23:1559-1562.

1620. N         Sladecek, V. 1965. The future of the saprobity system. Hydrobiologia 25:518-537:

1621. J          Sladec'ek, V. 1985. Scale of saprobity.  Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur Theoretische
                und Angewandte Limnologie 22:2337-2341.

1622. A/J/C     Slocombe, D. S. 1993. Environmental planning, ecosystem science, and ecosystem approaches for
                integrating environment and development. Environmental Management 17(3):289- 303.

1623. M         Smith, C. L. 1994. Connecting cultural and biological diversity in restoring northwest salmon.
                Fisheries 19(2):20-26.

1624. J          Smith, F., S. Kulkami, L. E. Myers, and M. J. Messner.  1988. Evaluating and presenting quality
                assurance data. Pages 157-68 in L.H. Keith, ed. ACS Professional Reference Book. Principles of
                Environmental Sampling.  American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C.

1625. F         Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec.  1985. A comparison of marsh plant loss estimates in production
                techniques. American Midland Naturalist 114(2):393-395.

1626. L/M       Smith, P. W. 1971.  Illinois streams: a classification based on their fishes and an analysis of factors
                responsible for the disappearance of native species. Illinois Natural History Survey Biological Notes
                76.

1627. H         Smith, P. W., A. C. Lopinot, and W. L. Pflieger. 1971. A Distributional Atlas of Upper Mississippi
                River Fishes. Illinois Natural History Survey Biological Notes 73.

1628. H/L       Smith, S. H. 1972. The future of salmonid communities in the Laurentian Great Lakes. Journal of the
                Fisheries Research Board of Canada 29:951 -957.

1629. D/K       Smith, V: H. 1983. Low nitrogen to phosphorus ratios favor dominance by blue-green algae in lake
                phytoplankton. Science 221:69-671.

1630. J         Smith, W., and J. F. Grassle.  1977. Sampling properties of a family of diversity measures.
                Biometrics 33:283-292.

1631.1          Smock, L. A., G. M. Metzler, and J. E. Gladden. 1989. Role of debris dams in the  structure and
                functioning of low- gradient headwater streams. Ecology 70(3):764-775.

1632. G         Smock, L. A., D. L. Stonebumer, and D. R. Lenat.  1981. Littoral and profundal macroinvertebrate
                communities of a coastal brown-water lake.  Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 92(3):306- 320.
                                                                                                       147

-------
1633. E         Smol, J. P.  1986. Chrysophyte analysis, Section 7. Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake
                Acidification: Methods and Project Description. Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto,
                California. D.F. Charles and D.R. Whitehead. eds. EA-4906, Research Project 2174-10.

1634. D/C       Smol, J. P.  1987. Methods in Quaternary ecology #1. Freshwater algae. Geoscience Canada
                14:208-17.

1635. C         Smol, J. P., B. F. Gumming, and J. C. Kingston. 1990. QA in paleolimnology. QA guidelines for
                biology in aquatic environmental protection. Prepared for Environment Canada, National Water
                Research Institute, Burlington, Ontario. D.R. Hart, ed.

1636. E         Smol, J. P., and J. R. Glew.  1992. Paleolimnology. Pages 551 -564  in W.A. Nierenberg (editor).
                Encyclopedia of Earth System Science. Academic Press, San Diego, California.

1637. D/K       Soballe, D. M., and B. L. Kimmel.  1987. A large- scale comparison of factors influencing
                phytoplankton abundance in rivers, lakes, and impoundments.  Ecology 68:1943-1954.

1638. K         Sodergren, S. 1976. Ecological effects of heavy metal discharge in a salmon river. Institute of
                Freshwater Research Drottningholm Report 55:91 -131.

1639. J         Sokal.R. R.,andF. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W.H. Freeman and Company. San Francisco,
                California.

1640.J         Sokal, R. R., and F. J. Rohlf. 1981. Biometry. The principles and practice of statistics in biological
                research, 2nd edition.  W.H. Freeman and Company, New York.

1641. M         Soule, M. E. 1991. Conservation:  tactics for a constant crisis.  Science 25:744-757.

1642. L         Southerland, M. T., and J. B. Stribling. 1995. Status of biological criteria development and
                implementation. Pages 81- 96 in W.S. Davis and T.P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and
                criteria: Tools for water resource planning and decision making.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton,
                Florida.

1643. C/G       Southwood, T. R. E. 1981. Ecological methods, with particular references to the study of insect
                populations. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1644.1         Southwood, T. R. E. 1977. Habitat, the templet for ecological strategies? Journal of Animal Ecology
                46:337-365.

1645. K/G       Specht, W. L, D. S. Cherry, R. A. Lechleitner, and J. Cairns, Jr.  1984. Structural, functional, and
                recovery responses of stream invertebrates to fly ash effluent.  Canadian Journal  of Fisheries and
                Aquatic Sciences 41:884-96.

1646. B/F       Spence, D. H. N. 1982. The zonatibn of plants in freshwater lakes.  Advances in Ecological Research
                12:37-125.

1647. K/I/G     Spence, J. A., and R B.  N. Hynes. 1971. Differences in benthos upstream and downstream of an
                impoundment. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 28:35-43.

1648. J         Sprent, P. 1989. Applied nonparametric statistical methods. Chapman and Hall, New York, New
                York.

1649. J         Sprugel, D. G. 1983. Correcting for bias in log- transformed allometric equations.  Ecology
                64:209-210.
148

-------
1.650. J          Sprules, W. G.  1977. Crustacean zooplankton communities as indicators oflimnological conditions:
                an approach using principal component analysis.  Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada
                34:962-975.

1651. D         Sprules, W. G., and J. E. Bowerman. 1988. Omnivory and food chain length in zooplankton food
                webs. Ecology 69(2): 418-426.

1652.1          -Stalnaker, C. B.  1990. Minimum flow is a myth.  Biological Report 90:31 -33.

1653.1/G        StSQfrier, B., J. A. Gore, and V. H. Resh. 1988. Hydraulic stream ecology: observed patterns and
                potential applications.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 7(4):307-360.

1654.1/G        Statzner, B., and R. Mller.  1989. Standard hemispheres as indicators of flow characteristics in lotic
                benthos research. Freshwater Biology 21:445-59.

1655. H         Steedman, R. J. 1988. Modification and assessment of an index of biotic integrity to quantify stream
                quality in southern Ontario. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 45:492-501.

1656. K/H       Steedman, R. J. 1991. Occurrence and environmental correlates of black spot disease in stream fishes
                near Toronto, Ontario. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120:494- 499.

1657. D/K       Steinberg, C., H. Hartmann, K. Arzet, and D. Krause- Dellin. 1988. Paleoindication of acidification
                in Kleiner Arberse (Federal Republic of German, Bavarian Forest) by chydorids, chrysophytes, and
                diatoms. Journal of Palaeolimnology 1:149-157.

1658. C         Steinhart, C. E., L. J. Schierow, and  W. C. Sonzogni. 1982. An environmental quality index for the
                GreatLakes. Water Resources Bulletin 18:1025-1031.

1659. E         Steinman, A. D., and C. D. Mclntire. 1986. Effects of current velocity and light energy on the
                structure of periphyton assemblages  in laboratory streams. Journal of Phycology 22:352- 361.

1660. D/K       Steinman, A. D., C. D. Mclntire, S. V. Gregory, G. A.  Lamberti, and L. A. Ashkenas.  1987. Effects
                of herbivore type and density on taxonomic structure and physiognomy of algal assemblages in
                laboratory streams.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society 6:175-188.

1661. E         Steinman, A. D., and A. F. Parker. 1990. Influence of substrate conditioning on periphytic growth in
                a heterotrophic woodland stream. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 9:170-179.

1662. B         Steins, S. E., and R. Wharfe. 1987. A practical classification of unpolluted running waters in Kent
                and its application in water quality assessment. Water Pollution Control 1987:184-191.

1663. K         Stevens, J. C., and S. W. Szczytko.   1990. The use and variability of the biotic index to monitor
                changes in an effluent stream following wastewater treatment plant upgrades. Pages 33-46 in W. S.
                Davis (editor).  EPA-905-9-90-005  in Proceedings of the 1990 Midwest Pollution Control Biologists
                Meeting. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Environmental Sciences Division,
                Chicago, Illinois.

1664. D/K       Stevenson, R. J. 1990. Benthic algal community dynamics in a stream during and after a spate.
                Journal of the North American Benthological Society 9:277-288.

1665. E/K        Stevenson, R. J. 1984. Epilithic and epipelic diatoms in the Sandusky River, with emphasis on
                species diversity and water pollution. Hydrobiologia 114:161 -174.

1666. E/I/K      Stevenson, R. J., and S. Hashim.  1986. Variation in diatom community structure among habitats in
                sandy streams.  Journal of Phycology 25:678-686.
                                                                                                       149

-------
1667. E/J        Stevenson, R. 1, C. G. Peterson, D. B. Kirschtel, C. C. King, andN. C. Tuchman. 1991.
                Density-dependent growth, ecological strategies, and effects of nutrients and shading on benthic
                diatom succession in streams. Journal of Phycology 27: 59-69.

1668. J          Stewart-Oaten, A., J. R. Bence, and C. W. Osenberg.  1992. Assessing effects of unreplicated
                perturbations:  no simple solutions. Ecology 73:1396-1404.

1669. J          Stewart, A. J., and J. M. Loar.  1994. Spatial and temporal variation in biological monitoring data.
                Pages 91-124 in S. L. Loeb and A. Spacie (editors). Biological monitoring of aquatic systems.  Lewis
                Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1670. J          Stewart-Oaten, A., W. W. Murdoch, and K. R. Parker. 1986. Environmental impact assessment:
                'pseudoreplicatiori in time? Ecology 67:929-940.

1671. G         Stewart, K. W., andB. P. Stark. 1988. North American Stonefly Genera (Plecoptera). The Thomas
                Say Foundation, Entomological Society of America, Lanham, Maryland.

1672. E         Stoermer, E. F., J. A. Wolin, C. L. Schelske, and D. J. Conley.  1985. Postsettlement diatom
                succession in the Bay of Quinte, Lake Ontario. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                42:754-767.

1673. O         Stokes, A. 1992.  State of the States:  Volunteer monitoring expands nationwide. Proceedings of the
                Third National Citizens' Volunteer Water Monitoring Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Office of Water, Washington, B.C.  Pages 20-24 in J. Douherty (editor).  EPA
                841-R-92-004.

1674. K         Stokes, P. M., E. T. Howell, and G. Krantzberg. 1989. Effects of acidic precipitation on the biota of
                freshwater lakes. Pages 273-304 in D.C. Adriano and AH. Johnson. Acidic Precipitation. Volume 2:
                Biological and Ecological Effects. Springer-Verlag, New York.

1675. M        Stolzenberg, W. 1992. The heritage network: detectives of diversity.  Nature Conservancy
                January/February, pages 23-27.

1676. G         Storey, A. W., and L. C. V. Finder. 1985. Mesh-size and efficiency of sampling of larval
                Chironomidae. Hydrobiologia 124:193-197.

1677.G         Storey, G. 1991. Surber and kick sampling:  a comparison for the assessment of macroinvertebrate
                community structure in streams of south-western Australia.  Hydrobiologia 21:111-121.

1678. B/I/J      Strahler, A. N. 1957. Quantitative analysis of watershed geomprphology. Transactions of the
                American Geophysical Union 38:913-920.

1679. G/I       Strayer, D. L.  1993. Macro-habitats of freshwater mussels (Bivalvia: Unionacea) in streams of the
                northern Atlantic slope. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 12(3):236-246.

1680. G/I       Strayer, D. L., and J. Ralley. 1993. Microhabitat use by an assemblage of stream-dwelling
                unionaceans (Bivalvia), including two rare species of Alasmidonta. Journal of the North American
                Benthological Society 12(3):247-258.

1681. C         Strickland, T. C., G. R. Holdren, Jr., P. L. Rindgold, D. Bernard, K. Smythe, and W. Fallen. 1993.
                Research: a national critical loads framework for atmospheric deposition effects assessment: I.
                method summary. Environmental Management 17(3):329-334.

1682.N        Stuckey,R.L.  1971. Changes of vascular aquatic flowering plants during 70 years input-in-bay
                Harbor, Lake Erie, Ohio.  Ohio Journal of Science 71(6):321-342.
 150

-------
1683. K.         Stuckey, R. L., and W. A. Wentz. 1969. Effect of industrial pollution on the aquatic and shore
                angiosperm flora in the Ottawa River, Allen and Putman Counties, Ohio.  Ohio Journal of Science
                69:226-242.

1684.B/I        Suedel, B. C., and J. H. Rodgers, Jr.  1991. Variability of bottom sediment characteristics of the
                continental United States.  Water Resources Bulletin 27(1): 101-109.

1685. E/J        -Sumita, M., and T. Watanabe.  1983. New general estimation of river pollution using new diatom
                community index (NDCI) as biological indicators based on specific composition of epilithic diatoms
                communities: Applied to Asano-gawa and Sai- gawa Rivers in Ishikawa Prefecture.  Japanese
                Journal of Limnology 44:329-340.

1686. G         Surdick, R. F., and A. R. Gaufin. 1978. Environmental requirements and pollution tolerance of
                Plecoptera. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati,
                Ohio. EPA-600-4-78/062.

1687. G/K       Sutcliffe, D. W., and T. R. Carrick.  1973. Studies on mountain streams in the English Lake District.
                I. ph, calcium and the distribution of invertebrates in the River Duddon. Freshwater Biology
                3:437-462.

1688. C         Suter, G. W., II. 1993. Ecological risk assessment.  Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

1689. A/K/L     Suter, II G. W. 1993. A critique of ecosystem health concepts and indexes.  Environmental
                Toxicology and Chemistry 12:1533-1539.

1690.1/H/K      Swales, S. 1991. The Use of Instream Habitat Improvement Methodology in Mitigating the Adverse
                Effects of River Regulation on Fisheries. Pages 185-208 in J. A. Gore and G. E. Petts, eds.
                Alternatives in regulated river management. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.

1691. A/B/C     Swanson, F. J., and J. F. Franklin.  1992. New forestry principles from ecosystem analysis of Pacific
                Northwest Forests. Ecological Applications 2:262-274.

1692. G/I/L      Sweeney, B.  W. 1993. Effects  of streamside vegetation on macroinvertebrate communities of White
                Clay Creek in eastern North America. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences
                14:291-340.

1693.1/M       Sweeney, B.  W. 1992. Streamside forests and the physical, chemical and trophic characteristics of
                piedmont streams in eastern North America.  Water Science Technology 26(12):2653-2673.

1694. B/I/M     Swift, B. L.  1984. Status of riparian ecosystems in the United States.  Water Resources Bulletin
                20:233-238.

1695.1          Swift, L. W., Jr.,- and E. S. Ledford.  1994. Where is bankfull in small southern Appalachian stream
                channels?  Pages 306-311  in Proceedings of Riparian ecosystems in the humid U. S. Functions,
                Values, and Management.  Atlanta, Georgia.

1696. H/I        Tappel, P. D., and'T. C. Bjomn. 1983. A new method of relating size of spawning gravel to salmonid
                embryo survival. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 3:123-135.

1697. J          Taylor, L. R.  1961. Aggregation, variance and the mean. Nature (London) 189:732-735.

1698. J          Taylor, L. R.  1980. New light on the variance/mean view of aggregation and transformation:
                comment.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 37:1330-1332.

1699. J/L        Tecle, A.  1992. Selecting a multicriterion decision making technique for watershed resources
                management. Water Resources Bulletin 28(1): 129-140.
                                                                                                      151

-------
1700. A         Temple, S. A., and J. A. Wiens. 1989. Bird populations and environmental changes: can birds be
                bio- indicators? American Birds 43(2):260-270.

1701. C         Tennessee Valley Authority. 1995. Aquatic ecological health determinations for TVA reservoirs -
                1994:  an informal summary of 1994 vital signs monitoring results an ecological health determination
                methods.  Water management. Tennessee Valley Authority, Chattanooga, Tennessee.

1702. J          terBraak, C. J. F.  1987. The analysis of vegetation- environment relationships by canonical
                correspondence analysis.  Vegetatio 69:69-77.

1703. J          terBraak, C. J. F.  1987. Calibration. Pages 78-90 in R. H. G. Jongman, C. J. F. ter Braak, and O. F.
                R. van Tongeren (editors). Data analysis in community and landscape ecology.  Centre for
                Agricultural Publishing and Documentation (Pudoc), Wageningen, The Netherlands.

1704. J          terBraak, C. J. F.  1986. Canonical correspondence analysis: a new eigenvector technique for
                multivariate direct gradient analysis. Ecology 67:1167-1179.

1705. J          terBraak, C. J. F., and S. Juggins.  1993. Weighted averaging partial least squares regression
                (WA-PLS):  An improved method for reconstructing environmental variables from species
                assemblages. Hydrobiologia 269/270:485-502.

1706. J          terBraak, C. J. F., and C. W. N. Looman. 1987. Regression. Pages 29-77 in R. H. G. Jongman, C. J.
                F. terBraak, and O. F. R. van Tongeren (editors). Data analysis in community and landscape ecology.
                Centre for Agricultural Publishing and Documentation (Pudoc), Wageningen, The Netherlands.

1707. J          terBraak, C. J. F., and C. W. N. Looman. 1986. Weighted averaging, logistic regression and the
                Gaussian response model.  Vegetatio 65:3-11.

1708. J          terBraak, C. J. F., and I. C. Prentice. 1988. A theory of gradient analysis. Advances in Ecological
                Research 18:271-317.

1709. J/E       terBraak, C. J. F., and H. van Dam.  1989. Inferring pH from diatoms:  a comparison of old and new
                calibration methods. Hydrobiologia 178:209-223.

1710.A/C      Terrell, C.R., and P. B.Perfetti. 1989. Water quality indicators guide: surface waters. Soil
                Conservation Service, U.  S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.  SCS- TP-161.

1711.1          Terrell, J. W. (editor). 1984.  Proceedings of a workshop on fish habitat suitability index models. U.
                S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Biological Report 85.

1712. C         Theriot, R. F., and D.R. Sanders. 1986. A concept and procedure for developing and utilizing
                vegetation flood tolerance indices in wetland delineation. U. S. Army Engineer Waterways
                Experimental Station, Vicksburg, Missouri. Technical Report Y-86-1.

1713. K/I       Thibodeau, F. R,, and N. H. Nickerson. 1985. Changes in a wetland plant association induced by
                impoundment and draining. Biological Conservation 33:-269-279.

1714. L         Thoma,R.F.  1990. A preliminary assessment of Ohio's Lake Erie estuarine fish communities.  Ohio
                Environmental Protection Agency, Division of Water Quality Planning and Assessment, Ecological
                Assessment Section, Columbus, Ohio.

1715. M        Thomas, J. W., E. D. Forsman, J. B. Lint, E. C. Meslow, B. R. Noon, and J. Vemer. 1990. A
                conservation strategy for the northern spotted owl. U. S. Forest Service. Portland, Oregon.

1716. L         Thompson, B. A., and G.  R. Fitzhugh. 1986.  A use attainability study and an evaluation of fish and
                macroinvertebrate assemblages of the Lower Calcasieu River, Louisiana. Louisiana State University,
 152

-------
                Center for Wetland Resources, Coastal Fisheries Institute, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.  Report
                LSU-CFI-29.

1717. H         Thompson, D. H., andF. D. Hunt.  1930. The fishes of Champaign County: a study of the distribution
                and abundance of fishes in small streams. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 29:1-101.

1718. A/C       Thornton, K. W., B. L. Kimmer, and F. E. Payne (editors). 1990. Reservoir limnology: ecological
                perspectives. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York.

1719. G/I/M     Thorp, J. H. 1992. Linkage between islands and benthos in the Ohio river, with implications for
                riverine management.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49(9): 1873-1882.

1720. G         Thorp, J. H., and A. P. Covich.  1991. Ecology and classification of North American freshwater
                invertebrates. Academic Press, Inc., New York, New York.

1721. H         Thurow, R. F., and J. G. King. 1994. Attributes of Yellowstone cutthroat trout redds in a tributary of
                the Snake River, Idaho. American Fisheries Society 12:37-50.

1722. K         Tilman, D. 1982. Resource competition and community structure.  Princeton University Press,
                Princeton.

1723. G/K       Timms, B. V., U. T. Hammer, and J. W. Sheard.  1986. A study of benthic communities in some
                saline lakes in Saskatchewan and Alberta, Canada.  Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie
                71:759-777.

1724. N/A       Tiner, R. W., Jr.  1984. Wetlands of the United States: current status and recent trends. U. S. Fish
                and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.

1725. J          Toft, C. A., and P. J. Shea.  1983. Detecting community-wide patterns:  estimating power strengthens
                statistical inference. American Naturalist 122:618-625.

1726. C/J        Tolonen, K. 1986. Rhizopod analysis. Pages 645-66 in B.E. Berglund, ed. Handbook of holocene
                palaeoecology and palaeohydrology. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England.

1727. l/B.        Tong, S. T. Y. 1990. The hydrologic effects of urban land use: a case study of the Little Miami River
                basin.  Landscape Urban Planner 19(1 ):99-105.

1728. H/K/J     Tonn, W. M.  1990. Climate change and fish communities: a conceptual framework. Transactions of
                the American Fisheries Society  119:337-352.

1729. H/B       Tonn, W. M., J. J. Magnuson, M. Rask, and J. Toivonen. 1990. Intercontinental comparison of
                small-lake fish assemblages: the balance between local and regional processes. American  Naturalist
                136:345-375.  .

1730. H         Tonn, W. M., and J. J. Magnuson.  1982. Patterns in the species composition and richness  of fish
                assemblages in northern Wisconsin lakes. Ecology 63(4):1149-1165.

1731.L         Tomatore, T., P. Jacobson, J. Gerritsen, and T. Janicki.  1992.  Data sets for developing measures of
                biological integrity in Maryland streams.  Chesapeake Bay Research and Monitoring Division,
                Annapolis, Maryland.

1732.1          Townsend, C. R.  1989. The patch dynamics concept of stream community ecology. Journal of the
                North American Benthological Society 8:36-50.

1733. G         Townsend, C. R., and A. G. Hildrew.  1976. Field experiments on the drifting, colpnization and
                continuous redistributing of stream benthos. Journal of Animal Ecology 45: 759-772.
                                                                                                      153

-------
1734. H         Tramer, E. J., and P. M. Rogers.  1973. Diversity and longitudinal zonation in fish populations of two
                streams entering a metropolitan area. American Midland Naturalist 90(2):366-374.

1735.H         Trautman, M. B. 1981. The fishes of Ohio (Second edition). The Ohio State University Press,
                Columbus, Ohio.

1736. K/H/N     Trautman, M. B., andD. K. Gartman. 1974. Re- evaluation of the effects of man-made modifications
                on Gordon Creek between 1887 and 1973 and especially as regards its fish fauna. Ohio Journal of
                Science 74:162-173.

1737. J          Trautmann, N. M., C. E. McCulloch, and R. T. Oglesby. 1982. Statistical determination of data
                requirements for assessment of lake restoration programs.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic
                Sciences 39:607-610.

1738. F         Trebitz, A. S., S. A. Nichols, S. R. Carpenter, and R. C. Lathrop.  1993. Patterns of vegetation change
                in Lake Wingra following a Myriophyllum spicatum decline. Aquatic Botany 46: 325-340.

1739.1          Tubino, M. 1991. Growth of alternate bars in unsteady flow. Water Resources Research
                27(l):37-52.

1740. J          Tumpling, W. von. 1962. Statistiche Probleme der biologishcen Bewasseruberwachung.
                Wasserwirtschaft-Wassertechnik 12:353-357.

1741. J          Turkey, J.W. 1977. Exploratory data analysis. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA.

1742.B         U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1981. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the
                United States. U. S. Government & Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Agriculture Handbook 296.

1743. JM/C     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1973. Appendix H-B.  Community structure and diversity
                indices. Water Quality Criteria 1972. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  Pages
                408-9. EPA-R3-73-033.

1744. L         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Biological criteria: state development and
                implementation efforts. Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA-440/5-91-003.

1745. L/C       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Biological Criteria: Guide to Technical Literature.
                Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA-440-5-91-004.

1746. L/A       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Biological Criteria: Research and Regulation.
                Proceedings of a Symposium.  EPA-440-5-91-005 in U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
                of Water, Washington, D.C.

1747. A         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Biological criteria: state development and
                implementation efforts. Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
                EPA-440/5-91-003.

1748. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1994. Biological criteria: Technical guidance for streams
                and small rivers. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology.
                EPA/822/B-94/001.

1749. L         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1985.  Clean Lakes Program: A review of the first decade.
                U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington,
                D.C. EPA 440/5-85-033.

1750. C         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1993. A commitment to watershed protection - a review of
                the Clean Lakes Program. Office of Wetlands, Oceans and Watershed, Washington, D.C.
                EPA-841-R-93-001.
 154

-------
1751. C        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1987. A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations
                Methods, Section 12, Biology/Ecology. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency
                and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C. EPA-540/P- 87/001.

1752. B/L       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1992. Draft ecoregions/subregions of Florida. U.S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Environmental Research
               •Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.

1753. N         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1984. The ecological
                impacts of wastewater on wetlands:  an annotated bibliography. U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Chicago, Illinois. EPA-905/3- 84-002.

1754. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. EMAP Surface Waters 1991 pilot report. Review
                draft.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratoiy, Corvallis,
                Oregon. EPA/620/R-93/003.

1755. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1994. EMAP Surface Waters field operations manual for
                lakes. U. S.'Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Las
                Vegas, NV.

1756. A         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. -1991. Environmental indicators: policies, programs, and
                success stories. Workshop Proceedings. Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation, U. S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

1757. A         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. The environmental monitoring and assessment
                program (EMAP) - surface waters monitoring research plan, fiscal year 1991. U.S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon. EPA/600/3- 91/022.

1758. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1994. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program:
                Integrated quality assurance project plan for the Surface Waters Resources Group, 1994 activities,
                Rev. 2.00. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Las Vegas, NV. EPA 600/X-91/080.

1759. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. EPA requirements for quality assurance project plans
                for environmental data operations. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Quality Assurance
                Management Staff, Washington, D.C. EPA QA/R-5. Draft Final.

.1760. A/L       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1990. Feasibility report on environmental indicators for
                surface water programs.  Office of Water Regulations and Standards, and Office of Policy, Planning
                and Evaluation, Washington, D.C.

1761.C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1992. Framework for ecological risk assessment. U.S.
                Environmental Protection Agency, Risk Assessment Forum, Washington, D.C. EPA- 630-R-92-001.

1762. C         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1995. Generic quality assurance project plan guidance for
                programs using community-level biological assessment in streams and rivers. U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA 841-B-95-004.

1763. O         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. Guide to Federal Water Quality Programs and
                Information. Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Washington, D.C. EPA-230-B-93-001.

1764. J/C        U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1980. Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality
                Assurance Program Plans. Washington, D.C.  QAM5-004/80.
                                                                                                     155

-------
1765.L     '    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Guidelines for preparation of the 1992 state water
                quality assessments 305(b) reports. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
                Assessment and Watershed Protection Division. Washington, D.C.

1766. L/C       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1993. Guidelines for Preparation of the 1994 State Water
                Quality Assessments (305(b) Reports). U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
                Washington, D.C.  EPA 841-B-93-004.

1767.J/C        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1980. Interim Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing
                Quality Assurance Project Plans. Washington, D.C.  QAMS-005/80.

1768. C/L       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1995 [Draft]. Lake and reservoir bioassessment and
                biocriteria technical guidance document.  Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Washington, D.C.

1769. J/i        U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1990. Monitoring Lake and Reservoir Restoration:
                Technical Supplement to the Lake and Reservoir Restoration Guidance Manual. Office of Water,
                Washington, D.C.  EPA-404/4-90/007.

1770. L         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1980. National accomplishments in pollution control
                1970-1980: Some case histories. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Planning and
                Management, Program Evaluation Division, Washington, D.C.

1771. O         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1990. National Directory of Citizen Volunteer
                Environmental Monitoring Programs (3rd ed.). U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
                Water, Washington, D.C. V. Lee and E. Ely (editors). EPA 503-9-90-004.

1772, L         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1992. National Water Quality Inventory: 1990 Report to
                Congress. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
                EPA-504-9-92-006.

1773.0         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1994. National directory of citizen volunteer environmental
                monitoring programs. (4th edition).  Office of Water, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                Washington, D.C. EPA841-B-94-001.

1774.L         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991.  Policy on the Use of Biological Assessments and
                Criteria in the Water Quality Program. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science
                and Technology, Washington, D.C.

1775. L         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1988.  Proceedings of the first national workshop on
                biological criteria, Lincolnwood, Illinois, December 2-4,1987.  Region V, U.  S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Chicago, Illinois. 905/9- 89/003.

1776. 0         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1992. Proceedings of the Third National Citizens' Volunteer
                Water Monitoring Conference. J. Douherty (editor).EPA 841-R-92-004 in U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

1777. L         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1986.  Quality criteria for water. U.  S. environmental
                Protection Agency, Office of Water Regulations & Standards, Washington, D.C.

1778. B         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Report of the ecoregions subcommittee of the
                ecological processes and effects committee. Evaluation of the ecoregion concept. Science Advisory
                Board, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. EPA-SAB-EPEC-91-003.

1779. A/L       U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1987. Surface water monitoring: a framework for change.
                Office of Water and Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation, U. S. Environmental Protection
                Agency, Washington, D.C.
 156

-------
  1780. C/L/I



  1781. C/L



  1782. L/C



  1783. C



  1784.C



  1785. O


 1786. O


 1787. 0/1


 1788. C  '


 1789. B


 1790. C


 1791. L



 1792.G



 1793. C


1794.B


1795.L
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1983.  Technical Support Manual: Waterbody Surveys and
  Assessments for Conducting Use Attainability Analyses. Office of Water Regulations and Standards
  Washington, D.C.  Vol. 1-3.

  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1984.  Technical support manual: waterbody surveys and
  assessments for conducting use attainability analyses.  Volume III. Lake Systems. U S
  Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1985. Technical Support Document for Water
  Quality-based Toxics Control.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Washington
  D.C. EPA-440-4-85-003.                                                     '       8

  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1991. Using environmental indicators for surface water
  quality planning and management: Region 5 pilot study. Environmental Sciences Division, U. S.
  Environmental Protection Agency.

  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1993. Virginian Province demonstration report.
  EMAP-Estuaries: 1990. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
  Development, Washington, D.C. EPA/620/R-93/006.

  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1990. Volunteer Water Monitoring: A Guide for State
  Managers. Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA 440-4-90-010.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. Volunteer lake monitoring: a methods manual. U S
 Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA 440-4- 91-002.

 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. Volunteer estuarine monitoring: a methods manual
 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.  EPA 842-B-93- 004.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. The watershed protection approach: an overview
 Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA 503/9-92/002.

 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. Watershed protection: Catalog of federal programs
 Office of Water, Washington, D.C. EPA-841-B-93-002.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1993. The watershed protection approach: annual report
 Office of Water, Washington, D.C.  EPA 840-S-93/001.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1989. Wetlands and 401 certification: opportunities and
 guidelines for states  and eligible Indian tribes. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of
 Water, Washington,  D.C.

 U. S. Forest Service. 1989. Aquatic macroinvertebrate surveys.  U. S. Department of Agriculture
 Forest Service, Intermountain Region Fisheries and Wildlife Management. Odgen  Utah  Chapter 5 in
 Fisheries Habitat Surveys Handbook (R-4 FHS 22609.23).

 U. S.  General Accounting Office. 1986. The Nations water Key unanswered questions about the
 quality of rivers and streams. GAO/PEMD-86-6. USGAO, Washington, D.C.

 U. S.  Geological Survey.  1982.  Hydrologic unit map of the United States. Map (scale 1:7,500 000)
U. S.  Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

U. S.  Government Printing Office.  1988. The Clean Water Act as amended by the Water Quality Act
of 1987.  Washington, D.C. Public Law 100-4.
                                                                                                   157

-------
1796.B         U.S. Soil Conservation Service. 1981. National range handbook. U. S. Department of Agriculture,
                Washington, D.C.

1797. IM       Uhlmann, D.  1979. Hydrobiology: A text for engineers and scientists. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
                Chichester, England.

1798 J          Ulanowicz,R.E. 1990. Ecosystem integrity and network theory. Pages 69-77 in C.J.Edwards and
                H.A. Regier, eds. An ecosystem approach to the integrity of the Great Lakes in turbulent times. Spec.
                Publishers 90-4. Great Lakes Fisheries Committee, Ann Arbor, ML

1799. J         Underwood, A. J. 1981. Techniques of analysis of variance in experimental marine biology and
                ecology. Oceanographer Marine Biology Annual Review 19:513-605.

1800. G        Usinger, R. L. (editor).  1956. Aquatic insects of California with keys to North American genera and
                California species. University of California Press, Berkeley, California.

1801  G/K      Usseglio-Polatera, P., andM Bournaud.  1989. Trichoptera andEphemeroptera as indicators of
                environmental changes of the Rhone River at Lyons over the last twenty-five years. Regulated Rivers:
                Research and Management 4:249-262.

1802. G/H/J     Uutala, A. J.  1990. Chaoborus (Diptera: Chaoboridae) mandibles-paleolimnologic indicators of the
                historical status of fish populations in acid-sensitive lakes.  Journal of Palaeolimnology 4:139-151.

1803. K/I/G     Uzunov, Y., and S. Kovachev. 1987. The macrozoobenthos of Stiuma River: an example of a
                recovered community after the elimination of a heavy industrial impact with suspended materials.
                Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 76:169-196.

1804. E/J       van Dam, H.  1982. On the use of measures of structures and diversity in applied diatom ecology.
                NovaHedwigia 73:97-115.

 1805. J         VanBelle,G., and IP. Hughes. 1984. Nonparametric tests for trend in water quality.  Water
                 Resources Research 20:127-36.

 1806. D/J       vanGeel, B.  1986. Application of faunal and algal remains and other microfossil in palynological
                 analyses. Pages 497-505 in B.E. Berglund, ed. Handbook of holocene palaeoecology and palaeo
                 hydrology. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England.

 1807. K/H       VanHassel, J. H., R. J. Reash, H. W. Brown, J. L. Thomas, and R. C. Matthews, Jr.  1988.
                 Distribution of upper and middle Ohio River fishes, 1978-1985.  I. Association with water quality and
                 ecological variables. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 4:441-458.

 1808. L         VanHassel, J. H., R. J. Reash, A. E. Gaulke, and P. H. Loeffelman. 1992. Toxicity-based NPDES
                 limitations:  it's never safe in these waters.  Journal of Environmental Permitting 1:349- 366.

 1809.J/C       VanHome,B. 1983. Density as a misleading indicator of habitat quality. Journal of Wildlife
                 Management 47: 893-901.'

 1810. J         VanLatesteijn, H. C., andR. H. D. Lambeck. 1986. The analysis of monitoring data with the aid of
                 time-series analysis. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 7:287-297.

 1811.1/B/M     Vannote, R. L., G. W. Minshall, K. W. Cummins, J. R. Sedell, and C. E. Gushing. 1980. The river
                 continuum concept. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 37:130-137.

 1812. M/I/B     VanVoris, P., R. V. O'Neill, W. R. Enmmanuel, andH. H. Shugart, Jr. 1980. Functional complexity
                 and ecosystem stability. Ecology 61:1352-1360.
  158

-------
 1813. J


 1814.1


 1815.

 1816. C



 1817. L



 1818. C



 1819. C


 1820. C


 1821.J


 1822.1


 1823.K/B



 1824. K


 1825. C



 1826. G


 1827.B/G/J/K


1828.M

1829. G

1830. G
 Vellidis, G., R. Lowrance, M. C. Smith, and R. K. Hubbard. 1993. Methods to assess the water
 quality impact of a restored riparian wetland. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation 48(3):223-230.

 Verhoff, F. H., and S. M. Yaksich. 1982. Storm sediment concentrations as affected by land use,
 hydrology, and weather. Journal of Environmental" Quality 1 l(l):72-78.

 Vermeij, G. J. 1991. When biotas meet: understanding biotic interchange. Science 25:1099-1104.

 Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation.  1988. Field and Laboratory Standard
 Operating Procedures Manuals. Agency of Natural Resources, Department of Environmental
 Conservation, Waterbury, VT.

 Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation.  1988. Indirect discharge rules.
 Environmental Protection Rules. Agency of Natural Resources, Department of Environmental
 Conservation, Waterbury,  Vermont. Appendix pages D-l to D-45.

 Vemeaux, J., P. Galmiche, F. Janier, and A. Monnot.  1982. Une nouvelle methode pratique
 deevaluation de la qualite des eaux courantes- Un indice biologique de qualite generate (BIG).
 Annales scientifiques de 1' Universite de Besancon.  Biologic animale (4eme serie) 3:11-21.

 Vemeaux, J., and G.  "Puffery.  1976. Une methode zoologique ratique de determination de la qualite
 biologique des eaux courantes. Annales scientifiques de ITJniversite de Besancon. Zoologie 3:79-90.

 Vemer, J. 1985.  Assessment of counting techniques. Pages 247-302 in R. F. Johnston (editor).
 Current Ornithology. Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York, NY.

 Vezina, A. F.  1988.  Sampling variance and the design of quantitative surveys of the marine benthos.
 Marine Biology 97:151-155.

 Vighi, M., and G. Chiaudani.  1985. A simple method to estimate lake phosphorus concentrations
 resulting from natural, background, loadings.  Water Resources Bulletin 19:987-991

 Villa, F., O. Rossi, and F. Sartore. 1992. Understanding the role of chronic environmental
 disturbance in the context of island biogeographic theory.  Environmental Management
 16(5):653-666.

 Voelz, N. J., and J. V. Ward. 1991. Biotic responses along the recovery of a regulated stream.
 Canadian Journal  of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 48(12):2477-2490.

 Vogt, R. C., and R. L. Mine. 1982. Evaluation of techniques for assessment of amphibian and reptile
 populations in Wisconsin.  Herpetological communities. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington D C
 Pages 201-217 inN. J. Scott, Jr. (editor). Wildlife Resources Report 13.

 Voshell, J. R., Jr., and G. M. Simmons, Jr. 1984. Colonization and succession of benthic
 macroinvertebrates in a new reservoir. Hydrobiologia 112:27-39.

 Wade, I. R., S. J. Ormerod, and A. S. Gee. 1989. Classification and ordination of macroinvertebrate
 assemblages to predict stream acidity in upland Wales. Hydrobiologia 171:59-78.

 Wake, D. B.  1991. Declining amphibian populations.  Science 25:860.

 Walker, I. R.  1987. Chironomidae (Diptera) in paleoecology. Quaternary Science Reviews 6:29-40.

 Walker, I. R.  1990. Modem assemblages of arctic and alpine Chironomidae as analog for late-glacial
communities.  Hydrobiologia 214:223-227.
                                                                                                      159

-------
1831. G         Walker, I. R. (ed). 1993. Paleolimnological biomonitoring using freshwater benthic
                macroinvertebrates. Chapman and Hill, New York, New York.

1832. G         Walker, I. R., C. H. Fernando, and C. G. Paterson.  1984. The chironomid fauna of four shallow,
                humic lakes and their representation by subfossil assemblages in the surficial sediments.
                Hydrobiologia 112:61-67.

1833. G         Walker, I. R., and R. W. Mathewes. 1987. Chironomidae (Diptera) postglacial climate at Marion
                Lake, British Columbia, Canada. Quaternary Research 27:89-102.

1834. K/G      Walker, I. R., and R. W. Mathewes. 1987. Chironomids, lake trophic status, and climate. Quaternary
                Research 28:431-437.

1835 G/K      Walker, I. R., and R. W. Mathewes. 1989. Chironomidae (Diptera) remains in surficial lake
                sediments from the Canadian Cordillera: analysis of the fauna across an attitudinal gradient. Journal
                of Palaeolimnology 2:61-80.

 1836. G/K      Walker, I. R., R. I Mott, and J. P. Smol.  1991. Allerod-Younger Dryas lake temperatures from
                midge fossils in Atlantic Canada. Science 253:1010-1012.

 1837 G/A      Walker, I. R., I P. Smol, D. R. Engstrom, and H. J. B. Birks. 1991. An assessment of Chironomidae
                 as quantitative indicators of past climatic change. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and. Aquatic
                 Sciences 48:975-987.

 1838. J          Walker, W. W.  1984. Trophic state indices in reservoirs. Pages 435-440. EPA 440/5-84-001 in
                 Lake and reservoir management protocols.  3rd Annual Conference of North American Lake
                 Management Society, Knoxville, Tennessee. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
                 D.C.

 1839. B/M      Wallace, A. R.  1869. The Malay Archipelago.  MacMillan, London, England.

 1840 K         Wallace, J.B. 1989. Structure and function of freshwater ecosystems: assessing the potential impact
                 of pesticides. Pages 4-17 in J. R. Voshell, Jr. (editor). Miscellaneous Publication No. 75. Using
                 mesocosms to assess the aquatic ecological risk of pesticides: theory and practice.  Entomological
                 Society of America, Lanham, Maryland.

 1841.1/J        Wallace, J. B., and A. C. Benke. 1984. Quantification of wood habitat in subtropical coastal plain
                 streams. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 41: 1643-1652.

 1842. K/G      Wallace, J. B., G. J. Lugthart, T. F. Cuffiiey, and G. A. Schurr.  1989. The impact of repeated
                 insecticidal treatments on drift and benthos of a headwater stream. Hydrobiologia 179:135-147.

 1843 K/G      Wallace, J. B., D. S. Vogel, and T. F. Cuffiiey.  1986. Recovery of a headwater stream from an
                 insecticide-induced community disturbance.  Journal of the North American Benthological Society
                 5:115-126.

 1844. G        Wallace, J. B., J. R. Webster, and T. F. Cuffiiey. 1982. Stream detritus dynamics: regulation by
                 invertebrate consumers. Oecologia 53:197-200.

 1845. H        Wallus, R. T., P. Simon, and B. L. Yeager. 1990. Reproductive Biology and Early Life History of
                 Fishes of the Ohio River Drainage. Tennessee Valley Authority, Chattanooga, Tennessee.

 1846. J/M       Walters, C. J., J. S. Collie, and T. Webb.  1988. Experimental designs for estimating transient
                  responses to management disturbances. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                  45:530-538.
  160

-------
 1847. K/F/I



 1848. J/C



 1849. J


 1850. C


 1851. C


 1852. G


 1853. A


 1854. B/L



 1855.B/J



 1856. G/K


 1857. G/K



 1858. G


 1859. G/K



 1860. G/K



1861. G/K



1862. K/G
 Walters, M. A., R. O. Teskey, and T. M. Hinckley. 1980.  Impact of water level changes on woody
 riparian and wetland communities, Volume VIII: Pacific Northwest and Rocky Mountain Regions. U.
 S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service. FWS/OBS-78/93.

 Ward, R. C.  1989. A systems approach to design. Pages 37-46 in R.C. Ward, J.C. Loftis and G. B.
 McBride (editors). Information Series No. 61. Design of water quality information systems.
 Colorado Water Resources Research Institute. Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado.

 Ward, R. C., J. C. Loftis, and G. B. McBride. 1986. The 'data-rich but information-poor' syndrome in
 water quality monitoring. Environmental Management 10:291-297.

 Warner, B. G.  1988. Methods in Quaternary ecology #5. Testate Amoebae (Protozoa)  Geoscience
 Canada 15:251-260.

 Warner, B. G.  1989. Methods in Quaternary ecology #10.  Other fossils.  Geoscience Canada
 16:231-242.

 Warner, B. G., andB. J. Hann.  1987. Aquatic invertebrates as paleoclimatic indicators? Quaternary
 Research 28:427-430.

 Warren, C. E.  1971. Biology and water pollution control.  W.B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia,
 Pennsylvania.

 Warren, C. E.  1979. Toward classification and rationale for watershed management and protection.
 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, Corvallis Oregon
 EPA-600-3-79-059.

 Wany, N. D., and M. Hanau. 1993. The use of terrestrial ecoregions as a regional-scale screen for
 selecting representative reference sites for water quality monitoring. Environmental Management
 17(2):267-276.

 Warwick, R. M. 1986. A new method for detecting pollution effects on marine macrobenthic
 communities. Marine Biology 92:557-562.

 Warwick, R. M., Pearson, and T. H. Rusvvahyuni.  1987. Detection of pollution effects on marine
 macrobenthos: further evaluation of the species abundance/biomass method. Marine Biology
 95:193-200.

 Warwick, W. F. 1989. Chironomids, lake development and climate: a commentary.  Journal of
 Palaeolimnology 2:15-7.

 Warwick,  W. F. 1991. Indexing deformities in ligulae and antennae of Procladius larvae (Diptera:
 Chironomidae); Application to contaminant-stressed environments. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
 Aquatic Sciences 48:1151 -1166.

 Warwick,  W. F. 1985. Morphological abnormalities in Chironomidae (Diptera) larvae as measures of
 toxic stress in freshwater ecosystems: indexing antennal deformities in Cheirognomies Meigen.
 Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 42:1881-1914.

 Warwick, W. F. 1988. Morphological deformities in Chironomidae (Diptera) larvae as biological
 indicators of toxic stress. Pages 281-320 in M.S. Evans, ed. Toxic Contaminants and Ecosystem
Health: A Great Lakes Focus. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

Warwick, W. F. 1980. Pasqu'a Lake, southeastern Saskatchewan: a preliminary assessment of trophic
status and contamination based on the  Chironomidae (Diptera). Pages 255-257 in D. A. Murray, ed.
in Chironomidae. Ecology, Systematics, Cytology and Physiology. Proceedings of the 7th
International Symposium on Chironomidae. Pergamon Press, Oxford, England
                                                                                                     161

-------
1863. G/K       Warwick, W. F., J. Fitchko, P. M. McKee, D. R. Hart, and A. J. Burt.  1987. The incidence of
                deformities in Chironomus spp. from Port Hope Harbour, Lake Ontario.  Journal of Great Lakes
                Research 13:88-92.

1864. J/M       Washington, H. G. 1984. Diversity, biotic and similarity indices. Water Resources Research
                18(6):653-694.

1865. G/K       Waterhouse, J. C., and M. P. Farrell. 1985. Identifying pollution related changes in chironomid
                communities as a function of taxonomic rank.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                42:406-413.

1866. G         Waters, T. F. 1979. Influence of benthos life history upon the estimation of secondary production.
                Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 36:1425-1430.

1867. J          Waters, W.  E., and D. C. Erman. 1990. Research methods: concept and design. Pages 1 -34 in C. B.
                Schreck and P. B. Moyle (editors). Methods for fish biology. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda,
                Maryland.

1868.M/G/H/J   Walters, G. T.  1992. Unionids, fishes, and the species-area curve. Journal of Biogeography
                19:481-490.

1869. G/K       Weatherley. N. S., and S. J. Ormerod.  1987. The impact of acidification on macroinvertebrate
                assemblages in Welsh streams:  Towards an empirical model.  Environmental Pollution 46:223-240.

1870. K         Weatherley, N. S., S. P. Thomas, and S. J. Ormerod.  1989. Chemical and biological effects of acid,
                aluminum'and lime additions to a Welsh hill-stream. Environmental Pollution 56: 283-297.

1871. J/H       Weaver, M. J., J. J. Magnuson, and M. K. Clayton.  1993. Analyses for differentiating littoral fish
                assemblages with catch data from multiple sampling gears. American Fisheries Society
                122:1111-1119.

1872. C         Weber, C. I. (editor). 1973. Biological Field and Laboratory Methods for Measuring the Quality of
                Surface Waters and Effluents.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
                Development, Cincinnati, Ohio. EPA 670-4-73-001.

 1873. H        Weber, C. I. (editor). 1981. Ecological assessments of effluent impacts on communities of indigenous
                aquatic organisms. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 1874. C/L       Weber, C. I. 1980. Federal and state biomonitoring programs. Pages 25-52 in D.L. Worf (editor).
                Biological monitoring for environmental effects. Lexington Books, Lexington, MA..

 1875.1         Webster, J. R., and E. F. Benfield.  1986. Vascular plant breakdown in freshwater ecosystems.
                Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 17:567-594.

 1876. H         Weddle, G. K., and R. K.  Kessler.  1993. A square- meter electrofishing sampler for benthic riffle
                fishes. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 12(3):291 -301.

 1877.1/G        Weisberg, S. B., A. J. Janicki, J. Gerritsen, and H. T. Wilson. 1990. Enhancement of benthic
                 macroinvertebrates by minimum flow from a hydroelectric dam. Regulated Rivers:  Research and
                 Management 5:265-277.

 1878. E/J/K     Weitzel, R. L., and J. M. Bates. 1981. Assessment of effluent impacts through evaluation of
                 periphyton diatom community structure. Pages 142-165 in J. M. Bates and C.I. Weber (editors).
                 ASTM STP 730. Ecological assessments of effluent impacts on communities of indigenous aquatic
                 organisms. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 162

-------
 1879.E


 1880.H

 1881. H


 1882.J


 1883.H/I


 1884.1/H


 1885. L


 1886. F


 1887. G/K/J


 1888.N/A/C


 1889.1
 Welch, E. E., J. M. Jacoby, R. R. Homer, and M. R. Seeley.  1988. Nuisance biomass levels of
 periphytic algae in streams.  Hydrobiologia 157:161 -168.

 Welcomme, R. L. 1979. Fisheries ecology offioodplain rivers. Longman, New York.

 Welcomme, R. L. 1991. Floodplain Fisheries Management. Pages 209-233 in J. A. Gore and G. E.
 Petts (editors). Alternatives in regulated river management. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Wentworth, T. R., G. P. Johnson, and R. L. Kologiski. 1988. Designation of wetlands by weighted
 averages of vegetation data:  a preliminary evaluation. Water Resources Bulletin 24: 389-396.

 Wesche, T. A. 1980. The WRRI trout cover rating method, development and application.  Water
 Resources Research Institute, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming.

 Wesche, T. A., C. M. Goertler, and C. B. Frye.  1987.  Contribution of riparian'vegetation to trout
 cover in small streams. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 7:151- 153.

 Wescott, G. 1992. A standard format for use in the analysis of environmental policy. Environmental
 Management 35: 69-79.

 Westlake, D. F.  1975. Macrophytes. Pages 106-28 in B.A. Whitton, editor. River ecology.
 University of California Press Berkeley, California.

 Weston, D. P. 1990. Quantitative examination of macrobenthic community changes along an organic
 enrichment gradient. Marine Ecology Progress Series 61:233-244.

 Wetzel, R. G. (editor). 1975. Limnology. W. B. Saunders Company, New York, Philadelphia,
 Pennsylvania.

 Whipple, W., Jr., J. M. DiLouie, and T. Pytlar, Jr. 1981. Erosional potential of streams in urbanizing
 areas.  U. S. Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado. Water-Resources Investigations Report 85-4068.
1890.J/B
1891. A
1892. D
1893.D/J
1894. K/G
1895.1
1896.1
 White, D., A. J. Kimmerling, and W. S. Overton. 1992. Cartographic and geometric components of a
 global sampling design for environmental monitoring.  Cartography and Geographic Information
 Systems 19(1 ):5-22.

 Whitehead, D. R., D. F. Charles, and R. A. Goldstein. 1990. The PIRLA project (Paleoecological
 Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification):  an introduction to the synthesis of the project. Journal of
 Palaeolimnology 3:187-194.

 Whiteside, M.  C.  1970. Danish chydorid Cladocera: modem ecology and core studies. Ecological
 Monographs 40:79-118.

 Whiteside, M.  C., and M. R. Swindell. 1988. Guidelines and limitations to cladoceran
 paleoecological interpretations. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 62:405-412.

 Whiting, E. R., and H. F. Clifford. 1983. Invertebrates and urban runoff in a small northern stream,
 Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. Hydrobiologia  102:73-80.

 Whiting, P. J.,  and W. E. Dietrich.  1991. Convective accelerations and boundary shear stress over a
channel bar. Water Resources Research 27(5):783-796.

 Whitlow, J. R., and K. J. Gregory. 1989. Changes in urban stream channels in Zimbabwe.  Regulated
Rivers:  Research and Management 4( 1 ):27-42.
                                                                                                     163

-------
1897 N/I        Whitlow, T. H., and R. W. Harris. 1979. Flood tolerance in plants: a state-of-the-art review.  U. S.
                Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi.  Technical Report E-79-2.

1898. B         Whittaker, R. H.  1962. Classification of natural communities. Botanical Review 28:1-239.

1899. D         Whittaker, R. H., and C. W. Fairbanks.  1958. A study of plankton copepod communities in the
                Columbia basin, southeastern Washington. Ecology 39:46-65.

1900 A         Whittier, T. R., R. M. Hughes, and D. P. Larsen.  1988. The correspondence between ecoregions and
                spatial patterns in stream ecosystems in  Oregon. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                45:1264-1278.

1901 B/L       Whittier, T. R., D. P. Larsen, R. M. Hughes, C. M. Rohm, A. L. Gallant,  and J. M. Omemik.  1987.
                The Ohio Stream Regionalization Project: A Compendium of Results. U. S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. EPA 600-3-87-025.

1902.1         Wiberg, P. L., and J. Dungan Smith.  1991. Velocity distribution and bed roughness in high-gradient
                streams. Water Resources Research 27(5):825-838.

 1903 J/G       Wiederholm, T.  1981. Associations of lake-living Chironomidae. A cluster analysis of Brundin's and
                recent data from Swedish lakes.  Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Hydrologie 43:140-150.

 1904. G/K      Wiederholm, T.  1976. Chironomids as indicators of water quality in Swedish lakes.
                Naturvardsverkets Limnologiska Undersokningar 10:1-17.

 1905. G        Wiederholm, T. ed.  1983. Chironomidae of the holartic region. Keys and diagnoses. Part I.  Larvae.
                Entomologica Scandinavica Supplement. 19:1 -457.

 1906. G        Wiederholm, T. ed.  1986. Chironomidae of the Holarctic region. Keys  and diagnoses. Part 2-Pupae.
                Entomologica Scandinavica Supplement 28:1-482.

 1907. G/K       Wiederholm, T.  1984. Incidence of deformed chironomid larvae (Diptera: Chironomidae) in Swedish
                 lakes. Hydrobiologia 109:243-249.

 1908  G/K       Wiederholm, T.  1984. Responses of aquatic insects to environmental pollution. The Ecology of
                 Aquatic Insects Pages 508-557 in V. H. Resh and D. M. Rosenberg (editors).

 1909. G/J       Wiederholm, T.  1980. Use of benthos in lake monitoring.  Journal of the Water Pollution Control
                 Federation 52:537-547.

 1910. J/F        Wiegleb, G. 1981. Application of multiple discriminant analysis on the analysis of the correlation
                 between macrophyte vegetation and water quality in running waters of central Europe. Hydrobiologia
                 79:91-100.

 1911. K/G       Wiens, A. P., andD. M. Rosenberg. 1984. Effect of impoundment and river diversion on profundal
                 macrobenthos of Southern Indian Lake, Manitoba.  Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic
                 Sciences 41:638-648.

 1912. J         Wiens, J. A., J. F. Addicott, T. J. Case, and J. Diamond. 1986. Overview:  the importance of spatial
                 and temporal scale in ecological investigations. Pages 145-53 in J. Diamond and T. J. Case  (editors).
                 Community ecology. Harper and Row, New York, NY.

  1913. G        Wiggins, G. B.  1977. Larvae of the North American Caddisfly Genera (Trichoptera). University of
                 Toronto Press, Toronto.

  1914. B         Wiken,E.  1986. Terrestrial Ecozones of Canada.  Environment Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.
                  Ecological Land Classification Series Number 19.
  164

-------
  1915. F/I




  1916. G/K


  1917.A


  1918. J


  1919.A


 1920. G/K


 1921. K/G




 1922. G




 1923.L/E/G/K



 1924. C

 1925.J


 1926.J


 1927. G/K


 1928.M/H




 1929.M


1930. M/G


1931. C/A
  Wilcox, D. A., S. I. Apfelbaum, and R. D. Hiebert. 1985. Cattail invasion of sedge meadows
  following hydrologic disturbance in the Cowles Boy Westland Complex, Indiana Dunes National
  Lakeshore. Wetlands 4:115-128.


  Wiley, M, and S. L. Kohler. 1984. Behavioral adaptations of aquatic insects. Pages 101-133 in V.H.
  Resh and D.M. Rosenberg, eds. The ecology of aquatic insects. Praeger Publishers, New York, NY.

  Wilhm, J. L.  1975. Biological indicators of pollution. Pages 375-402 in B. A. Whitton (editor). River
  ecology. University of California Press, Berkeley, California.

  Wilhm, J. L.  1972. Graphic and mathematical analyses of biotic communities in polluted streams.
  Annual Review of Entomology 17:223-252.


  Wilhm, J. L., and T. C. Dorris.  1968. Biological parameters for water quality criteria.  BioScience
  18:477-481.


 Wilhm, J. L., and T. C. Dorris.  1966. Species diversity of benthic macroinvertebrates in a stream
 receiving domestic and oil refinery effluents.  American Midland Naturalist 76:427-449.

 Wilkinson, B. 1984. Interpretation of past environments from sub-fossil caddis larvae.  Pages 447-52
 in J. C. Morse (editor) in Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium on Trichoptera. Junk
 Publications, The Hague, The Netherlands.


 Wilkinson, B. 1987. Trichoptera sub-fossils from temperate running water sediments.  Pages 61 -5 in
 M. Boumaud and H. Tachet, eds. in Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Trichoptera
 Junk Publications, The Hague, The Netherlands.

 Willemsen, G. D., H. F. Gast, R. O. G. Franken, and J. G. M. Cuppen. 1990. Urban storm water
 discharges:  effects upon communities of sessile diatoms and macroinvertebrates. Water Science
 Technology 22(10/11): 147-154.

 Williams, B.  1978. A Sampler on Sampling.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

 Williams, B. K. 1983. Some observations on the use of discriminate analysis in ecology  Ecoloav
 64:1283-1291.                                                                      &


 Williams, C. B. 1953. The relative abundance of different species in a wild animal population.
 Journal of Animal Ecology 22:14-31.

 Williams, D. D., and H. B. N. Hynes. 1976. The recolonization of stream benthos Oikos
 27:265-272.


 Williams, J. E., J. E. Johnson, D. A. Hendrickson, S. Contreras-Balderas, J. D. Williams, M.
 Navarro-Mendoza, D. E. McAllister, and J. D. Deacon.  1989. Fishes of North America endangered,
 threatened, or of special concern. Fisheries 14:2-20.

 Williams, J. E., and R. J. Neves.  1992. Biological diversity in aquatic management.  Transactions of
 the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference 57:343-432.

 Williams, J. E., M. L. Warren, Jr., K. S. Cummings, J. L. Harris,  and R. J. Neves. 1993. Conservation
status of freshwater mussels of the United States and Canada. Fisheries 18:6-22.

Williams, N. E. 1981. Aquatic organisms and palaeoecology: recent and future trends. Pages
289-303 in M.A. Lock and D.D. Williams, eds. Perspectives in running water ecology.  Plenum
Press, New York.
                                                                                                     165

-------
1932. G/J        Williams, N. E.  1989. Factors affecting the interpretation of caddisfly assemblages from Quaternary
                sediments. Journal of Palaeolimnology 1:241-248.

1933.G         Williams,N.E.  1988. Theuseofcaddisflies(Trichoptera)inpalaeoecology. Palaeogeography,
                Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 62:493-500.

1934. G         Williams, N. E., and A. V. Morgan. 1977. Fossil caddisflies (Insecta: Trichoptera) from the Don
                Formation, Toronto, Ontario, and their use in paleoecology. Canadian Journal of Zoology
                55:519-527.

1935. M        Wilson, E. O. 1992. The Diversity of Life. The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press,
                Cambridge, Massachusetts.

1936 G/K      Wilson, R. S. 1989. The modification of chironomid pupal exuvial assemblages by sewage effluent in
                rivers within the Bristol Avond catchment, England. 3:367-376 in Proceedings of the Tenth
                International Chironomid Symposium. Acta Biologica Debrecina Oecologica, Hungarica.

1937 G/K      Wilson, R. S., and J. D. McGill. 1977. A new method of monitoring water quality in a stream
                receiving sewage effluent, using chironomid pupal exuviae.  Water Research 11:959- 962.

 1938.J         Winer, B.J. 1971. Statistical principles in experimental design. 2nd edition. McGraw-Hill, New
                York.

 1939 G/J       Winget, R. N., and F. A. Mangum. 1979. Biotic condition index:  integrated biological, physical, and
                chemical stream parameters for management. U. S. Forest Service Intermountain Region, U. S.
                Department of Agriculture. Ogden, Utah.

 1940. K/G/A    Winner, R. W., M. W. Boesel, and M. P. Farrell. 1980. Insect community structure as an index of
                heavy-metal pollution in lotic ecosystems. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
                 37:647-655.

 1941. B         Winterbourn, M. J., J. S. Rounick, and B. Cowie.  1981. Are New Zealand stream ecosystems really
                 different? New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 15:321-328.

 1942. B         Woodiwiss, F. S. 1964. The biological system of stream classification used by Trent River Board.
                 Chemistry and Industry 83:443-447.

 1943. C         Woods, R. D.  1975. Hydrobotanical methods. University Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland

 1944. K/M      Woodwell, G. M.  1990. The Earth in Transition: Patterns and Processes of Biotic Impoverishment.
                 Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U. K.

 1945. C         Wright, H. E., Jr.  1967. A square-rod piston sampler for lake sediments. Journal of Sedimentary
                 Petrology 37:975-976.

 1946. G         Wright, J. F., P. D. Armitage, M. T. Furse, and D. Moss. 1988. A new approach to the biological
                 surveillance of river quality using macroinvertebrates.  Verhandlungen Internationale Vereinigung fur
                 Theoretischeund AngewandteLimnologie 23:1548-1552.

  1947. B/G      Wright, J. F., D. Moss, P. D. Armitage, and M. T. Furse.  1984. A preliminary classification of
                 running-water sites in Great Britain based on macroinvertebrate species and the  prediction of
                 community type using environmental data. Freshwater Biology 14:221-56.

  1948. N        Wright, S., and W. M. Tidd. 1930. Summary of limnological investigations in western Lake Erie in
                  1929 and 1930. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 63:271-285.
  166

-------
  1949.D/K


  1950.K/G


  1951. C/J


  1952.L




 1953.L



 1954. C/L




 1955.L



 1956.L


 1957. L



 1958. K/L




1959. UL



1960. K/G



1961. J


1962. M
  Yan, N. D., and R. Strus. 1980. Crustacean'zooplankton communities of acidic, metal-contaminated
  lakes near Sudbury, Ontario. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 37:2282-2293.

  Yasuno, M., J. Ohkita, and S. Hatakeyama. 1982, Effects of temephos on macrobenthos in a stream
  of Mt. Tsukuba. Japanese Journal of Ecology 32:29-38.

  Yin, Y., and J. T. Pierce.  1993. Integrated resource assessment and sustainable land use
  Environmental Management 17(3):319-327.

  Yoder, C. O. 1991. Answering some concerns about biological criteria based on experiences in
  Ohio.  Pages 95-104 in G. H. Flock (editor) in Water Quality Standards for the 21st Century
  Proceedmgs of a National Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water
  Washington, D.C.

  Yoder, C. O. 1989.  The development and use of biological criteria for Ohio surface waters.  Pages
  139-146 in G.H. Flock (editor) in Water Quality Standards for the 21st Century. Proceedings of a
  National Conference. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.

  Yoder, C.  O. 1991.  The integrated biosurvey as a tool for evaluation of aquatic life use attainment
  and impairment in Ohio surface waters.  Pages 110-122. EPA-440-5-91-005 in Biological criteria-
  research and regulation, proceedings of a symposium. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Office
 of Water, Washington, D.C.

  Yoder, C.  O.  1995. Policy issues and management applications for biological criteria. Pages 327-343
 in  W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource
 planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Yoder, C. O.  1994. Toward improved collaboration among local, state, and federal agencies engaged
 hi monitoring and assessment. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 13(3):391-404.

 Yoder, C. O., and E.  T. Rankin.  1995. Biological criteria program development and implementation
 in Ohio. Pages 109-144 in W. S. Davis and T. P. Simon (editors). Biological assessment and criteria-
 tools for water resource planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Yoder, C. O., and E. T. Rankin.  1995. Biological response signatures and the area of degradation
 value:  new tools for interpreting multimetric data. Pages 263-286 in W.S. Davis and T P Simon
 (editors). Biological assessment and criteria: tools for water resource planning and decision making
 Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

 Yorke, T. H., and W. J. Herb.  1978.  Effects of urbanization on streamflow and sediment transport in
 the Rock Creek and Anacostia River basins, Montgomery County, Maryland, 1962-74. Geological
 Survey Professional Paper.

 Zanella, E.  1982. Shifts in caddisfly species composition in Sacramento River invertebrate
 communities in the presence of heavy metal contamination.  Bulletin of Environmental Contamination
 and Toxicology 29:306-312.

 Zar, J. H.  1968. Calculation and miscalculation of the allometric equation as a model in biological
 data, BioScience 18:1118-1120.                                                     *

Zeret, T. M. 1980. Predation and freshwater communities. Yale University Press. New Haven
Connecticut.
                                                                                                     167

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------